Ccc+

1/272

Sr.

No

Name of Topic Page No.

1. Shruti font 2

2. Ms Word 3-25

Folder 3

Gujarati Paragraph 4

English Paragraph 11

Table 14

Mail Merge 20

3. Ms Excel 26-43

HRA 26

Marksheet 31

Chart 32

Subtotal 37

Pivot Table 40

4. Outlook 44-46

5. Ms PowerPoint 47-66

6. Ms Project 67-74

Simple 68

Resource sheet 73

7. Que. For 5 Marks 75-84

Folder/Screen saver 75

Desktop/ System Date 77

Shortcut 78

Rename/JPG & BMP 79

IP Address/ Capacity 80

Paint 82

TBILconvertor 84

8. Sample Papers 85-95

9. Sample Question. 96-219

10. Internet Theory 220-239

11. Fundamental Theory 240-272

2/272

SHRUTI

� START� RUN� WINWORD� OK

CAPS LOCK :- OFF (ક��સલોક ક� બધ રાખવીક��સલોક ક� બધ રાખવીક��સલોક ક� બધ રાખવીક��સલોક ક� બધ રાખવીંં ંં ) ) ) )

-જો આ�ફબેટ (ક� � નામું ) ક�પીટલક�પીટલક�પીટલક�પીટલમા હોય તો શી#ટ ક�ં (SHIFT KEY) સાથે દબાવવી

-અડધા અ(રઅડધા અ(રઅડધા અ(રઅડધા અ(ર લખવા માટ� પાછળનો “a” ન લખવોન લખવોન લખવોન લખવો. (દા.ત. , માટ� ફ-ત ્ kh જ દબાવ/ુ)ં

S ka I ya અઃ aH

B kha Z ra 1 aM

U ga , la ઑ O

3 gha J va ઍ A

R cha ; sa ઋ Ra / Ru / Ri

K chha ષ Sha ૐ OM

H ja X sha

h jha C ha ક ka

8 Ta / La કા kaa

9 Tha 1F xa 7ક ki

0 Da 7 Gya / jNja ક� kee

- Dha 8ુ ku

6 Na અ a 8ૂ koo

T ta આ aa ક� ke

Y tha ઇ i ક; kai / kei

N da ઈ ee કો ko

W dha ઉ u કૌ kau / kou

G na ઊ oo કં ka^

5 pa એ e કઃ kaH

O fa ઐ ai / ei કઁ kaM

A ba ઓ o કૉ kO

E bha ઔ au / ou કF kA

D ma G a^ 8ૃ kRa / kRu / kRi

I kra

3/272

MSWORD

� ફો�ડર બનાવવા માટ�ફો�ડર બનાવવા માટ�ફો�ડર બનાવવા માટ�ફો�ડર બનાવવા માટ�

ડ�કJટોપ પર રાઇટ કKલક કર� � NEW � FOLDER� પોતા� નામ લખી એLટર ુ

આપ/ુ.ં

�� WORD OPEN કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ� �� START� RUN� WINWORD� OK TITLEBAR STANDARD TOOLBAR

FORMATING TOOLBAR MENUBAR

RULER LINE

STASKBAR

STATUS BAR DROWING TOOLBAR HORIZONTAL SCROLL BAR VERTIC SCROLL BAR

4/272

�� Type the following paragraph in MS Word

આજકાલ બધા જ લોકો Computer તરફ આકષMત છે. હરકોઈ કોN�Oટર Pારા પોતા� ંકામ સરળ અને ુ ુ

ઝડપી કરવા ંઈRછે છે.તો Computer િવશે આપણે થોU Vણીએુ ......

કોN�Oટરુ

1. એક ઈલે-Xોિનક ડ�વાઈસ છે.

2. તે Oઝરની આદ�શ Zજબ કાય કર� છેુ ુ [ .

3. કોN�Oટર સામાLય માણસ કરતા હુ Vરો ગણી ઝડપથી કાય કર� શક� છે[ . Note:

• Set left and right margin as 1.3 inches each • Give Header as “COMPUTER” and display Page Number in the Footer. • Give Page border to the document • Save this file by the name Computer in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� માજMન સેટ કરવા માટ�માજMન સેટ કરવા માટ�માજMન સેટ કરવા માટ�માજMન સેટ કરવા માટ� FILEમે�માંુ � PAGE SETUP � MARGIN� માં̂ યા Zજબ સેટ કર/ંુ .ુ આ બો( નીચે Zજબ� જોવા મળશેુ ુ . � OK

TOP BOTTOM

LEFT RIGHT

�� HEADER AND FOOTER માટ�માટ�માટ�માટ� VIEW મ̀��ુ HEADER AND FOOTER�HEADER મા ંમા^યા Zજબ લખ/ંુ �ુ aટરમા ં પેજ લાવવા

માટ�� DOWN KEY આપવી. � મા^યા ંZજબ લખ/ંુ �ુ

1.5

2.0

1.5

2.0

5/272

�� HEADER AND FOOTER નામ� ંબો( બધં કર� દ�/ ંુ .ુ

�� PAGE BORDER આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ� FORMAT મે� ં ુ � BORDER AND SHADING � PAGE BORDER � કોઇપણ

બોડર િસલેકટ કર� [ � OK.(આ બો( નીચે Zજબ� ંજોવ મળશેુ ુ .)

�� FILE SAVE કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ� FILE મ̀��ુ SAVE � DESKSTOP � પોતા� ંફો�ડર િસલેકટ કર� ુ � OPEN � FILENAMEના ંખાનામા ં

મા^યા ંZજબ નામ લખી ુ � SAVE

6/272

�� Type the content given below in an MS Word document and follow the instructions given at the end

ર�7ડયો તો ઘણા નાના થઈ ગયા .એફ .

એમ .ર�7ડયો પેન cવડ� સાઇઝમા મળે છે ં

cને તમે પનેની cમ જ KખJસામા ભરાવીન ેં

સાભળ� શકોં .બેટર� પણ એવી જ નાની

થઈ ગઈ. ટ�વી તો હવે દ�વાલ પર

લટકાવી શકાય તેવા એલ .સી .ડ� .મળવા

લા^યા.ં ટ�Kલફોન� Jથાન હવે મોબાઇલે ુ ં

લીe છેું .મોબાઇલમા ંપણ શfઆતના ભાર�

અને મોટા મોડલની સરખામણીએ હવ ે

ટgકડા મોડલ મળવા લા^યા છેૂ .

• Type the paragraph using 2 columns show above and use Drop Cap.

• Alignment of the paragraph should be Justify

• Line spacing should be at least 1.5

• Page orientation should be portrait

• Give simple page border

• Give Header as “ર�7ડયો” and Footer as “ટ�Kલફોન”

• Use font of size 11

�� પરે�hાફને બ̀ ભાગ આપવા માટ�પરે�hાફને બ̀ ભાગ આપવા માટ�પરે�hાફને બ̀ ભાગ આપવા માટ�પરે�hાફને બ̀ ભાગ આપવા માટ� � PARAGRAPH િસલે-ટ કરવો�iણૂિવરામ િસલે-ટ કર/ ં ન7હ[ ુ �FORMAT મે� ં ુ� COLUMNS � TWO

અથવા THREE (બે ભાગ પાડવા માટ� TWO અને jણ ભાગ પાડવા માટ� THREE) મા^યા ંZજબ િસલે-ટ કર� ુ � LINE BETWEEN � OK

7/272

�� kથમ અ(ર મોટો કરવા માટ�kથમ અ(ર મોટો કરવા માટ�kથમ અ(ર મોટો કરવા માટ�kથમ અ(ર મોટો કરવા માટ� PARAGRPHનો પહ�લો અ(ર િસલે-ટ કરવો� FORMAT મે� ં�ુ DROP CAP � DROPPED � OK

�� LINE SPACING કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�ંં ંં (બે લીટ� વRચેબે લીટ� વRચેબે લીટ� વRચેબે લીટ� વRચે વધાર� જ^યા છોડવા માટ� વધાર� જ^યા છોડવા માટ� વધાર� જ^યા છોડવા માટ� વધાર� જ^યા છોડવા માટ�ંં ંં )))) લખાણ િસલે-ટ કર/ ું� ફોરમેટlગ mલબારમા ંલાઈન Jપેસlગ નામના ંબો(ના તીર ઉપર જઇ માં̂ યા ુ

Zજબ લાઈન Jપેસlગ ઉપર n-લક કર/ંુ ુ

8/272

�� Type the content given below in an MS Word document and follow the instructions given at the end save file with name gujarati.doc

સદ�શાoયવહાર સદ�શાoયવહાર સદ�શાoયવહાર સદ�શાoયવહાર ંં ંં : : : :Gતદqશીય નહlGતદqશીય નહlGતદqશીય નહlGતદqશીય નહl, mકા એસએમએસmકા એસએમએસmકા એસએમએસmકા એસએમએસૂૂૂૂંં ંં

આ તો મોબાઇલનો

જમાનો .દ�કર� ચાલતા ં

શીખી ગઈ છે તે

જણાવવાની મV

કાગળમા ં લખીને આવે ત ે

કરતા તેનો વી7ડયો ં

ઈમેઇલ ક� એમએમએસથી

જ મોકલી દ�વાય છે.

ઈમેઇલમા જવાબ ઝડપથી ં

મળ� Vય છે .તે કરતાય ં

એસએમએસ તો બr જ ુ

ઝડપી .તેમા પણં સાવ

mકમા લખવા�ૂં ં ં ુ .Ghેs

ભાષામા લખતા હોય તો ં

Youના બદલે માj u

લખો, Forના બદલે 4 લખી

નાખો એટલે વાતા iર�[ ૂ !

ભાષા જો uજરાતી હોય ુ

તો તમેાય છે લખવા ં chhe

ટાઇપ કરવાના બદલે 6e

ટાઇપ કર� નખાય અન ે

સામનેી oયv-ત પણ સમs

Vય

• Type the paragraph using 3 columns show above





• Give Header as “એસએમએસએસએમએસએસએમએસએસએમએસ” and Footer as “GતદqશીયGતદqશીયGતદqશીયGતદqશીય”


�� Do the following exercise in MS-Word

ભારતીય 7ડ�લોમેટના સતાન એવા ડૉં . રામા ટ�નએજથી જ પોતે બનાવેલી

લેબોર�ટર�મા kયોગો કરતા રહ�તા અને તમેણે છ�પલાના સશોધનથી લઇને ડાઇનાસોરના ં ં ં ં ં

Oગના અવશેષો wધીની શાખાઓમા રસ દાખoયો છેુ ું ં . �� Commands

• Use font size 16, and font color Blue.

• Set left margin as 2.0 and right margin as 1.0

• Give page background of Yellow color.

• Save the document with name “Nobel Prize” �� Type the following paragraph in MS Word

જરાતમા ંઘણા ફરવા લાયક, ઐતીહાસીક તેમજ ધામMક Jથળો આવેલા છે. ધામMક Jથળોમા ંવેરાવળ� ંસોમનાથ ુ

મહાદ�વ� ં મદ�ર તેમજ Pારકામા ંઆવેલ Pારાકાધીશ� ંમદં�રતો િવyવિવzયાત છેુ ુ . ત{ ઉપરાત ગાધંીનીગરમા ં્

આવેલ Jવામીનારાયણ મદં�ર, પાલીતાણામા ંઆવેલ |ન દ�રાસર, અમદાવાદમા ંઇJકોન મદં�ર વગેર� સહ�લાણીઓ

માટ� એક આકષણ� ક�L} છે[ ુ

Note:

• Set top and bottom margin as 2.0 inches • Set inter line spacing as 1.5

• Save the file by the name GUJARAT in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

u ુ

9/272

9/272

�� Type the content given below in an MS Word document and follow the instructions given at the end save file with name gujarati.doc

o~વહારo~વહારo~વહારo~વહાર નથીનથીનથીનથી બદલાતાબદલાતાબદલાતાબદલાતા સજોગોસજોગોસજોગોસજોગોંં ંં બદલાયબદલાયબદલાયબદલાય છછછછેેેે, , , , માણસમાણસમાણસમાણસ નથીનથીનથીનથી બદલાતાબદલાતાબદલાતાબદલાતા ખાલીખાલીખાલીખાલી તેમનાતેમનાતેમનાતેમના અKભગમઅKભગમઅKભગમઅKભગમ બદલાયબદલાયબદલાયબદલાય છેછેછેછે...

થોડાકથોડાકથોડાકથોડાક શ�દોશ�દોશ�દોશ�દો ઉRચારવાથીઉRચારવાથીઉRચારવાથીઉRચારવાથી અv^નનીઅv^નનીઅv^નનીઅv^નની

સા(ીએસા(ીએસા(ીએસા(ીએ લ^નલ^નલ^નલ^ન થાયથાયથાયથાય છછછછેેેે .... અનઅનઅનઅનેેે ે

થોડાકથોડાકથોડાકથોડાક વeવeવeવeુુુ ુ શ�દોશ�દોશ�દોશ�દો ઉRચારવાથીઉRચારવાથીઉRચારવાથીઉRચારવાથી

ઘરમાઘરમાઘરમાઘરમા ંં ં ંઅv^નનોઅv^નનોઅv^નનોઅv^નનો સા(ા�કારસા(ા�કારસા(ા�કારસા(ા�કાર થાયથાયથાયથાય છછછછેેેે.

કાયદા�કાયદા�કાયદા�કાયદા� ુંુ ંુ ંુ ં િશ(ણિશ(ણિશ(ણિશ(ણ મમમમ``` ̀ એટલીએટલીએટલીએટલી સાર�સાર�સાર�સાર�

ર�તર�તર�તર�તેે ે ે હાસલહાસલહાસલહાસલંં ંં કOકOકOકO ુંુ ંુ ંુ ં કકકક�� કાયદાનોકાયદાનોકાયદાનોકાયદાનો

અ�યાસઅ�યાસઅ�યાસઅ�યાસ iરોiરોiરોiરોુુ ુુ થયાથયાથયાથયા પછ�પછ�પછ�પછ� મમમમ``` ̀ માર�માર�માર�માર�

કોલજકોલજકોલજકોલજેેેે પરપરપરપર દાવોદાવોદાવોદાવો માડ�ોમાડ�ોમાડ�ોમાડ�ોંં ંં અનઅનઅનઅનેેે ેમાર�માર�માર�માર�

સઘળ�સઘળ�સઘળ�સઘળ� ટ�શનટ�શનટ�શનટ�શનુુુુ ફ�ફ�ફ�ફ� પાછ�પાછ�પાછ�પાછ� મળવીમળવીમળવીમળવીેે ેે .

સતાનનસતાનનસતાનનસતાનનં ેં ેં ેં ેસારાસારાસારાસારા સJકારસJકારસJકારસJકારંં ંં આપવાઆપવાઆપવાઆપવા ગમગમગમગમેેે ે

તટલાતટલાતટલાતટલાેે ેે kયાસkયાસkયાસkયાસ કરોકરોકરોકરો ..... આખરઆખરઆખરઆખર�� તોતોતોતો

એએએએ મામામામા - બાપનજબાપનજબાપનજબાપનજેેેે અ�સરશઅ�સરશઅ�સરશઅ�સરશુ ેુ ેુ ેુ ે !!!

ઇ�ઇ�ઇ�ઇ�ર�ર�ર�ર� ુંુ ંુ ંુ ંબલLસબલLસબલLસબલLસે ેે ેે ેે ે ક/ક/ક/ક/� ુ ં� ુ ં� ુ ં� ુ ંઅદ�તઅદ�તઅદ�તઅદ�તુુુુ છછછછેેેે ...

પાચપાચપાચપાચંંંં મણમણમણમણ ઘ�નીઘ�નીઘ�નીઘ�ની બોર�બોર�બોર�બોર� ઉપાડ�ઉપાડ�ઉપાડ�ઉપાડ� શકશકશકશક��

તતતતેેે ેમ�રમ�રમ�રમ�રુુ ુુ એક�એક�એક�એક� સાથસાથસાથસાથેે ે ેખર�દ�ખર�દ�ખર�દ�ખર�દ� નાનાનાના શકશકશકશક�� ;

અનઅનઅનઅનેેે ેcccc ખર�દ�ખર�દ�ખર�દ�ખર�દ� શકશકશકશક�� છછછછેેેે તતતતેેે ેશઠશઠશઠશઠેેેે તનતનતનતનેેે ેે ેે ે

ઊપાડ�ઊપાડ�ઊપાડ�ઊપાડ� નાનાનાના શકશકશકશક�� . કટલાકકટલાકકટલાકકટલાક�� લોકો�લોકો�લોકો�લોકો� ુંુ ંુ ંુ ં

7દલ7દલ7દલ7દલ દ7રયાદ7રયાદ7રયાદ7રયા c/c/c/c/ુંુ ંુ ંુ ં િવશાળિવશાળિવશાળિવશાળ હોયહોયહોયહોય છછછછેેેે ..

cમાcમાcમાcમા ંં ં ંએકએકએકએક ચક�ચક�ચક�ચક�ુંું ુ ંુ ં યયયય પોતાનીપોતાનીપોતાનીપોતાની તરસતરસતરસતરસ

નાનાનાના િછપાવીિછપાવીિછપાવીિછપાવી શકશકશકશક�� !!! o~વહારo~વહારo~વહારo~વહાર નથીનથીનથીનથી

બદલાતાબદલાતાબદલાતાબદલાતા સજોસજોસજોસજોંં ંં ગોગોગોગો બદલાયબદલાયબદલાયબદલાય છછછછેેેે,

માણસમાણસમાણસમાણસ નથીનથીનથીનથી બદલાતાબદલાતાબદલાતાબદલાતા ખાલીખાલીખાલીખાલી તમનાતમનાતમનાતમનાેે ેે

અKભગમઅKભગમઅKભગમઅKભગમ બદલાયબદલાયબદલાયબદલાય છછછછેેેે

• Type the paragraph using 3 columns show above





• Give Header as “અKભગમઅKભગમઅKભગમઅKભગમ” and Footer as “સજંોગોસજંોગોસજંોગોસજંોગો”


�� Type the following in MS Word

uજરાત સરકારના વગુ [-1 અને

વગ[-2મા ં આવતા અિધકાર��ીના

kમોશન માટ� CCC+ � ં�ાન તેમજ ુ

તેની પર�(ા પાસ કરવી જfર� છે.

CCC+ ની તાલીમ સરદાર પટ�લ ઇLJટ�ટ�ટ ઓફ ુ

પ�લીક એડમીનીJX�શન (SPIPA) Pારા ABC

Computer Training Pvt. Ltd. ના સહયોગ

વડ� આપવામા ંઆવે છે. Note:

• Set top and bottom margin as 1.5 inches • Display header as “SPIPA” and footer as “TRAINING” • Give Page border to the document • Save the file by the name COMPUTER in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer.

10/272

.�� િપ�કચર Zકૂવા માટિપ�કચર Zકૂવા માટિપ�કચર Zકૂવા માટિપ�કચર Zકૂવા માટ�� INSERT�PICTURE� CLIP ART (ઢlગલાપર) n-લક કર/ ું� GO � મા^યા ંZજબ િપ�કચર િસલેકટ ુ

કર/ ું� એટલે િપ�કચર પેજ પર આવી જશે.� �યારપછ� િપ�કચર પર ડબલ n-લક કરવાથી Format

Picture નામ� ડાયલોગ બો( આવશેુ ....

� Layout ઉપર n-લક કર/ ં�ુ Square ઉપર n-લક કર/ ં�ુ OK

� Kચjની આ�બા� ગોળ ટપકા આવશેુ ુ . આથી આપણે Kચjને ખસેડ� શક�એ છ�એ અને Kચjને

ના� ં-ુમોmં કર� શક�એ છ�એુ .

� Kચj ને યો^ય જ^યા પર Zક� દ�/ુ .ુ

� Type the following paragraph using MS Word and save the file by the name summer in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

જકાલ થોડા

7દવસોથી

જોવો મળ�

ર�ં ુ છે ક� અમદાવાદ તેમજ

uજરાતના મહાનગરોમા ંુ

ગરમી નો kકોપ જોવા મળ�

ર�ો છે, અને હાલમા ં બે-બે

ઋ�ઓ સાથે જોવા મળ� રહ� ુ

છે, 7દવસ7દવસ7દવસ7દવસ દરNયાન ગરમીગરમીગરમીગરમી

પડ� અને રાjે ઠડં�નોરાjે ઠડં�નોરાjે ઠડં�નોરાjે ઠડં�નો અહ�સાસ

થતો જોવા મળે છે. �ં ુ આ�ં ુ

એક કારણ k{ષણ હોઇ શક� ૂ ?

જો હા તો �ં ુ આ સમJયાનો

કોઇ ઉક�લ ખરો ? ક� cથી

આપણે દર�ક ઋ�ને તેના ુ

8દરતી મીVજમા ં માણી ુ

શક�એ

Note

• Set top and bottom margin as 1.5 inches • Give Page border to the document • Set Header as SUMMER and display Page Number in the footer

આ

11/272

�� Type the following in MS Word

23232323----3333----2007200720072007 ના રોજ ભારત

�ી લકંા સામે એકદમ

ખરાબ રમત� ંkદશન કર� ુ [

67 રનથી હાર� “7Iક�ટ વ�ડ ક[ પ 2007” માથંી

બહાર ફકાઇ ગOં� .ુ આ પહ�લા બાં̂ લાદ�શબાં̂ લાદ�શબાં̂ લાદ�શબાં̂ લાદ�શ cવી

નબળ� ટ�મ સામે પણ હાર� ગયેલી ભારતની

7Iક�ટ ટ�મ � ુ “ટ�મ ઇ�Lડયાટ�મ ઇ�Lડયાટ�મ ઇ�Lડયાટ�મ ઇ�Lડયા”ના

નામથી ઓળખાવવા યો^ય છે ?

�યાર� તે કોઇ નવી ટ�મ સામે મોટો

Jકોર કર� અને તેને Jકોર ના આધાર પર તે વ�ડ [

કપsતીશક�છે?

Note:

• Set top and bottom margin as 1.5 inches • Create a in Ms-Word for giving page border to the document. • Save the file by the name GAME in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer. �� Type the following in MS Word:

આપણે CCC+ કોષમા ંમાઇIોસો#ટ િવLડોઝ િવશે [ શીzયા, માઇIોસો#ટ િવLડોઝ ઉપરાતં અLય ઓપર�ટlગ

સીJટમ પણ અવેલેબલ છે, cમ ક�, લીન-સ, Oની-સુ , ડોઝ વગર�, િવLડોઝ એ મ�ટ�ટાJક�ગ GUI ઓપર�ટlગ

સીJટમ છે.

i) India � Gujarat

i) Ahmedabad � Maharashtra

i) Mumbai ii) America

� New York � Chicago

Note: 1. Use Bullets and Numbering option.

2. Save this File name with “uજરાતી મેIોuજરાતી મેIોuજરાતી મેIોuજરાતી મેIોુુ ુુ ” in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer

�� Type the following paragraph in MS Word Sir as per your requirement we have

enclosed herewith details of the proposed

course along with the commercial offer for

the same. Training can be conducted on

part time or full time basis, the same can be

arranged on a weekend.

Sir we would also like to

bring to your notice that

we are currently training over 500

participants on MS Office 200

Note:

• Font of the text should be Arial and font size should be 10 • Set top and bottom margin as 1.5 inches • Give Header as “COMPUTER” and display Page Number in the Footer. • Save the file by the name “CCC+” in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer.

તા.

12/272

�� Type the following paragraph in MS Word

The course contains

content from Liqvid in

association with “BBC

Learning” and takes into

account the Indian style of

talking, accent, proficiency

levels and

learning

patters

enabling you to

communicate in a wide

variety of

situations.

Note:

• Set top and bottom margin as 2.0 inches • Set header of the document as “TRAINING” and it should be centre aligned. • Save the file by the name BBC in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� WORDART Zકવા માટZકવા માટZકવા માટZકવા માટુ �ુ �ુ �ુ �

INSERT �� PICTURE �� WORDART ��

STEP 1 STEP 2

STEP 3 STEP 4

13/272


Opinion

• Every generation imagines itself to be more

intelligent than the one that went before it, and wiser than the one that comes after it.

• Learn to write your sorrows on sand, where winds of joy can erase it; and carve your happiness on stone where even rain cannot erase it.

• The best gift you can give is a hug: one size fits all and no one ever minds if you return it!

• Nobody can go back and start a new beginning, but anyone can start today and make a new ending

• Success is the ability to go from one failure to another with no loss of enthusias

�� Commands:

• Type the above Thoughts with proper formatting as it appears.

• Set header as Suvichar and footer as SPIPA

• Set the Top margin as 1.5 and Bottom as 1.0.

• Save the document with name “Judgment”

� Prepare a MS Word document. Save the file by name ‘Ramayan’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Ramayan � Dasharath

� Kaushalya Ram Sita

o Luv o Kush

� Sumitra Laxman Urmila Shatrughna Shrutikirti

� kaikai Bharat Mandavi

�� Commands

• Give effect of Bold and do underline to title font.

• Use font size 14, and font color red.

• Apply border to document.

14/272

TABLE �� TABLE બનાવવા માટ�બનાવવા માટ�બનાવવા માટ�બનાવવા માટ�

�� ઉભી હરોળને કોલમ કહ�વાશેઉભી હરોળને કોલમ કહ�વાશેઉભી હરોળને કોલમ કહ�વાશેઉભી હરોળને કોલમ કહ�વાશે....

�� આડ� હરોળને રો કહ�આડ� હરોળને રો કહ�આડ� હરોળને રો કહ�આડ� હરોળને રો કહ�વાશેવાશેવાશેવાશે....

TABLEમે� ં�ુ INSERT� TABLE� માં̂ યા Zજબ રો અને કોલમ િસલેકટ કર� ુ � OK

�� Prepare the following table in MS Word

Jટોક માકqટ ર�પોટJટોક માકqટ ર�પોટJટોક માકqટ ર�પોટJટોક માકqટ ર�પોટ[[ [[

શેરના નામશેરના નામશેરના નામશેરના નામ તા. 20 તા. 21 8લુ

િવkોિવkોિવkોિવkો 15000 25000

આઇઆઇઆઇઆઇ....સીસીસીસી....આઇઆઇઆઇઆઇ....સીસીસીસી....આઇઆઇઆઇઆઇ.... 12500 10000

ર�લાયLસ ક�પીટલર�લાયLસ ક�પીટલર�લાયLસ ક�પીટલર�લાયLસ ક�પીટલ 45300 48000

એલએલએલએલ. . . . એLડ ટ�એLડ ટ�એLડ ટ�એLડ ટ�. 28000 32000

Notes: 1. Page orientation should be “Landscape” and Top and Bottom margin should be 1.5 inches

each 2. Set Header as “BSE Stock Index” 3. Assign Page Number at Footer of the page

4. Calculate Total in “8લ8લ8લ8લૂૂૂૂ” column using formula.

5. Save this File as “Jટોક માકqટJટોક માકqટJટોક માકqટJટોક માકqટ” in the folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� TABLE મા ંkથમ રો ને સાદ� કરવા માટ�મા ંkથમ રો ને સાદ� કરવા માટ�મા ંkથમ રો ને સાદ� કરવા માટ�મા ંkથમ રો ને સાદ� કરવા માટ�

kથમ રોના બધા સેલ િસલેકટ કર� TABLE મે� ંમાથી ુ MERGE CELLS આપ/.ુ

�� TABLE� ંટોટલ કરવા માટ�� ંટોટલ કરવા માટ�� ંટોટલ કરવા માટ�� ંટોટલ કરવા માટ�ુુ ુુ

(�યા ંટોટલ કરવા� ંછે �યા કસર રાખ/ ંુ ુ[ )

� TABLEમે�મા ંુ � FORMULA � =SUM(LEFT)� OK. � ક�-બોડ ઉપરથી[ ((((��) ) ) ) DOWN KEY આપવી �

ક�-બોડ ઉપરથી [ F4 ક� દબાવવી.( .( .( .( ન�ધન�ધન�ધન�ધ. . . . kથમ kથમ kથમ kથમ DOWN KEY દબાવવી પછ� જ દબાવવી પછ� જ દબાવવી પછ� જ દબાવવી પછ� જ F4 ક� દબાવવીક� દબાવવીક� દબાવવીક� દબાવવી.).).).)

15/272


Marksheet

No Subjects Rakesh Shraddha Purnima Ishit

1 Hindi 89 56 48 75

2 Gujarati 56 85 62 65

3 Sanskrit 80 68 75 48

4 English 82 74 65 85

5 Maths 74 67 28 68

Total

Notes:-

• Set left margin as 1.5 and right as 1.0

• Set header as “Result” and show page number in footer, center aligned.

• Find total using Formula.

• Format the table using Auto Format. �� Prepare the following table in MS Word.

ટ�વી� નામટ�વી� નામટ�વી� નામટ�વી� નામુુુુ ંં ંં 7કNમત7કNમત7કNમત7કNમત વટવટવટવટેેેે 8લ8લ8લ8લુુુુ

બીબીબીબી. . . . પીપીપીપી. . . . એલએલએલએલ.... ૩૫૦૦૩૫૦૦૩૫૦૦૩૫૦૦ ૫૬૦૫૬૦૫૬૦૫૬૦

િવ7ડયોકોનિવ7ડયોકોનિવ7ડયોકોનિવ7ડયોકોન ૯૫૦૦૯૫૦૦૯૫૦૦૯૫૦૦ ૧૫૨૦૧૫૨૦૧૫૨૦૧૫૨૦

સમસગસમસગસમસગસમસગે ંે ંે ંે ં ૧૦૫૦૦૧૦૫૦૦૧૦૫૦૦૧૦૫૦૦ ૧૬૮૦૧૬૮૦૧૬૮૦૧૬૮૦

ઓનીડાઓનીડાઓનીડાઓનીડા ૭૫૦૦૭૫૦૦૭૫૦૦૭૫૦૦ ૧૨૦૦૧૨૦૦૧૨૦૦૧૨૦૦

�� Commands:

• Calculate Total in “8લુ ” column using formula.

• Page orientation should be “Landscape”.


• Save the document with name “ ટKલિવઝન� ”


SCORECARD OF ENGLAND SERIES

No. Name Match 1 Match 2 Match 3 Match 4 Total

1 Sachin 23 55 76 56 2 Rahul 34 48 44 78 3 Laxman 67 54 22 76 4 Dhoni 89 68 34 43 5 Sourav 121 98 11 33 Notes:

• Set page orientation as landscape and Top and Bottom Margin as 1.5 inches. • Format the table using Table AutoFormat • Find Total using formula from the table menu • Give Header as ”CRICKET” • Save this file by the name “CRICKET” in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer.

�� TABLEમા ંkથમ રો ને �લેક કરવા માટ�મા ંkથમ રો ને �લેક કરવા માટ�મા ંkથમ રો ને �લેક કરવા માટ�મા ંkથમ રો ને �લેક કરવા માટ�

�TABLEમે� ં�ુ TABLE AUTOFORMAT � TABLEPROFESSIONAL� APPLY

16/272


No. Name English Gujarati Math Total

1 H.K.Patel 50 58 44

2 S.M.Patel 85 67 23

3 J.G.Vergees 76 88 65

4 S.N.Jani 25 63 43

Notes:

• Find Total using formula from the table menu • Give Header as “CCC EXAM” and assign Page Number in the footer • Set page orientation as landscape and Left and Right Margin as 1.2 inches. • Format the table using Table AutoFormat • Save this file by the name “score sheet” in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer. �� Prepare the following table in Ms word

INVIGILATORS REPORT FOR CCC EXAM

QUESTION 1 QUESTION 2

NO. NAME [A] [B] [A] [B] [C]

1 ASHISH 5 3 10 5 8 2 HEMANG 5 5 7 7 7 3 DHAVAL 4 5 4 9 10 Notes:

• Give Header as “CCC EXAM” • Set page orientation as landscape and Left and Right Margin as 0.5 inches. • Give Page border to the above document • Format the table using Table AutoFormat • Save this file by the name “table” in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer. �� Type the following paragraph in MS Word Type the following in MS Word and save the file by the name table.doc in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

SALES SHEET FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH 2007

Sr. No. Sales Person Product Price Quantity Amount

1 A Mobile 10000 10 100000 2 B Camera 1250 20 25000 3 C Calculator 150 30 4500 Total Sales 129500

Note

• Set Page Orientation as “Landscape”. Top and Bottom margin of the page should be 1.5” each.

• Display Header = SALES SHEET and Footer = Page No, both should be centre aligned.

�� TABLEમે� ં�ુ TABLE AUTOFORMAT�જો બોડરવા¦ હોય તો [ TABLE ELEGANT� APPLY

17/272

� Make the following table in Ms word with required formatting and border effects using Table Auto-Format.

PRODUCT AMOUNT SALESMAN REGION

TV 100000 Ajay North CD Player 200000 Jay North DVD Player 300000 Sameer West TV 150000 Sameer North DVD Player 250000 Ajay West CD Player 100000 Jay West

Note:

• Sort data in the table in ascending order based on Amount • Save this file by the name “table2” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� SORT DATA (ચઢતા ક� ઉતરતા) Iમમા ંફરવવા ંમાટ��

� આ, ટ�બલ િસલે-ટ કર/ ંુ �ુ TABLE� SORT

� SORT ઉપર n-લક કરતા નીચે Zજબની �JIન જોવા મળશેુ

� તેમા Sort by મા ંc� ુSort કરવા� ંમાં̂ O ંહોય તે તીર ઉપર જઈ િસલેકટ કર/ ંુ ુ ુ દાદાદાદા....તતતત. . . .

AMOUNT � Ascending ક� ક� ક� ક� Descending માં̂ યા Zજબ િસલે-ટ કર�ુ � OK

18/272

� Make a table using Ms word as mentioned below

SR NO. REGION BOY CHILD GIRL CHILD TOTAL

1 EAST 945 930 1875

2 WEST 970 928 1898

3 NORTH 923 940 1863

4 SOUTH 910 915 1825

Note:

• Find Total using Formula • Set Page Orientation as “Landscape” Top and bottom margin of the page should be 2.0

each • Give double line border to the table. • Header should be “CHILDREN” & Footer Should Display the “Page Number” Save the file

as “child.doc” in folder on the desktop of your computer.

� DOUBLE LINE BORDER કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�

આ, ટ�બલ િસલે-ટ કર/ ંુ ુ � FORMAT મે� ુ� BORDER AND SHADING � નીચે Zજબ બો( ુ

આવશે

� BORDER � ALL� તીર ઉપર જઇ ડબલ લાઈન બોડર કાઢવી [ � OK

19/272

� Type the following in Ms Word and save the file by the name table.doc in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

માJટર સે�સ કોપ§ર�શન� ું25-3-2006ના ંરોજ� ખા� ંુ ુ

નામ ખર�દ 7ક�મત વેચાણ 7ક�મત નફો / ખોટ

ટ�.વી 15000 15500 500

રF7©જરટર 8000 7990 -10

ડ�.વી.ડ�. �લેયર 2500 2530 30

કોN�Oટરુ 23000 25500 2500

ટોટલ:

Note:

• Find all the Totals using formula • Give Header = TABLE and Footer = Page No., both should be centre aligned

�� SHADING આપવા માટ�આપવા માટ�આપવા માટ�આપવા માટ�

�kથમ રો િસલે-ટ કરવી � FORMAT મે� ુ� BORDER AND SHADING � નીચે Zજબ બો( ુ

આવશે

� SHADINS � hે કલર પર n-લક કર/ ં�ુOK

� નફોનફોનફોનફો----ખોટ શોધવા માટ�ખોટ શોધવા માટ�ખોટ શોધવા માટ�ખોટ શોધવા માટ�

વેચાણ 7ક�મત માથંી ખર�દ 7ક�મત બાદ કરવીવેચાણ 7ક�મત માથંી ખર�દ 7ક�મત બાદ કરવીવેચાણ 7ક�મત માથંી ખર�દ 7ક�મત બાદ કરવીવેચાણ 7ક�મત માથંી ખર�દ 7ક�મત બાદ કરવી. =C3-B3

20/272

MAIL MERGE

�� MAIL MERGE કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�

� MS WORD ((((WIN WORD) OPEN કરો �kથમ માં̂ યા Zજબ લેટર ટાઈપ કરવો ુ � TOOLS � LETTERS AND MAILNGS � MAIL MERGE � NEXT: STARTING DOCUMENT� NEXT: SELECT RECIPIENTS � TYPE A NEW LIST

21/272

� CREATE

� CREATE ઉપર n-લક કરતા ઉપર Zજબની �JIન જોવા મળશેુ � CUSTOMIZE

� COSTOMIZE ઉપર n-લક કરતા ઉપર Zજબની �JIન જોવા મળશે ુ � તેમા ંc ના જોઈ� હોય તેના ઉપર ુ

n-લક કર� � DELETE � YES� જો વધારાના જોઈતા હોય તો � ADD

22/272

� ADD ઉપર n-લક કરતા ઉપર Zજબની �JIન જોવા મળશે ુ � તેમા માં̂ યા Zજબ લખી ુ � OK� આ ર�તે

માં̂ યા Zજબ ુ ADD કર� દ�/ ં ુ

� નામ ADD કર�� એટલે ઉપર Zજબની �JIન જોવા મળશે ુ ુ � OK � નીચે Zજબની �JIન અ�સાર પોત� ંુ ુ ુ

એª�સ ટાઈપ કર/ ં ુ

� બી� એª�સ ટાઈપ કર/ ંહોય તો ુ ુ � NEW ENTRY � CLOSE

23/272

� CLOSE કર�� એટલે ઉુ પર Zજબની �JIન જોવા મળશે ુ � તેમા ંમાં̂ યા Zજબ નામ આપી ુ � SAVE � OK

� લેટર ટાઈપ કર�લો છે �યા To ની નીચે કસર Zક/[ ુ �ુ MAIL MERGE નામના ંબો(મા ંછ«ા બટન ઉપર n-લક

કર/ ં ુ

� છ«ાબટન (INSERT MERGE FIELD) ઉપર n-લક કરતા ઉપર Zજબની �JIન જોવા મળશેુ � તેમા ંમાં̂ યા

Zજબ ઉપર n-લક કર� ુ

� INSERT

24/272

� MAIL MERGE નામના ંબો(ના ંછે�લેથી ચોથા નામના બો( ઉપર n-લક કર/ ુ(Merge to new document)

]� OK � નીચે Zજબની �JIન જોવા મળશેુ .

25/272

� Prepare a MS Word document to send the following letter to two different candidates for the interview using mail merge option in MS Word. Save the final merged file by the name interview in your folder located on the desktop of your computer To, <<Name>> <<Area>>, <<City>> Dear <<Name>>,

This is to inform that you have been short listed for the post of <<post>> based on the 1st

round of interview. You are instructed to join duty from 1st March 2008.

For, CBI Computers Manager. � Prepare a MS Word document using Mail Merge to send the following letter to two candidates informing them about the cancellation of the interview. Save the merged file in your folder on the desktop by the name “interview” To, <<Name>> <<CodeNumber>> <<Address>>, <<City>>. <<Name>>,

This is to inform that due to unavoidable circumstance your interview scheduled for 1st of

February 2007 has been cancelled. We will update you about the new dates shortly

For, PQR, Ahmedabad

Manager - HR � Prepare a MS Word document to send the following letter to three participants informing them about there selection in your company. Save the final merged file by the name “selection.doc” in your folder located on the desktop of your computer. To, <<Name>> <<Address>> <<City>> <<State>>. Dear <<Name>>,

This is to inform that you have been selected for the post of <<Post>> in our company. You

are supposed to report on duty from 1st April 2005.

For, Drums Limited

Director

26/272

EXCEL

�� EXCEL kોhામ kોhામ kોhામ kોhામ ખોલવા ખોલવા ખોલવા ખોલવા (OPEN) કરવા માટ� કરવા માટ� કરવા માટ� કરવા માટ� �� START � RUN � EXCEL � OK

�� Make the following Pay Roll Sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer. Name Basic Salary DA HRA CLA Gross PF PT Total Ded. Net

Bipasa 6750.00 Madhuri 2500.00 Kajol 4000.00 Notes

• CLA for all employees would be Rs. 240 • Calculate DA=10% of Basic Salary, HRA=16% of Basic Salary • Gross is addition of DA, HRA and CLA

• PF is 12% of Gross ,PT is 8% of Gross • Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT, Net is Gross minus Total Ded. • Display “Rs.” As currency sign in the Net Coloumn • Rename the sheet as Salary

�� Rs. fિપયા Zકૂવા માટ� fિપયા Zકૂવા માટ� fિપયા Zકૂવા માટ� fિપયા Zકૂવા માટ�

� c – તે કોલમ િસલેકટ કર� �ફોમ¬ટlગ mલબારમા ં ુ % (ટકા) ની ડાબી બા�મા ંઆપેલા બટન ુ (CURRENCY)

પર કKલક કર/.ુ

�� શીટ ને ર�નેમ આપવા માટ�શીટ ને ર�નેમ આપવા માટ�શીટ ને ર�નેમ આપવા માટ�શીટ ને ર�નેમ આપવા માટ�

� Sheet1 પર ડબલ n-લક કર� � મા^યા ંZજબ નામ લખી ુ � એLટર આપ/ ુ

27/272

�� Make the following Pay Roll Sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Name Basic Salary

DA HRA CLA Gross PF PT Total Ded.

Net

Suresh 7605.00 Mahesh 3200.00 Mukesh 4250.00 Notes

• CLA for all employees would be Rs. 240 • Calculate DA=10% of Basic Salary, HRA=16% of Basic Salary • Gross is addition of DA, HRA and CLA • PF is 12% of Gross ,PT is 8% of Gross • Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT, Net is Gross minus Total Ded. • Display “Rs.” As currency sign in the Net Coloumn • Rename the sheet as Salary

�� Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by name ‘Program’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Novel Software Ltd.

Name Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Total Hours

Payment

Haresh 8 7 4 4 6 8 5

Prakruti 6 9 6 6 8 6 3

Leena 4 4 7 7 4 7 3

Shyam 6 5 5 4 6 5 6

Note :

� Find out total hours worked by each person � Calculate Payment using formula or function, the programmer is paid Rs. 1000 per

hour. � Display header of the worksheet as ‘Innovation’ and display “Software” as the

footer.

� Find the programmer with the highest payment. �� Make the following table using MS Excel as mentioned below

Name Basic Salary HRA CLA Gross PF Net Salary

Sachin Rs. 5350.00

Rahul Rs. 6750.00

Virendra Rs. 9250.00

Yuvraj Rs. 8200.00

Note • HRA is 20% of Basic Salary, CLA for all employees is Rs. 200 • Gross is Basic Salary + HRA + CLA

• Find PF using Condition as per the following slab IF Basic salary is less than Rs. 7000.00, then PF=10% of Basic Salary and IF Basic salary is greater than Rs. 7000.00, then PF=20% of Basic Salary

• Net Salary is Gross - PF

• All the figures should have “Rs.” as currency sign with 2 digit decimals • Save the file by the name salary in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

=if(b2<7000, b2*10%,b2*20%)

28/272

�� Make the following table using MS Excel as mentioned below

Name Basic Salary HRA CLA Gross PF Net Salary

Nitin Rs. 8500.00

Bharat Rs. 9350.00

Jivraj Rs. 11000.00

Sachin Rs. 10500.00

Note

• HRA is 10% of Basic Salary, CLA for all employees is Rs. 250.00 • Gross is Basic Salary + HRA + CLA • Find PF using Condition as per the following slab

IF Basic salary is less than Rs. 10000.00, then PF=700 and IF Basic salary is greater than Rs. 10000.00, then PF=1000

• Net Salary is Gross - PF • All the figures should have “Rs.” as currency sign with 2 digit decimals • Save the file by the name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

� PF શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�

=if(b2<10000,700,1000) �� Make the following table using MS Excel as mentioned below

Name Basic Salary City HRA CLA Gross PF Net Salary

Mahendra Rs.5350.00 Surat

Jitendra Rs. 6750.00 Rajkot

Dharmendra Rs. 9250.00 Surat

Surendra Rs. 8200.00 Rajkot

Note

• Find HRA using Condition as per the following slab If City= Surat then HRA = 2000 and If City = Rajkot then HRA=1500

=if(c2=”Surat”,2000,1500) • CLA for all employees is Rs. 250.00 & PF if 14% of Basic Salary • Gross is Basic Salary + HRA + CLA • Net Salary is Gross – PF • All the figures should have “Rs.” Currency sign with 2 digit decim is • Save the file by the name salary in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.


Name Basic Salary DA HRA TA Gross PF PT DED NET

Jayesh 4600 Tushar 5800 Ajay 8100 Notes

• HRA is 10% of Basic , DA for all employees is 100,TA is 5% of Basic • Gross is Basic + HRA + TA

• PF is 5.5% of Gross, PT for all employees is 20 • DED is PF + PT

• NET if GROSS – DED

• All the figure should have “Rs” as currency sign with 2 digit decimals • Save the file by the name salary in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

29/272


Name Basic Salary DA HRA CLA Gross PF PT Total Ded. Net

Raj 8750.00 Dhaval 4000.00 Kiren 14000.00 Mahesh 5000.00 Notes

• Calculate DA=10% of Basic Salary, HRA=20% of Basic Salary • CLA for all employees would be Rs. 100 • Gross is addition of Basic salary,DA, HRA and CLA • Calculate PF using condition or Lookup as per below mentioned slabe if Basic salary is less

then 6500,PF=10% of Basic salary or else 20% of Basic salary

=if(b2>6500,b2*20%,b2*10% ) • PT for all employees would be Rs. 150 • Total Deduction is addition of PF and PT

• Net is Gross minus Total Ded.

�� Make the following using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.


Karuna 6225.00 Ghanshyam 2250.00 Snehashish 12125.00 Aviral 4420.00 Note CLA for all employees would be Rs. 120

• Calculate DA=16% of Basic Salary, HRA=12% of Basic Salary • Gross is addition of DA, HRA and CLA

• Calculate PF using condition or Lookup or Function as 10 % of basic or Rs. 1000.00 whichever is less. =min(b2*10%,1000)

• Calculate PT using condition or lookup as per the following slabs If Basic < 3000, PT = 0 >= 3000 and < 4500, PT = 20 >= 4500 and < 6500, PT = 40 >= 6500, PT = 60 =if(b2>=6500,60,if(b2>=4500,40,if(b2>=3000,20,0)))

• Total Ded. is addition of PF and PT • Net is Gross minus Total Ded.

�� PT ને ને ને ને lookup કરવા માટ�ના Jટ�પકરવા માટ�ના Jટ�પકરવા માટ�ના Jટ�પકરવા માટ�ના Jટ�પ

સૌkથમ Jલેબના ટ�બલને િસલે-ટ કરો સૌkથમ Jલેબના ટ�બલને િસલે-ટ કરો સૌkથમ Jલેબના ટ�બલને િસલે-ટ કરો સૌkથમ Jલેબના ટ�બલને િસલે-ટ કરો �� INSERT�� NAME�� DIFINE

30/272

�� abc ટાઈપ કરો ટાઈપ કરો ટાઈપ કરો ટાઈપ કરો �� Add �� OK

�� PT ના ખાનામા ંના ખાનામા ંના ખાનામા ંના ખાનામા ં=lookup(b2,abc)�� એLટર ક� દબાવવીએLટર ક� દબાવવીએLટર ક� દબાવવીએLટર ક� દબાવવી �� Make the following using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name Payroll in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Note

• CLA for all employees would be Rs. 120 • Calculate DA=16% of Basic Salary, HRA=12% of Basic Salary • Gross is addition of DA, HRA and CLA • Calculate PF = 10% of Gross • Calculate PT using condition or lookup as per the following slabs

If Basic < 3000, PT = 0 >= 3000 and < 4500, PT = 20 >= 4500 and < 6500, PT = 40 >= 6500, PT = 60

• Total Ded. is addition of PF and PT • Net is Gross minus Total Ded.


Arun 6750.00 Shyam 2500.00 Neha 12000.00 Viral 4000.00

31/272

�� Make the following using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name marksheet in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Student Name Hindi Gujarati English Total Average Status

Samir Shah 33 44 54 Mayank Patel 55 78 22 Jayesh Modi 67 45 39 Ajay Mehta 87 65 80 Note

• Calculate Total using function or formula only • Calculate Average using function or formula only • Calculate Status using condition or lookup as per the following slabs • Status = PASS if student has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise

Status = FAIL • Display “MARKSHEET” as header of the worksheet • Filter data for all students whose Status = ”PASS”

=IF(AND(B2>=35,C2>=35,D2>=35),”PASS”,”FAIL”)

=IF(MIN(B2:D2)>=35,”PASS”,”FAIL”)

32/272

�� Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

Number Name City Basic Status

1 Chaitanya Baroda Rs.15,000 2 Parantap Rajkot Rs.10,000 3 Virat Ahmedabad Rs.8,000 4 Sachin Surat Rs.12,00 5 Kavish Baroda Rs.6,00 6 Virendra Baroda Rs.10,00 7 Aditya Rajkot Rs.6,000 8 Saurabh Ahmedabad Rs.8,000 9 Sreenath Surat Rs.15,000 10 Gautam Ahmedabad Rs.10,000

Note :

� Sort the data as per Name in descending order. � Display Rs. In numerical field. � Find the status if Basic<=8000 then “fresher”

If Basic >=12000 then “experienced” Otherwise “regular”.

� Rename the sheet as “Pay” � Save file by name “statement”

�� Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by

name ‘ list ’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Details of Purchase

Item Name Quantity Price Total Cost

Full scape notebook

8 30

Ball Pen 5 10

Notebook 6 15

Compass box 2 30

Amount to Pay:

Note : � Find the total Cost and Amount to Pay using Formula or Function. � Make the Pie chart using Total Cost; values should be displayed in the chart. � Display header of the worksheet as ‘Stationary’ � Give Red Border to your work.

33/272

�� Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

Sunrise higher secondary School

Admission Detail

Number Student’s Name City Percentage Status

1 Chaitali Jamnagar 68% 2 Parag Ahmedabad 89% 3 Viral Rajkot 75% 4 Sachin Surat 98% 5 Kavita Ahmedabad 80% 6 Ramesh Junagadh 70%

Note :

� Find status according to following condition using formula.

• If percentage is greater than 85 than status is “given”

• If percentage is less than 75 than status is “not given”

• Otherwise “waiting”. � Rename the sheet as “Add” � Save file by name “Entrance”

�� Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name marksheet in your folder on the desktop of your computer.. No. Student Name Math Science English Total Average Status Grade

1 Arunkumar 35 78 65 2 Ashish Patel 45 98 55 3 Sunil Joshi 78 33 67 4 Jay Khanna 78 87 78 5 Neha Suthar 54 50 78 Note

• Calculate Total using function or formula only • Calculate Average using function or formula only • Calculate Status using condition or lookup as per the following slabs status = PASS if

Student has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise Status = FAIL • Calculate Grade using condition or lookup as per the following slabs

If Average is greater than equal to 70%, Grade = “A” If Average is greater than equal 60% and less than 70%, Grade = “B” If Average is greater than equal 50% and less than 60%, Grade = “C” If Average is greater than equal 35% and less than 50%, Grade = “D” If Average is less than 35%,than Grade =”*****”

=IF(F3>=70,”A”,IF(F3>=60,”B”,IF(F3>=50,”C”,IF(F3>=35,”D”,IF(F3<=35,”*****”)))))

34/272

�� Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name marksheet in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

No. Student Name Hindi Gujarati English Total Average Status

1 Nayan Patel 35 78 65 2 Shyamal Sheth 45 98 55 3 Shail Desai 78 33 67 4 Vikas Shah 78 87 78 Note

• Calculate Total using function or formula only • Calculate Average using function or formula only • Calculate Status using condition or lookup as per the following slabs

Status = PASS if student has scored more than 35 marks in all three subjects other wise Status = FAIL

• Create column chart with 3D effect comparing Marks of Hindi, Gujarati and English of all the four students

�� 3 DEFFECT CHART (®ી ડ� ઇફકટ ચાટ®ી ડ� ઇફકટ ચાટ®ી ડ� ઇફકટ ચાટ®ી ડ� ઇફકટ ચાટ�� [[ [[ )))) માટ�માટ�માટ�માટ�

નામ અને સ�cકટના માકસ િસલેકટ કરવા [ � INSERTમે�મંાુ � CHART� COLUMN�

લાJટ ચાટ િસલેકટ કર� [ � FINISH

�� Make the following table using MS Excel as mentioned below

નામ 7હLદ� Ghsે િવ�ાન 8લ મા-સુ [ અવરજે �

રામs 100 90 32

શામs 78 45 50

કાનs 78 90 44

Note:

• Calculate 8લ મા-સ ુ [ and અવરજે � using function or formula only

• Create column chart with 3D effect comparing marks of 7હLદ�, Ghsે , િવ�ાન for all students

• Display header of the sheet as ‘Marksheet’ and page number as footer

• Delete sheet 3 of your excel file

35/272

�� Make the following mark sheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name marksheet1 in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

TRAINIG BUDGET

Year Finance Dept Home Dept Heath Dept Total Average

“2001 2000000 6000000 3500000

“2002 2500000 7000000 4500000

“2003 3500000 8000000 6000000

Note

• Find Total and Average using formula or function • Display currency “Rs” in all columns export Year. • Make a Column chart comparing Year with all three departments. • Display Header as “TRANING BUDGET” • Save file by the name “Training” in your folder created on the desktop of your

�� Create a following table using MS Excel

Product Sale on day 1 Sale on day 2 Sale on day 3 Total Sale Average Pizza 555 600 900 Burger 600 675 890 Sandwich 1500 2250 3750 Cake 400 600 750 Note

• Find the Total Sale of all the tree day using formula or function • Find the Average of all tree day using formula of function • Make a pie chart comparing Total of all the four Product • Save the file with the name “Food” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� PIE CHART ((((પાઇ ચાટપાઇ ચાટપાઇ ચાટપાઇ ચાટ[[ [[ ) ) ) ) માટ�માટ�માટ�માટ�

kથમ kોડકટની કોલમ િસલેકટ કર� � �યારપછ� -Xોલક�(CTRL) kેસ કર� ટોટલની કોલમ િસલેકટ

કરવી� INSERTમે�મંાંુ � CHART� PIE � FINISH

36/272

�� Creae a following table using MS Excel

Player Runs in Match 1 Runs in Match 2 Runs in Match 3 Total Average

Sachin 55 101 54 Lara 45 21 34 Gayle 94 12 34 Dravid 88 76 43 Note

• Find the Total score of all the players using formula or function • Find the Average of all the players using formula of function • Make a pie chart comparing Total of all the four players • Header of the worksheet should be “CRICKET” • Save the file with the name “Cricket” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� Create a following table using MS Excel

Budget Provision for the year 2004 – 05 in Crores

Department 1st Qtr. 2

nd Qtr. 3

rd Qtr. 4

th Qtr. Total Average

Finance 400 500 800 1000 Education 300 500 700 900 Home 450 750 900 1200 Panchayat 600 900 1100 1250 Note

• Find Total of all the departments using formula or function • Find Average of all the departments using formula of function • Make a pie chart comparing Total of all the four departments • Rename the worksheet as Budget

• Save the file with the name “department” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� Make the following using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by the name Cricket in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Runs Average Runs per over

Overs India Australia India Australia 10 50 55 20 120 130 30 160 165 40 200 210 50 268 267 Notes:

• Calculate Average Runs per over using formula • Create a line chart comparing runs scored for every 10 overs by India and Australia • Rename the sheet as Line chart

• Display India v/s Australia in the footer of the worksheet.

�� LINE CHART(લાઇન ચાટલાઇન ચાટલાઇન ચાટલાઇન ચાટ[[ [[ ) ) ) ) માટ�માટ�માટ�માટ�

ઇ�Lડયા, ઓJX�Kલયાના રન અને ઓવર િસલેકટ કરવી � INSERTમે� ું� CHART � LINE� ચોથો

ચાટ િસલેકટ કર� [ � FINISH

37/272

�� Create the following in MS Excel

Year Sales Person Sale of Fridge Sale of AC Total Sales

2005 Rajendra 500000 300000

2006 Ashish 600000 800000

2006 Ashish 400000 300000

2005 Rajendra 550000 500000 Note

• Find Total Sales (Sale of Fridge + Sale of AC) • Display currency as “Rs” in the Total Sales Coloumn. • Sort the Data as per Year in descending order. • Find Subtotal of “Total Sales” on the basis of “Year” • Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer

�� SORT કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�

આખો ડ�ટા િસલેકટ કર�� DATA મે�મંા ંુ � SORT

38/272

� Sort by માં̂ યા માં̂ યા Zજબ િસલે-ટ કર� ુ � ASCENDING - DESCENDING મા^યા ંZજબ િસલેકટ કર� ુ � OK

�� SUBTOTAL કરવા માટ� કરવા માટ� કરવા માટ� કરવા માટ�

આખા ંટ�બલને િસલેકટ કર/ ું� DATAમે� ંમાથl ુ � SUBTOTAL

� kથમ ખાનામંા ં– YEAR ( એટલે c� ંશોટ કO હોય તે kથમ ખાનામંા ંલે/ ંુ ુ ુ[ [ � બીV ખાનામંા ંહમેશા ંSUM જ

આવશે.� jીV ખાનામંા ંc kથમ ઓપશન હોય તે િસલેકટ કર� � OK

39/272

�� Make the following table using MS Excel as mentioned below Sales Person Year Rate Quantity Amount Kuntal 2005 12500 200 Sameer 2004 15000 250 Kuntal 2004 14000 400 Sameer 2005 16000 450 Notes:

• Amount = Rate x Quantity

• Figures in Rate and Amount column should have “Rs” as currency sign with 2 digits decimals

• Sort the data in descending order on the basis of Year • Find Year wise Subtotal Amount. • Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.


Year Organization Income Expense Profit 2001 ABC 500000 300000 2002 XYZ 600000 800000 2002 ABC 400000 300000 2001 XYZ 550000 500000 Notes:

• Find Profit using Formula or Function, Profit = Income – Expense • Display currency as “Rs” in the Income, Expense and Profit column. • Sort the data as per Organization in descnding order. • Find Subtotal of Profit on the basis of “Organization” • Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� Create the following table in MS Excel

Product Month Year

Sales Person Qty Rate Amount

Computer Jan 2002 Mehul 200 25000

Computer Jan 2003 Anupam 150 25000

TV Feb 2002 Mehul 135 16000

TV Feb 2003 Anupam 140 17000

DVD Mar 2003 Mehul 145 2500

DVD Mar 2002 Anupam 135 2000 Notes:

• Find Amount using Formula • Sort the Data as per Sales Person in ascending order. • Display Sales person wise subtotal of Amount and Qty • Rename data sheet as “Sales” • Save the file by the name Report in your folder created on the desktop of your compute

40/272


Year Sales Person Sale of TV Sale of LCD Total Sales

2006 Haresh 400000 300000

2006 Mukesh 510000 630000

2007 Mukesh 230000 330000

2007 Haresh 450000 310000 Notes:

• Find Total Sales (Sale of TV + Sale of LCD) • Display currency as “Rs” in the Total Sales Column. • Sort the Data as per Year in descending order. • Find Subtotal of “Total Sales” on the basis of “Year” • Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.


Product Year Region Price Quantity Amount

Lenovo 2007 Asia 65536 256256 Lenovo 2008 Europe 12345 499999 Compaq 2008 Asia 56789 246810 Compaq 2007 Europe 13579 989836 Notes:

• Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity. • Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order. • Create a Pivot Table Such as

Row Fields = Year Column Field = Region Data Items = Amount

• Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop of your computer

�� PIVOT TABLE ( ( ( ( પાઇવોટ ટ�બલપાઇવોટ ટ�બલપાઇવોટ ટ�બલપાઇવોટ ટ�બલ) ) ) ) માટ�માટ�માટ�માટ�

આખા ંટ�બલ ની િસલેકટ કર/ ં.ુ � DATAમે�મંા ંુ � PIVOT TABLE AND PIVOT CHART REPORT

41/272

� NEXT

� NEXT � EXISTING WORKSHEET ને YES કર� � A10 લખ/ ું� LAYOUT

42/272

� ROW – COLUMNS- DATA મા ંમાં̂ યા ંZજબ 7ફ�ડ િસલેકટ કર� ુ � OK � FINISH



Fridge 2005 South 6000 150 TV 2006 North 6000 250 Fridge 2006 North 6000 900 TV 2005 South 6900 750 Notes:

• Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity. • Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order. • Create a Pivot Table Such as

Row Fields = Region

• Column Field = Year Data Items = Amount

• Save the file by the name Table in your folder created on the desktop of your computer

43/272

� Create the following table in MS Excel


HP 2006 North 25000 100000 HP 2007 West 28000 500000 Wipro 2007 North 21000 300000 Wipro 2006 West 24200 750000 Notes:

1. Find Amount using Formula or Function, Amount = Price x Quantity. 2. Sort the Data as per Amount in descending order. 3. Create a Pivot Table Such as

Row Fields = Year Column Field = Region Data Items = Amount

4. Save the file by the name Sales in your folder created on the desktop


Item Year Location Rate Quantity Amount

Apple iPhone 2010 Noida 26000 4000

Nokia N900 2010 Srinagar 26500 3400

Sony Xperia 2010 Rajkot 23000 3000

Samsung

Corby

2010 Chennai 24000 4000

Notes:

• Find amount using formula or function Amount = Rate X Quantity

• Sort the data as per Quantity in ascending order

• Create a Pivot Table such as o Row Fields = Location o Column Field = Year o Data Items = Amount

• Save the file name by Gadgets in your folder

44/272

OUTLOOK

�� E-MAIL OPEN કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ� � START � RUN � OUTLOOK � OK

�� િસ^નેચર આપવા માટ� િસ^નેચર આપવા માટ� િસ^નેચર આપવા માટ� િસ^નેચર આપવા માટ� � TOOLS � OPTIONS � MAIL FORMAT

� SIGNATURE � NEW � શોટ િસ^નેચર લખવી[ � NEXT

45/272

�iરૂ� િસ^નેચર લખવી.� FINISH � OK� છે�લા બ` ખાનામા ંશોટ િસ^નેચર સરખી કરવી [ � OK

NEW �� TO : ઈ ઈ ઈ ઈ---- મેઈલ એª�સ ટાઈપ કર/ ં મેઈલ એª�સ ટાઈપ કર/ ં મેઈલ એª�સ ટાઈપ કર/ ં મેઈલ એª�સ ટાઈપ કર/ ંુુ ુ.ુ(.(.(.(દાદાદાદા....તતતત [email protected])

CC : જો બી� ઈ જો બી� ઈ જો બી� ઈ જો બી� ઈુુ ુુ ---- મેઈલ એª�સ આપે� હોય તો જ મેઈલ એª�સ આપે� હોય તો જ મેઈલ એª�સ આપે� હોય તો જ મેઈલ એª�સ આપે� હોય તો જ ુુ ુુ CC મા ંટાઈપ કર/ ંમા ંટાઈપ કર/ ંમા ંટાઈપ કર/ ંમા ંટાઈપ કર/ ંુુ ુ ુ

�� SUBJECT : જો આપેલ હોય તો તેજો આપેલ હોય તો તેજો આપેલ હોય તો તેજો આપેલ હોય તો તે િવષય લખ/ અ¯વા િવષય લખ/ અ¯વા િવષય લખ/ અ¯વા િવષય લખ/ અ¯વા ુુ ુુ કોઇપણ લખ/ ંકોઇપણ લખ/ ંકોઇપણ લખ/ ંકોઇપણ લખ/ ંુુ ુ.ુ(.(.(.(દાદાદાદા....ત ત ત ત leave report, ccc+ exam)

�� ફાઇલને એટ�ચમેLટ કરવા માટ�ફાઇલને એટ�ચમેLટ કરવા માટ�ફાઇલને એટ�ચમેLટ કરવા માટ�ફાઇલને એટ�ચમેLટ કરવા માટ�

�� INSERTમે� ંમાથંી મે� ંમાથંી મે� ંમાથંી મે� ંમાથંી ુુ ુુ �� FILE �� DESKTOP�� પોતા� ંફો�ડર િસલેકટ કર� પોતા� ંફો�ડર િસલેકટ કર� પોતા� ંફો�ડર િસલેકટ કર� પોતા� ંફો�ડર િસલેકટ કર� ુુ ુુ �� OPEN �� તેમાથી કોઇપણ તેમાથી કોઇપણ તેમાથી કોઇપણ તેમાથી કોઇપણ

ફાઇલ િસલેકટ કર� ફાઇલ િસલેકટ કર� ફાઇલ િસલેકટ કર� ફાઇલ િસલેકટ કર� �� INSERT

46/272

� �યારપછ� પેજ પર કKલક કર� uજરાતીુ મા ંબે લાઇન લેટર ટાઇપ કરવો.

� લેટર ટાઇપ થઇ ગયા પછ� � SEND �

� SEND થયેલા મેઇલને જોવો હોય તો � OUTBOX

� c – તે સ�cકટ લzયો હોય તેના માઉસ વડ� ડબલ કKલક કરવી

� નોધનોધનોધનોધ::::---- ઇ-મેઇલને SAVE કરવો.નહl.

• Send an Email at least three line about “Request for Loan” in Gujarati with one of your file made during this exam as attachment to [email protected] , Carbon Copy (CC) [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your signature at the end of the email.

• Send E-mail at least one line in English/Gujarati with one of your files created during this Exam as attachment to [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.

• Send E-mail of below paragraph in Gujarati, with one of your files made during this Exam as attachment to [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express. USE INDIC

માણસ �યાર તના રોજlદા કામથી કટાળ� Vય છ �યાર તહવારોમાણસ �યાર તના રોજlદા કામથી કટાળ� Vય છ �યાર તહવારોમાણસ �યાર તના રોજlદા કામથી કટાળ� Vય છ �યાર તહવારોમાણસ �યાર તના રોજlદા કામથી કટાળ� Vય છ �યાર તહવારો� ે ં ં ે � �� ે ં ં ે � �� ે ં ં ે � �� ે ં ં ે � � ની ઉજવણી ની ઉજવણી ની ઉજવણી ની ઉજવણી

તનામા ફર� નવો ઉ�સાહ લાવી દ છતનામા ફર� નવો ઉ�સાહ લાવી દ છતનામા ફર� નવો ઉ�સાહ લાવી દ છતનામા ફર� નવો ઉ�સાહ લાવી દ છે ં � ેે ં � ેે ં � ેે ં � ે . . . . તથી જ આપણા iવૂજોએ દરક મ7હનામા એક તથી જ આપણા iવૂજોએ દરક મ7હનામા એક તથી જ આપણા iવૂજોએ દરક મ7હનામા એક તથી જ આપણા iવૂજોએ દરક મ7હનામા એક ે � ંે � ંે � ંે � ં[[ [[ –

એક ઉ�સવની ગોઠવણ કરલી છએક ઉ�સવની ગોઠવણ કરલી છએક ઉ�સવની ગોઠવણ કરલી છએક ઉ�સવની ગોઠવણ કરલી છ� ે� ે� ે� ે .... • Send an Email at least three line about “Request for Quarter” in Gujarati with one

of your file made during this exam as attachment to R&[email protected] , Carbon Copy (CC) [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your signature at the end of the email.

• Send an Email at least one line about “Request Transfer” in Gujarati with one of your file made during this exam as attachment to [email protected] , Carbon Copy (CC) [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your signature at the end of the email.

• Send an Email at least one line about “Petroleum Rates” in Gujarati with one of your file made during this exam as attachment to [email protected] , Carbon Copy (CC) [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express, add your signature at the end of the email.

47/272

POWERPOINT

� POWERPOINT OPEN કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�

�� START � RUN � POWERPNT � OK

�� Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “GUJARAT” having minimum 3 slides; give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “gujarat” in your folder on the desktop of your computer. Notes

• One of your slide should be in Gujarati • Give Slide numbers to the slides • Give custom animation on any two slides • One of your slide should have a Picture • Set up the show such that it runs continuously till the “Esc” key is pressed. • Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 5 seconds.

48/272

�� નવી Jલાઇડ લેવા માટ� નવી Jલાઇડ લેવા માટ� નવી Jલાઇડ લેવા માટ� નવી Jલાઇડ લેવા માટ� NEW SLIDE પર કKલક કર/પર કKલક કર/પર કKલક કર/પર કKલક કર/ ુુ ુ.ુ...

�� kથમ માં̂ યા Zજબ Jલાઇડ બનાવવી kથમ માં̂ યા Zજબ Jલાઇડ બનાવવી kથમ માં̂ યા Zજબ Jલાઇડ બનાવવી kથમ માં̂ યા Zજબ Jલાઇડ બનાવવી ુુ ુુ

49/272

50/272

51/272

52/272

�� Jલાઇડને નબંર આપવા માટ�Jલાઇડને નબંર આપવા માટ�Jલાઇડને નબંર આપવા માટ�Jલાઇડને નબંર આપવા માટ�

VIEWમે� ું� HEADER AND FOOTER � SLIDE NUMBER ને YES કર� � APPLY TO ALL

અનેઅનેઅનેઅને

�� °ટર આપવા માટ� °ટર આપવા માટ� °ટર આપવા માટ� °ટર આપવા માટ�

FOOTER ને YES કર� મા^યા ંZજબ નામ લખી ુ � APPLY TO ALL

�� CUSTOM ANIMATION ( ( ( ( કJટમ એનીમેશન આપવા માટ�કJટમ એનીમેશન આપવા માટ�કJટમ એનીમેશન આપવા માટ�કJટમ એનીમેશન આપવા માટ�))))

SLIDE SHOWમે� ું� CUSTOMANIMATION � લખાણ પર કKલક કર� �

ADD EFFECT � ENTRANCE માથl � બા� માથl કોઇપણ એનીમેશન પર કKલક કર/ુ .ુ

53/272

�� િપ�કચર Zકૂવા માટ�િપ�કચર Zકૂવા માટ�િપ�કચર Zકૂવા માટ�િપ�કચર Zકૂવા માટ� INSERT � PICTURE� CLIP ART

� GO � મા^યા ંZજબ િપકચર િસલેકટ કર/ ંુ ુ � એટલે િપકચર પેજ પર આવી જશે

� Kચjની આ�બા� ગોળ ટપકા આવશેુ ુ � Kચjને ગોળ ટપકા ઉપર થી Gદરની સાઇડ ખેચ/�ુ Kચj ને યો^ય

જ^યા પર Zક� દ�/ુ .ુ

54/272

�� Jલાઇડ શ� ને Jલાઇડ શ� ને Jલાઇડ શ� ને Jલાઇડ શ� ને CONTINEW ((((સતતસતતસતતસતત) ) ) ) ચા� રાખવા માટ� ચા� રાખવા માટ� ચા� રાખવા માટ� ચા� રાખવા માટ� ુુ ુુ

�� SLIDESHOW મે� ં માથી ુ � SET UP SHOW � LOOP CONTINUOUSLY UNTIL

‘ESC’ ને YES કર� � OK

�� JલાઇડJલાઇડJલાઇડJલાઇડ ટાLઝીશન ટાLઝીશન ટાLઝીશન ટાLઝીશન ((((Jલાઈડ ને ટાઇમ આપવાJલાઈડ ને ટાઇમ આપવાJલાઈડ ને ટાઇમ આપવાJલાઈડ ને ટાઇમ આપવા) ) ) ) માટ�માટ�માટ�માટ�

SLIDESHOWમે� ું� SLIDE TRANSITION � BLINDS HORIZONTAL � ON MOUSE CLICK ને

OFF કર/ ં.ુ� AUTOMATICALLY AFTER ને YES કર�� મા^યા ંZજબ સેકLડ આપવીુ . � APPLY TO ALL SLIDE

55/272

�� DESIGN(7ડઝાઇન આપવા માટ�7ડઝાઇન આપવા માટ�7ડઝાઇન આપવા માટ�7ડઝાઇન આપવા માટ�))))

ફોરમેટ�ગ mલબાર માથી ૂ DESIGN � કોઇપણ 7ડઝાઇન પર કKલક કર/.ુ

�� SOUND EFFECT આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ�

SLIDESHOWમે� ું� SLIDE TRANSITION� SOUND માં̂ O હોય તો આપ/ંુ �ુ APPLY TO ALL SLIDES

56/272

� SLIDE મા ંટ�બલ બનાવવા ંમાટ� મા ંટ�બલ બનાવવા ંમાટ� મા ંટ�બલ બનાવવા ંમાટ� મા ંટ�બલ બનાવવા ંમાટ�

FORMAT MENU� SLIDE LAYOUT� એક બો( ,લશેુ � તીર ઉપર જઈ ટ�બલ કાઢ/ ં�ુ ટ�બલ

ઉપર n-લક કર/ ં.ુ

� cટલી કોલમ અને રો જોઈતી હોય તેટલી િસલે-ટ કરવી� OK

57/272

�� Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on “Somnath Temple” having minimum 3 slides. Give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “Somnath” in your folder on the desktop of your computer

Notes:

• Give footer to all slides with date and page number

• One of your slide should be in Gujarati

• Use bullets and suitable graphics in at least one slide

• Give transition effects to all slide with auto timings of 3 seconds

• Third slide font should have Red colour font.

�� Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on “Municipal Corporation” having minimum 3 slides. Give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “MUNICORP” in your folder on the desktop of your computer

Notes:

• Give footer to all slides with date and page number

• One of your slide should be in Gujarati

• Use bullets and suitable graphics in at least one slide

• Give transition effects to all slide with auto timings of 3 seconds

• Third slide font should have Red colour font.

�� Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on “importance of Prayer in our life.”

Notes:

� Make three slides of different designs for above topic. � One slide should be in Gujarati. � One slide should have a picture. � Give custom animation effect to two slides. � Give transition effect with auto timing of 5 seconds to each slide � Save the file by name ‘Prarthana’ in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer.

�� Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on “My Hobby”

Notes:

� Apply slide transition, slide design effect to all slides � Display time and date as footer in every slide. � Give transition effect with auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide. � Save the file by name ‘Relaxation’ in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer.

58/272

�� Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on “Computer” .

Notes:

� Save the file by name ‘ PC ’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer. � Give animation effect in any two slides. � Give transition effect with auto timing of 5 seconds to each slide � Set up show as continues until press ‘Esc’

�� Create a Power Point Presentation on “Gir Forest” with three slides.

Notes:

� Give same background to all slides � One of your slides should be in Gujarati. � Insert picture in any one slide. � Apply slide transition, Give auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide � Save the file by name ‘Lion’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on “Friendship.”

Notes:

� Apply slide design effect to all slides � Use fonts excluding black. � Give transition effect with auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide. � Set up show as continues until press ‘Esc’ � Save the file by name ‘Dosti’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� Create a MS PowerPoint presentation in Gujarati on Navratri having minimum 3 slides, give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “Navratri” in your folder on the desktop of your computer

Notes

• Give custom animation on any two slides • Give slide design effect • Give sound effect on the slides • Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 3 seconds

�� Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “Indian Cricket Team” having minimum 3 slides; give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “presentation” in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Notes

• One of your slides should be typed in Gujarati • One of your slide should have a table • Give slide design effect • Give slide numbers • Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 2 seconds.

�� Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “LOKPAL” having minimum 3 slides; give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “presentation” in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Notes

• One of your slides should be typed in Gujarati • One of your slide should have a table • Give slide design effect • Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 2 seconds.

59/272

�� Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “GUJARAT ELECTION” having minimum 3 slides; give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “Election” in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Notes

• One of your slide should be in Gujarati • Give Slide numbers to the slides • Give custom animation on any two slides • One of your slide should have a Picture • Set up the show such that it runs continuously till the “Esc” key is pressed. • Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 3 second.

�� Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “Swine Flu ” having minimum 3 slides; give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “Presentation” in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Notes

• One of your slide should be in Gujarati • One of your slide should have a Chart or Organization Chart • Give slide design effect • Give slide numbers • Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 5 seconda.

�� Create a MS PowerPoint presentation on “Hill Station” having minimum 3 slides; give the following effects as mentioned in the notes and save the file by the name “gujarat” in your folder on the desktop of your computer.

Notes

• One of your slide should be in Gujarati • Give slide numbers to the slides • Give custom animation on any two slides • Set up the show such that it runs continuously till the “Esc” key is pressed. • Give slide transition effects on all the slides with auto timings of 3 seconds.

�� Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on “Saputara – The Adobe of Serpents ” having minimum 3 slides as shown below and save the file by the name “Saputara” in your folder on the desktop of your computer

o One of your slide should have graphic

o Give custom animation effect to one of your slide

o Give slide numbers

o Two slides should be in Gujarati

o Give slide transition effect with auto timings of 5 seconds

60/272

�� Create an MS PowerPoint presentation on “Vanche Gujarat” having minimum 3 slides as shown below and save the file by the name “vanchan” in your folder on the desktop of your computer

61/272

�� Create a MS PowerPoint presentation with three slides as shown below Notes:

• Apply slide design to all slides • Give Slide numbers to all the three slides shown below • Give Auto time of 3 seconds to each slide

• જય જય ગરવી uજરાતુ• આપ±ુ uજરાતુ આગ/ુ uજરાતુ

Main Link of Sites

• Visit Gujarat

• Government

• Initiatives

• Sate Profile

62/272


• Apply slide design, slide transition effect to all slides • Give Slide numbers to all the slides, give sound effect to one slide • Give Auto time of 3 seconds to each slide

Slide 1

Slide 2

Slide 3

63/272


• Apply slide design to all slides • Give Slide numbers to all the three slides show below • Give Auto time of 3 seconds to each slide

64/272

�� ORGANIZATION CHART(ઓરગેનાઇઝેશન ચાટઓરગેનાઇઝેશન ચાટઓરગેનાઇઝેશન ચાટઓરગેનાઇઝેશન ચાટ[[ [[ ) ) ) ) માટ�માટ�માટ�માટ�

�� ફોરમેટમે� ં ફોરમેટમે� ં ફોરમેટમે� ં ફોરમેટમે� ુુુું મા ંમા ંમા ંમા ં

SLIDE LAYOUT માથl ઓરગેનાઇઝેશનચાટ પર કKલક કર/માથl ઓરગેનાઇઝેશનચાટ પર કKલક કર/માથl ઓરગેનાઇઝેશનચાટ પર કKલક કર/માથl ઓરગેનાઇઝેશનચાટ પર કKલક કર/[[ [[ ુુ ુ.ુ . . .

�� યારપછ� ચાટ પર ડબલ કKલક કર� �યારપછ� ચાટ પર ડબલ કKલક કર� �યારપછ� ચાટ પર ડબલ કKલક કર� �યારપછ� ચાટ પર ડબલ કKલક કર� [[ [[

INDIA

GUJARATc

MAHARASHTRA

AHMEDABAD

BARODA

MUMBAI

PUNE

65/272

�� kથમ ચાટ િસલેકટ કર� kથમ ચાટ િસલેકટ કર� kથમ ચાટ િસલેકટ કર� kથમ ચાટ િસલેકટ કર� [[ [[ �� OK

�� c ખાનાં c ખાનાં c ખાનાં c ખાના ં ને ડ�લીટ કર/ હોય તે ખાનાનંી બોડર પર કKલક કર� ને ડ�લીટ કર/ હોય તે ખાનાનંી બોડર પર કKલક કર� ને ડ�લીટ કર/ હોય તે ખાનાનંી બોડર પર કKલક કર� ને ડ�લીટ કર/ હોય તે ખાનાનંી બોડર પર કKલક કર�ુુ ુુ [[ [[ (તે ખાના ંઉપર ગોળ ટપકા આવી

જશે)

��DELET ક� આપવીક� આપવીક� આપવીક� આપવી....

�� અને c ખાના નીચે ખાના વધારવા હોય તે ખાનાને િસલેકટ કર� અને c ખાના નીચે ખાના વધારવા હોય તે ખાનાને િસલેકટ કર� અને c ખાના નીચે ખાના વધારવા હોય તે ખાનાને િસલેકટ કર� અને c ખાના નીચે ખાના વધારવા હોય તે ખાનાને િસલેકટ કર� ��ઓરગેનાઈઝેશન ચાટ નામના ંઓરગેનાઈઝેશન ચાટ નામના ંઓરગેનાઈઝેશન ચાટ નામના ંઓરગેનાઈઝેશન ચાટ નામના ં[[ [[

mલબાર માથંી mલબાર માથંી mલબાર માથંી mલબાર માથંી ુુ ુુ INSERT SHAP �� નામના ંબટન ઉપર બે વાર કKલ નામના ંબટન ઉપર બે વાર કKલ નામના ંબટન ઉપર બે વાર કKલ નામના ંબટન ઉપર બે વાર કKલક કર/ક કર/ક કર/ક કર/ ુુ ુ.ુ...

66/272

� બીV બો( ઉપર n-લક કર� INSERT SHAPE નામના ંબટન ઉપર બે વાર n-લક કર/ ં.ુ

INDIA

GUJARATc

MAHARASHTRA

AHMEDABAD

BARODA

MUMBAI

PUNE

67/272

PROJECT

� Tools – change Working Time – New – Calendar name type-ok

� Select Month – Select Working Day (Mon to Sat) – Click non Default Time-

� Note ( HM ZHF VF%FL CMI TF[ T[ TFZLB Select SZL v non working %FZ Click SZJLP

� Option Start time : 8 : 00 am End Time : 5 : 00 pm � Hours per Day: 8 ( 8 To 5 Total hours) � Hours per Week : 48 (8 * 6) (8 Total hours * 6 Total Working day to sat)

� Day per month : 24 (Total Working day) � Set as default �OK� OK � Project menu �Project Information Start Date Set SZJLP

� (finish date VF%FL CMI TM Finish date select SZJLffff � Calendar � Set SZJ]P� Ok

� Task menu type �Duration type� Predecessor type � Save �Ok Note ;- Milestone VF%F[, CMI TM H[ T[ task G]\ duration hLZM SZJ]\P

� Predecessor �1,2,3,4, V[SBFG]\ KM0LG[ ,BJ]\P � %F^F parallel SCI] CMI tIFZ[ V[SBFG]\ KM0LG[ 1,1,1,1,

type SZJ]\P

68/272

�� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name “Team India” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

1. Set project start date = 17-3-2008. 2. Set date 10 and 24 as holiday and all Sundays also holidays. 3. Insert the following tasks.

1) Select team selectors. 2) Select team. 3) Select coach. 4) Select physiotherapist. 5) Select team manager.

4. Task 2,3,4,5 all are parallel and comes after the task 1. �� Create a file in MS-Project to plan a tour and save it by the name “TOUR” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

• Create a calendar having six working days and name it “MYCAL” • Finish the Project on 31

st March – 08

• Insert the following Task. 1. Select the location for tour. 2. Decide the duration for tour. 3. Arrange for Tickets & Reservation. 4. Arrange Luggage

• Set Predecessors. • Set duration for all tasks as 4 days each.

�� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name “Town” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

1. Set calendar having 6 working days. 2. Set project finish date 31-march-2008. 3. Insert the following tasks.

1) Select site. 2) Select type of town. 3) Create plan 4) Arrange architect 5) Start working.

4. Set last task as milestone. 5. Set predecessors for all the tasks.

69/272

�� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name Course in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

1. Set the calendar having 3 alternate working days. (e.g. Mon, wed & Fri are working days) 2. Set project start date = 17-March-2008. 3. Insert the following tasks.

a. design syllabus. b. Design batches. c. Appoint faculties d. Arrange the training. e. Enroll participants. f. Start training.

4. Set predecessors for all the tasks. 5. Set duration for all the tasks.

�� Create a MS Project file for setting up a New organization having minimum 10 tasks as follows. Duration (complete project plan ) / (all the tasks ) will be 45 days.

1. Identify potential office site 2. Finalize lease on office space 3. Assign office space 4. Order furniture 5. Install phone lines 6. Setting up computers 7. Arrange internal maintenance service 8. Arrange external maintenance service 9. Order new business cards 10. New office setup project complete

Note :

• Plan calendar having six working days per week.

• Save project by the name ‘Activity’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

� Create a MS Project file for setting up a latest organization having minimum 10 tasks as follows. Project duration will be 60 days.

11. Identify potential office site 12. Finalize lease on office space 13. Assign office space 14. Order furniture 15. Install phone lines 16. Setting up computers 17. Arrange internal maintenance service 18. Arrange external maintenance service 19. Order new business cards 20. New office setup project complete

Note :

• Plan calendar having five working days per week.

• Set predecessors for all the tasks.

• Save project by the name ‘Association’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

70/272

�� Create a file in MS Project and save it by name “Shopping Mall SALE” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer

1. Set the calendar having three (3) alternate working days (Monday, Wednesday, Friday)

2. Set the project start date 20 September 2009

3. Insert the following task

a. Prepare items list for SALE

b. Hire salesmen

c. Advertising

d. Promotion of products

e. Start selling

4. Set predecessors for all the task

5. Set duration for all the task

�� Create a project using MS-Project set up “TUITION CLASSES” a) Set a calendar for the project having 7 working days. b) Set project finish date 28-feb-07 c) Insert the following tasks.

1. Select class room 2. purchase furniture and accessories for tuition class 3. Arrange interviews for faculty. 4. Enroll the students. 5. Start classes.

d) Set task no.5 as milestone. e) Set duration to the tasks. f) Save the project by the name “Tuition Classes” in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer.

�� Create a file in MS-Project and do as directed 1. Set a calendar, having 6 working days a week. 2. Enter the following tasks in the project.

1) Identify a house. 2) Meeting with the house owner. 3) Finalize the figure and give token amount. 4) Prepare the loan documents. 5) Submit the loan documents 6) Receive cheque / DD of loan amount. 7) Payment to the house owner. 8) Transfer the property documents. 9) Renovate the house. 10) Shifting in new house.

3. Set task no 6, 8 and 10 as the milestone. 4. Save the file by the name “My House” in the folder created on the desktop of your

computer �� Create a file in MS-Project to schedule a training program and save it by the name “TRAINING” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

• Set project start on = 1st Jan-07

• Project should be completed in 30 days • Insert the following Tasks.

i. Decide the training subjects. ii. Design the studu material. iii. Schedule the Training session. iv. Schedule the Training Date.

• Set Predecessors. • Set working Time = 6 hours a day & 6 days a week for this project

71/272

�� Create a project using MS Project

a) Insert the following tasks.& duration in days. 1. Make list of key needs that must be met by new office space 2 2. Identify potential office sites 5 3. Make final decision on office space 2 4. Finalize lease on office space 10 5. Identify major improvement needs 6 6. Obtain estimates from contractors for improvement 5 7. Identify Cost for new office (Chairs, Desks, Equipment) 3 8. Hire contractors for improvement 2 9. Obtain necessary permits 7 10. Order new phone number 1

b) Select working calendar having 6 working days. c) Project start date: 1-feb-07. d) Set predecessors to all the tasks. • Save the project by the name “Office” in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer. �� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name “Cine Awards” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

1. Set the start date of the project 14th April, 2007.

2. Set the project schedule as per the following. a. 10:00AM to 1:00PM b. 2:00PM to 6:00PM

3. Rename the calendar as “Award”. 4. Insert the following tasks in the project.

TASK DURATION Analysis 10 days Design stage 6 days Sort data for prizing 5 days Decorate stage 3 days Book hotel for anchor 1day

�� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name “XMAS” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

a. Start Project on 20th – January – 07.

b. Insert the following tasks.

i. Invite the guests ii. Decide the party theme. iii. Decorate the party hall. iv. Order the Cake for the party. v. Start party

c. Set predecessors as follows.

i. Task 1& 2 are parallel ii. Task 3 starts after task 4. iii. Task 4 start after task 1 & 2. iv. Milestone is at last position.

72/272

�� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name OFFICE in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

1. Set the project calendar having 6 working days.

2. Project calendar name should be SETUP.

3. Project should start on 1-8-2007.

4. Project duration entered in weeks.

5. Insert the following tasks.

TASK NAME DURATION PREDECESSORS

Identify office site 1 week

Purchase a new office building. MILE STONE 1

Decorate the interior and create furniture 5 weeks 2 Purchase the office stationary 2 weeks 3

Telephone, internet & fax connections 1 weeks 4 Transfer the office from old building 1 weeks 5

Start working MILE STONE 6 Feedback from staff 4 weeks 7

Appropriate changes as per suggestions of staff 8 weeks 8 �� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name OFFICE in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

1. Set the project calendar having three working days (Set Mon-Wend-Fri days working days)

2. Project calendar name should be “EXAM” 3. Project working hours should be 9:30 to 12:15 and 1:00 to 4:45 for all the working

days 4. Project should start on 1-may-07. 5. Insert the following tasks. TASK NAME DURATION PREDECESSORS

Apply thru Department 10 days Get training call letter from institute 1 day 1

Start training MILESTONE 2 Computer Fundamental 1 day 3

MS- Windows XP 1 day 3 Ms-Word 2 DAYS 4,5 Ms-Excel 2 DAYS 6

Ms- Powerpoint 1 day 7 Internet 1 day 8

Ms-Outlook 1 day 8 Best Practice 1 day 9,10 Ms-Project 2 DAYS 11 Exam MILESTONE 12

73/272

�� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name RESOURCE in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

1. Project should start on 1-5-2007.

2. Project calendar should have 6 working days.

3. Schedule project as per following.

From 9:00 AM to 11:00 AM 11:30 AM to 1:30 PM 2:30 PM to 4:30 PM and 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM

4. Insert the following resources in resource sheet. RESOURCE NAME TYPE STD. RATE OVT. RATE COST / USE

LABOUR WORK Rs. 50.00

ENGINEER WORK Rs.50000.00

INTERIOR DESIGNER WORK Rs.75000.00 TRANSPORTER MATERIAL Rs. 3500.00

OFFICE STATIONARY MATERIAL Rs. 6000.00 NOTE : All rates should be in RS. Currency symbol.

� RESOURCE SHEET બનાવવા ંમાટ�બનાવવા ંમાટ�બનાવવા ંમાટ�બનાવવા ંમાટ� ((((ર�સોસ શીટ બનાવવા ંમાટ�ર�સોસ શીટ બનાવવા ંમાટ�ર�સોસ શીટ બનાવવા ંમાટ�ર�સોસ શીટ બનાવવા ંમાટ�[[ [[ ))))

�� kથમ ક�લેLડર અને kોc-ટ ²ફોમ¬શન સેટ કર/ ં kથમ ક�લેLડર અને kોc-ટ ²ફોમ¬શન સેટ કર/ ં kથમ ક�લેLડર અને kોc-ટ ²ફોમ¬શન સેટ કર/ ં kથમ ક�લેLડર અને kોc-ટ ²ફોમ¬શન સેટ કર/ ુુુું�� VIEW �� RESOURCE SHEET

�� માં̂ યા Zજબ લખી દ�/ ંમાં̂ યા Zજબ લખી દ�/ ંમાં̂ યા Zજબ લખી દ�/ ંમાં̂ યા Zજબ લખી દ�/ ંુ ુુ ુુ ુુ ુ

74/272

�� Create a file in MS-Project and save it by the name “Maha Sangram” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

1. set the project finish date = 28 April 2007 2. name the calendar as “World Cup 2007” 3. insert the following tasks in the project

TASK DURATION Opening ceremony 1 day League Matches 13 days Super 8 Matches 24 days Semi Final 2 days Final 1 day

4. Create a resource sheet as the following. RESOURCE COST / USE Match Kits 1,50,000

5. Assign resources to “Opening Ceremony” Task. �� Create a file in Ms Project and perform the following tasks in it.

1. Project should starts on 1st December, 2006.

2. Add the following tasks for arranging the dinner party in celebration of your Promotion.

1) Decide the party date 2) Give order to the caterers. 3) Invite the guests 4) Decorate the location of party. 5) Party starts on time. 6) Set the predecessors to all the tasks. 7) Add the following resources in the resource sheet.

Resource name Max. Units

a. Caterers 100 % b. Hall 1 c. Decorator 1

�� Create a file in MS Project and save it by name “Birthday” in your folder created on the desktop of your computer and perform the following task in it.

1. Project should start on 1st January 2009 2. Add the following task for arranging the birthday celebration 3. Decide the party date 4. Invite family and friends 5. Decide the venue 6. Celebration starts on time 7. Set the predecessors to all the tasks 8. Add the following resources in the resource sheet

Resource Name Max. Units

a. Hotel 100%

b. Venue 1

c. Organiser 1

75/272

પાચ માકસના k³ોપાચ માકસના k³ોપાચ માકસના k³ોપાચ માકસના k³ોં ંં ંં ંં ં[[ [[

FOLDER

�� NOTE :Create a new folder on desktop and rename it with your name followed by your Roll No. Eg. If your name is AKASH and your Roll No. Is 27, than the name of the folder should be AKASH27. Save all your files in this folder.

� Create a new folder on desktop and rename it with your name followed by your Roll No. Eg. If your name is Vishal and your Roll No. Is 07, than the name of the folder should be Vishal07.

ફો�ડર બનાવવા માટફો�ડર બનાવવા માટફો�ડર બનાવવા માટફો�ડર બનાવવા માટ�� ડ�કJટોપ પર રાઇટ કKલક કર� NEW � FOLDER� પોતા� નામ લખી એLટર આપ/ંુ .ુ

SCREEN SAVER • Change the screen saver to 3D Text and display the screen saver with the text “Best of Luck”

• Set the Screen saver as a “3D Flying Object” timing of 5 minutes. • Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Flower Box with wait time of 5 minutes • Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Text with wait time of 1 minute • Set the Screen Saver of your computer as 3D Pipes with wait time of 5 minutes • Set the Screen Saver of your computer as Marquee and display your Name in the screen

saver, set wait time as 1 minute.

• Set the screen saver as ‘Marquee’ with waiting time as 2 minutes. Set the background as “Azul” .

76/272

�� SCREEN SAVER (�JIન સેવર�JIન સેવર�JIન સેવર�JIન સેવર) ) ) ) કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�કરવા માટ�::::

DESKTOP પર RIGHT n-લક � PROPERTIES � SCREEN SAVER � SCREEN SAVER નામના ં

બો(માથી માં̂ યા Zજબ િસલેકટ કર/ ંુ ુ � WAIT મા ંજઈ માં̂ યા Zજબ ટાઈમ આપવોુ .� OK

� જો તમાર� પાસે 3D Text અને Marquee માગેં તો DESKTOP પર RIGHT n-લક � PROPERTIES �

SCREEN SAVER � SCREEN SAVER નામના ંબો(માથી ૩૩૩૩D Text માં̂ O ંહોય તો ુ ૩૩૩૩D Text અને Marquee

માં̂ O ંહોય તો ુ Marquee િસલે-ટ કર/ ું� Setting ઉપર n-લક કર/ ં�ુ Setting ઉપર n-લક કરવાથી નીચે� ંબો( ુ

જોવા મળશે.

� તેમા ંમાં̂ યા Zજબ લખીુ ((((દાદાદાદા....તતતત. . . . Best of Luck) � OK� WAIT મા ંજઈ માં̂ યા Zજબ ટાઈમ આપવોુ .� OK

77/272

DESKTOP

� Set Wallpaper of your desktop as a “Friend”. � Change the background of your desktop. �� Set the Background of the desktop of your computer as “Autumn” � Change the wallpaper and screensaver of your desktop. � Set background of your desktop as “Bliss” �� Set background of your desktop as “Azul” �� Set Wallpaper of your desktop as a “Soap Bubbles”

�� Set the background as “Power” Set the system date as Sunday, 23 December 2012

��DESKTOP બદલવા માટ�બદલવા માટ�બદલવા માટ�બદલવા માટ�::::

� DESKTOP પર RIGHT n-લક � PROPERTIES � DESKTOP� BACKGROUND � નામના ં

બો(માથંી માં̂ યા Zજબ િસલે-ટ કર/ ંુ ુ � OK

SYSTEM DATE �� Change the system date as Wednesday, April 18, 2007 � Set the System date as “Friday, May 04, 2007” � Set the System date as “Friday, March 23, 2007” and set the screen saver on your computer as

3D Flowerbox with wait time of 2 minutes � Set the System date as “Saturday, June 02, 2007” � Set the System date as “Saturday, June 02, 2009”

�� SYSTEM DATE CHANGE કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�::::

ડ�Jકટોપ ઉપર જમણી બા� ટાઈમ ઉપર n-લક કર/ ંુ �ુએક ઘ7ડયાળ વા¦ં બો( જોવા મળશે�તેમા ં

મા^યા ંZજબ મ7હનોુ , તાર�ખ, વષ અને ટાઈમ ચ`જ કરવો[ �OK

78/272

SHORTCUT � Create Shortcut of MS Excel on the desktop � Create Shortcut of MS Word on the desktop � Create Shortcut of MS Project on the desktop

� Create a shortcut on your desktop for Microsoft Paint � Create Shortcut of MS Word on the desktop of your computer and rename the shortcut as “MY

WORD” � Create Shortcut of MS Word 2003 on the desktop of your computer and rename the shortcut

as “Word processor ”

�� SHORTCUT કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�::::

START�c� ું SHORTCUT કર/ ં છે તેના ઉપર રાઈટ n-લકુ �SEND TO�DESKTOP CREAT

SHORTCUT�બહાર n-લક કર� દ�/ ં ુ

79/272

RENAME �� Change the name of the C: drive as CCC

� C :DRIVE � ંનામ ચ`જ કરવા માટ�� ંનામ ચ`જ કરવા માટ�� ંનામ ચ`જ કરવા માટ�� ંનામ ચ`જ કરવા માટ�ુુ ુુ ::::

START�� MY COMPUTER�� C:DRIVE ઉપર જમણીઉપર જમણીઉપર જમણીઉપર જમણી બા� n-લક કર� બા� n-લક કર� બા� n-લક કર� બા� n-લક કર�ુુ ુુ ��RENAME��મા^યા ંZજબ મા^યા ંZજબ મા^યા ંZજબ મા^યા ંZજબ ુુ ુુ

નામ લખ/ ંનામ લખ/ ંનામ લખ/ ંનામ લખ/ ંુુ ુ�ુ��´ટર ક� દબાવવી´ટર ક� દબાવવી´ટર ક� દબાવવી´ટર ક� દબાવવી....

JPG/BMP FILE

�� Find any one file from your computer having .jpg extension and copy this file in your folder created on the desktop of your computer. Change the file attributes as “Read Only” �� Find any two files from your computer having .jpg extension and copy these files in your folder created on the desktop of your computer. �� Find file named winter.jpg from your computer using the Search option, copy the file in your folder created on the desktop of your computer and rename the file as chill.jpg �� Search image file of any format using Search and Find and save it in folder. �� Find any two JPG files from your computer copy them and paste in your folder and rename one as Replace and another as Change.

.�� J.P.G., B.M.P ફાફાફાફાઈલ સચ કરવા માટ�ઈલ સચ કરવા માટ�ઈલ સચ કરવા માટ�ઈલ સચ કરવા માટ�[[ [[ ::::

START�SEARCH�ALL FILE AND FOLDERS�*.JPG�SEARCH�માં̂ યા Zજબ ફાઈલ પર ુ

રાઈટ n-લક કર/ ં�ુCOPY�CLOSE કર� દ�/ ં�ુપોતાના ફો�ડર પર રાઈટ n-લક� OPEN�રાઈટ n-લક

કર��PASTE

80/272

IP ADDRESS

� Create a file by the name config in MS Word with the following information about your computer and save the file in your folder with password to open as 123 created on the desktop of your computer.

I. P. Address of your computer Storage capacity of C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer

�� I.P. ADDRESS = = = =192.168.0.15 (અહl પદંર ની જ^યાએ તમાર� તમારા કોN�Oટરનો નબંર લખવોુ )

CAPACITY

��FREE SPACE,USED SPACE,STORAGE CAPACITY શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�::::

START��MY COMPUTER ઉપર ઉપર ઉપર ઉપર RIGHT CLICK��OPEN��C:DRIVE ઉપર ઉપર ઉપર ઉપર RIGHT

CLICK��PROPERTIES

�� RAM CAPACITY SYSTEM CONFIGURATION શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�શોધવા માટ�::::

START�MY COMPUTER ઉપર RIGHT CLICK�PROPERTIES

� આ બધી િવગત એક કાગળમા ંલખવી � �યાર બાદ તેમને cમા ંલખવા� ંક� ંહોય તેમા ંલખી લે/ ંુ ુ .ુ(.(.(.(MS

WORD, NOTEPED, WORDPED)

81/272

� Create a .doc (MS word) file named font.doc and write the following in it 1. Find the Hard Disk space and Name of the Processor of you C: Drive of your computer and

write into the file with Tahoma Font and size 24

2. Name of the Processor of your computer in font Arial Bold Font with size 20

�Create a .doc (MS word) file named font.doc and write the following in it 3. Find the IP address of your computer and write into the file with Tahoma Font and size 24

4. Name of the Processor of your computer in font Arial Bold Font with size 20

�Create a file named configuration in word pad or note pad with the following information, and save the file in your folder.

� RAM capacity of your computer

� Processor used in your computer.

� Rename drive D by your name.

� Create a file named ‘Available’ in word pad or note pad with the following information, and

save the file in your folder.

� Total capacity of your drive D

� Capacity of RAM

� Create a file by the name config in MS Word with the following information about your computer and save the file in your folder with password to open as XZY created on the desktop of your computer.

Ram Capacity of your Computer. Storage capacity of C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer

� Create a file by the name “system” in wordpad or notepad with the following information about

your computer and save the file in your folder created on the desktop of your computer. IP address of your computer RAM capacity of your computer Free Capacity of “ C “ drive of your computer.

� Create a file by the name config in MS Word with the following information and save the file in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Approximate Free space of the C: drive (Hard Disk) of your computer Change the name of the C: drive as CCC

� Create a file the name storage in Ms Word with the following information and save the file in your folder with password to oper as ABC created on the desktopof your computer.

� PASS WORD (પાસવડપાસવડપાસવડપાસવડ[[ [[) આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ� આપવા માટ� (Wordમાંમાંમાંમા)ં)))

c િવગતો લખવાની હોય તે લખી લેવી � ફાઈલ સેવ કરવી � Tools મે�મા ં જ/ ંુ .ુ �

Options પર n-લક કર/ ું� c મે� ,લે તેમા ંુ ુ Security પર n-લક કર/ ું� Password to open ના

�લોકમા ંc પાસવડ આપવાનો હોય તે આપવો [ � તેની નીચેના �લોકમા ંપણ એજ પાસવડ આપવો [ �

OK આપ/ ું� �યાર બાદ cટલી વાર પાસવડ માગેં એટલી વાર પાસવડ આપવો [ [ � ફર� ફાઈલ સેવ

કરવી.

82/272

PAINT

� Create a triangle in MS Paint and fill it with any two colours and type text below it “Pyramid”, save this image as pyramid.jpg in your folder and set as desktop background � Write your department name name in Ms Paint using air brush, use the colors only Pink and Blue and save it in your folder with name “Dept.”. �� Write your name using AirBrush in Ms Paint. � Draw a rectangle and fill it with 2 colors using Ms Paint.. � Draw a red hexagon and blue pentagon using Ms Paint. � Draw a colorful Pentagon in Ms Paint and save it in your folder.

� Draw a red hexagon using Ms Paint. � Draw a green octagon using MS Paint. � Draw any flower of your choice. � Draw a tree of your choice in ms paint. � Draw a human hand using ms paint. � Write your name using Pencil of red color in Ms Paint. � Draw a wall clock of your choice in Ms Paint.

� Create a small picture in MS Paint using red, blue and green colour and save it in your folder created on the desktop of your computer by the name Picture. Also display the same as the background of your desktop.

� Draw a yellow colored circle in MS Paint and copy it in your word file. Save the word file by the name circle in your folder created on the desktop of your computer with password to open as ABC.

83/272

� Create a small picture in MS Paint displaying a pink square and yellow circle inside it and save it in your folder created on the desktop of your computer by the name PINKYELLOW. Also display the same as the background of your desktop.

� Draw a red hexagon and blue pentagon using Ms Paint.

� Create a small picture in MS Paint displaying a red circle and blue square and save it in your folder created on the desktop of your computer by the name REDBLUE. Also display the same as the background of your desktop.

� Draw a blue square inside a red octagon.

��PAINT (KચjKચjKચjKચj))))દોરવા ંમાટ�દોરવા ંમાટ�દોરવા ંમાટ�દોરવા ંમાટ�::::

�� START�RUN�MSPAINT�OK�માં̂ યા Zજબ Kચj દોર/ ંુ .ુ�SAVE કર/ ં�ુKચjને ડ�Jકટોપ ઉપર લાવવા ં

માટ� ફાઈલ મે�મા ંુ SET AS BACKGROUND (CENTERED) કર/ ં.ુ

Pentagon

(પચકોણપચકોણપચકોણપચકોણંંંં ))))

Rectangle

(લબચોરસલબચોરસલબચોરસલબચોરસંંંં ))))

Square

(ચોરસચોરસચોરસચોરસ)))) Triangle

(િjકોણિjકોણિjકોણિjકોણ))))

Circle

(ગોળગોળગોળગોળ))))

Octagon (અ¶ટકોણઅ¶ટકોણઅ¶ટકોણઅ¶ટકોણ))))

Hexagon

(ષ¶ઠકોણષ¶ઠકોણષ¶ઠકોણષ¶ઠકોણ))))

84/272

TBIL CONVERTER � Convert the file named gujarati - Navsari.doc located at

C:\Program Files\TBIlConverter to shruti fonts using TBIL converter and save the file in the folder created on the desktop of your computer.

�� TBIL CONVERTER કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�કરવા ંમાટ�:::: START� RUN�TBIL CONVERTER�OK� DOC FILE�GO�

� ઉપરZજબુ બો( આવશે�SOURCE FONT મા ંમાં̂ યા Zજબ િસલે-ટ કર/ ંુ ુ�NEXT �BROWSE �માં̂ યા

Zજબુ ફાઈલ િસલે·રવી

�OPEN�CONVERT�OK�YES�EXIT�YES�START�MY RECENT DOCUMENTS� માં̂ યા Zજબ ુ

ફાઈલ િસલે-ટ કરવી�FILE MENU�SAVE AS�DESKTOP�પોતા� ંફો�ડર િસલે-ટ કર/ ંુ �ુOPEN�માં̂ યા

Zજબ ફાઈલ સેવ કરવા ંમાટ�ુ નામ આપ/ં�ુ SAVE

� Convert the file named “gujarati_Gokul.doc” located at C:\Programe files\ TBIL Converter to Shruti fonts using TBIL Converter and save the file in your folder created on the desktop

� Convert the file named gujarati - nakul.doc located at C:\Program Files\TBIl Converter to shruti fonts using TBIL converter and save the file in the folder created on the desktop of your computer. � Convert the file named gujarati - Krishna.doc located at


� Convert the file named gujarati - Kaveri.doc located at


85/272

Sardar Patel Institute of Public Administration Practical Exam on CCC+

Total Duration : 90 Minutes Total Marks : 50 Passing Marks : 25

NOTE :

Make a folder on your desktop and Rename it as Your name and Roll No. e.g. If your

name is Ramesh and your roll no. is 11, the folder name should be “Ramesh 11” , Save

all your files in this folder.

Question 1: Attempt any two out of the following three Total Marks : 10

A) 5 Marks

Create a file named ‘Space’ in word pad or note pad with the following information,

and save the file in your folder.

� Total capacity of your drive C

� IP address of your computer

B) 5 Marks

Convert the file named “gujarati_Gokul.doc” located at C:\Programe files\ TBIL converter to Shruti fonts using TBIL Converter and save the file in your folder created on the desktop C) Set the screen saver as 3d text with your department name.

5 Marks Question 2: Attempt any four out of the following five Total Marks : 40

A) 10 Marks

Create a MS Project file for setting up a latest organization having minimum 10 tasks as follows. Project duration will be 60 days.

21. Identify potential office site 22. Finalize lease on office space 23. Assign office space 24. Order furniture 25. Install phone lines 26. Setting up computers 27. Arrange internal maintenance service 28. Arrange external maintenance service 29. Order new business cards 30. New office setup project complete Note :

• Plan calendar having five working days per week.


• Save project by the name ‘Association’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

86/272

B) 10 Marks

Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes and save the file by name ‘Pay’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

Salary statement for the month of February 2011

NAME Basic CLA HRA PF Gross Net

Mr. Suresh 15,000

Mr. Ashish 8,000

Mr. Pranav 10,000

Mrs. Rozy 18000

Mrs. Mona 12000

Mrs. Nayana 8000

Note :

� HRA is 20% of the basic salary, CLA for all employees is Rs. 200. � Gross is Basic Salary + HRA + CLA � Find PF using condition as per the following slab:

o If basic salary is less than rs. 7000, then PF = 700 o If basic salary is greater than rs. 7000, then PF = 1000.

� Net salary is Gross – PF. � Make a pie chart comparing gross of all the employees.

C) 10 Marks

Send E-mail of the two lines in Gujarati, to [email protected] also create signature of your name using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.

D) 10 Marks

Prepare the following table in MS Word.

ટ�વી� નામટ�વી� નામટ�વી� નામટ�વી� નામુુુુ ંં ંં 7કNમત7કNમત7કNમત7કNમત વટવટવટવટેેેે 8લ8લ8લ8લુુુુ

બીબીબીબી. . . . પીપીપીપી. . . . એલએલએલએલ.... ૩૫૦૦૩૫૦૦૩૫૦૦૩૫૦૦ ૫૬૦૫૬૦૫૬૦૫૬૦

િવ7ડયોકોનિવ7ડયોકોનિવ7ડયોકોનિવ7ડયોકોન ૯૫૦૦૯૫૦૦૯૫૦૦૯૫૦૦ ૧૫૨૦૧૫૨૦૧૫૨૦૧૫૨૦

સમસગસમસગસમસગસમસગે ંે ંે ંે ં ૧૦૫૦૦૧૦૫૦૦૧૦૫૦૦૧૦૫૦૦ ૧૬૮૦૧૬૮૦૧૬૮૦૧૬૮૦

ઓનીડાઓનીડાઓનીડાઓનીડા ૭૫૦૦૭૫૦૦૭૫૦૦૭૫૦૦ ૧૨૦૦૧૨૦૦૧૨૦૦૧૨૦૦

Commands:

• Calculate Total in “8લુ ” column using formula.

• Page orientation should be “Landscape”.


• Save the document with name “ ટKલિવઝન� ”

87/272

E) 10 Marks

Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on Svarnim Gujarat.

Notes:

� Make three slides of different designs for above topic. � One slide should be in Gujarati. � One slide should have a picture. � Give transition effect with auto timing of 5 seconds to each slide � Save the file by name ‘Svarnim’ in your folder created on the desktop of your

computer.

88/272



NOTE :





A) Create a shortcut of MS Project 2003 on your desktop.

5 Marks

B) Find any two jpg/jpeg files from your computer and paste them in your folder.

Rename one of them as “Transform”.

5 Marks

C) Create a file named ‘System’ in word pad or note pad with the following

information, and save the file in your folder. 5

Marks

� RAM capacity of your computer.

� Processor speed and name of your computer.

Question 2: Attempt any four out of the following five Total Marks : 40 A) Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

10 Marks

Sales Report

Product Month Sales Person Qty Rate amount

Mobile April Kalpesh 2 8,000

Camera June Shirish 2 12,000

Desktop June Kaushik 1 18,000

Window AC May Binal 2 10,000

I Pod April Neha 3 8,000

Note :

� Find Amount using Formula. � Sort the data as per Sale Person in ascending order. � Create a Pivot table such as Row Field = Product

Column Field = Sales Person

Data items =Amount � Save file by name “Vending”

89/272

B) 10 Marks

Send E-mail at least two lines in English/Gujarati with one of your files created during this Exam as attachment to [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express.

C)

Prepare a MS Word document to send the following letter to three different candidates to joint the job, in MS Word. Save the final merged file by the name ‘Appointment’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

10 Marks

To, <<Name>> <<Address1>> <<Address2>> <<City>><<Pincode>> Dear Mr. <<Name>>

This is to inform that you have been short-listed for the post of <<Post>> based on the first round of interview. You are instructed to join duty from 1st July, 2011. You are requested to bring the following documents:

� Your original certificates � Copy of your passport

Manager - HR

D) 10 Marks

Create a MS Project file. Schedule the project from a start date of May 10, 2011. Enter the following 10 tasks for your plan. Apply duration of 5 day for each task.

1. Select site 2. Select type of town 3. Create plan 4. Arrange architect 5. Start working

Note :

• Set last task as Milestone.

• Set project finish date 6-July-2011.

• Save project by the name ‘urban’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.


90/272

E) 10 Marks

Create a Power Point Presentation on “Gir Forest” with three slides.

Notes:

� Give same background to all slides � One of your slides should be in Gujarati. � Insert picture in any one slide. � Apply slide transition, Give auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide � Save the file by name ‘Lion’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

91/272



NOTE :

Make a folder on your desktop and Rename it as Your name and Roll No. e.g. If your name is

Ramesh and your roll no. is 11, the folder name should be “Ramesh 11” , Save all your files in

this folder.


A) 5 Marks

� Set the background as “Autumn” � Set the system date as Saturday, 30 April 2011.

B) 5 Marks

Convert the file named “gujarati_Navsari.doc” located at C:\Programe files\ TBIL converter to Shruti fonts using TBIL Converter and save the file in your folder created on the desktop

C) 5 Marks

Find any two .bmp files from your computer copy them and paste in your folder. Change the attribute of files as ‘read only’.

Question 2: Attempt any four out of the following five Total Marks : 40

A) Do the following exercise in MS-Word 10 Marks

ભારતીય 7ડ�લોમટના સતાન એવા ડૉે ં . રામા ટ�નએજથી જ પોત બનાવલી લબોરટર�મા kયોગો ે ે ે � ં

કરતા રહતા અન તમણ છ�પલાના સશોધનથી લઇન ડાઇનાસોરના Oગના અવશષો wધીની ં � ે ે ે ં ં ે ં ુ ં ે ુ

શાખાઓમા રસ દાખoયો છં ે.

Commands

• Use font size 16, and font color Blue.

• Set left margin as 2.0 and right margin as 1.0

• Give page background of Yellow color.

• Save the document with name “Nobel Prize”

92/272

92/272

B) 10 Marks

Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

Sunrise higher secondary School

Admission Detail

Number Student’s Name City Percentage Status

1 Chaitali Jamnagar 68% 2 Parag Ahmedabad 89% 3 Viral Rajkot 75% 4 Sachin Surat 98% 5 Kavita Ahmedabad 80% 6 Ramesh Junagadh 70%

Note :

� Find status according to following condition using formula.

• If percentage is greater than 85 than status is “given”

• If percentage is less than 75 than status is “not given”

• Otherwise “waiting”. � Rename the sheet as “Add” � Save file by name “Entrance”

C) 10 Marks

Create a MS Project file to schedule a training program and save it by the name ‘Preparation’ In your folder created on the desktop of your computer

• Project starts on 1st july, 2011

• Project should be completed in 30 days

• Insert following tasks 1. Decide the training subjects 2. Design the study material 3. Schedule the training session 4. Schedule the training date

• Set predecessors

• Set working time = 6 hours a day and 6 days a week for this project

D) 10 Marks

Send E-mail of below paragraph in Gujarati, with one of your files made during this Exam

as attachment to [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express. USE

INDIC

માણસ �યાર તના રોજlદા કામથી કટાળ� Vય છ �યાર તહવારોની ઉજવણી તનામા ફર� નવો માણસ �યાર તના રોજlદા કામથી કટાળ� Vય છ �યાર તહવારોની ઉજવણી તનામા ફર� નવો માણસ �યાર તના રોજlદા કામથી કટાળ� Vય છ �યાર તહવારોની ઉજવણી તનામા ફર� નવો માણસ �યાર તના રોજlદા કામથી કટાળ� Vય છ �યાર તહવારોની ઉજવણી તનામા ફર� નવો � ે ં ં ે � � ે ં� ે ં ં ે � � ે ં� ે ં ં ે � � ે ં� ે ં ં ે � � ે ં

ઉ�સાહ લાવી દ છઉ�સાહ લાવી દ છઉ�સાહ લાવી દ છઉ�સાહ લાવી દ છ� ે� ે� ે� ે . . . . તથી જ આપણા iવૂજોએ દરક મ7હનામા એક તથી જ આપણા iવૂજોએ દરક મ7હનામા એક તથી જ આપણા iવૂજોએ દરક મ7હનામા એક તથી જ આપણા iવૂજોએ દરક મ7હનામા એક ે � ંે � ંે � ંે � ં[[ [[ – એક ઉ�સવની ગોઠવણ એક ઉ�સવની ગોઠવણ એક ઉ�સવની ગોઠવણ એક ઉ�સવની ગોઠવણ

કરલી છકરલી છકરલી છકરલી છ� ે� ે� ે� ે ....

93/272

93/272

E) 10 Marks

Create a MS Power Point Presentation with three slides on Friendship.

Notes:

� Apply slide design effect to all slides � Use fonts excluding black. � Give transition effect with auto timing of 3 seconds to each slide. � Set up show as continues until press ‘Esc’ � Save the file by name ‘Dosti’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

94/272

94/272


Total Duration : 90 Minutes Total Marks : 50 Passing Marks :

25

NOTE :




Question 1: Attempt any two out of the following three Total

Marks : 10

A) 5

Marks

Create a shortcut of MS Word on the desktop.

B) 5

Marks

Write three lines about cricket in RTF format.

C) 5 Marks

Draw any picture in Ms Paint using colors only pink and blue and save it in your folder with name “Image”.

Question 2: Attempt any four out of the following five Total Marks : 40

A) 10 Marks

Make the following worksheet using MS Excel as per below mentioned notes.

Sales Report

Product Month Sales Person Qty Rate amount

Mobile April Kalpesh 3 8,000

Camera June Shirish 2 12,000

Desktop June Kaushik 1 18,000

Window AC May Binal 2 10,000

I Pod April Neha 2 8,000

Note :

� Find Amount using Formula. � Sort the data as per Sale Person in ascending order. � Create a Pivot table such as Row Field = Product

Column Field = Sales Person

Data items =Amount � Save file by name “Vending”

95/272

95/272

B) 10 Marks

Send E-mail at least one line in English/Gujarati with one of your files created during this Exam as attachment to [email protected] using MS Outlook 2003 or Outlook Express. C) Prepare a MS Word document. Save the file by name ‘Result’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

10

Marks

No Student name Subject 1 Subject 2 Subject 3 Total

1 Suresh 89 56 48

2 Leena 56 85 62

3 Kruti 80 68 75

4 Dhruti 82 74 65

5 Priyanka 74 67 28

Notes:-

• Set top margin as 2.0 and bottom as 1.0

• Set header as “answer” and show SPIPA in footer, center aligned.

• Find total using Formula.

• Give border to the document.

D) Create a MS Project file and do as directed. 10

Marks

• Set a Calendar having 5 working days a week.

• Set project finish date as 30-04-2011.

• Insert following tasks 1. Select site. 2. Select type of town. 3. Create plan 4. Arrange architect 5. Start working.

• Set last task as milestone.


• Save project by the name ‘construction’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

E) 10 Marks

Create a MS Power Point Presentation on Nirmal Gujarat having minimum three slides.

Notes:

� Save the file by name ‘Gujarat’ in your folder created on the desktop of your computer.

� One of your slide should be in gujarati. � Give slide numbers to the slides. � Give animation effect in any two slides. � Give transition effect with auto timing of 5 seconds to each slide

96/272

96/272

1. ABOUT COMPUTER

1. The first calculating device is…….. ;F{\5|YD S[,SI],[8L\U DXLG PPPPPPPP K[P [A] Digital calculator [B] Analog calculator [C] Abacus [D] None of the above

2. PC stands for……… 5LP;L V[8,[ PPPPPPPP [A] A Pocket computer [B] Personal computer [C] Physical computer [D] Personal card

3. Personal computer are the type of computer………. 5;"gF, SMd%I]8Z S[JF 5|SFZG]\ SMd%I]8Z K[P [A] Super computer [B] Mini computer [C] Micro computer [D] Mainframe computer 4. The first super computer made in India is………. eFFZTDF\ AG[,] ;F{5|YD ;]5Z SMd%I]8ZPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] Param 1000 [B] Param 10000 [C] Param [D] None of the above 5. ENIAC stands for…….. ENIAC V[8,[PPPPPPPP [A] Electronic numeric integrate and calculate [B] Electronic numeric integrator and calculator [C] Electronic numeric integrate & calculate [D] Electronic numeric integrate calculate 6. ASCII stands for ............... ASCII V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP

[A] American Standard Code for Information Interchange [B] American Standard Code for Integration Interchange [C] Asian Standard Code for Information Interchange [D] None of the above

7. Which of the following computer used for weather forecasting? CJFDFGGL VFUFCL DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF 5|SFZG]\ SMd%I]8Z p5IMUL K[m [A] A Micro computer [B] Mainframe computer [C] Personal computer [D] Super computer 8. Computer used for special effects in movies is.......... lO<DMDF\ :5[xI, .O[S8 VF5JF DF8[PPPPPPPPP SMd%I]8ZGM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Super computer [B] Mainframe computer [C] Micro computer [D] None of the above 9. The computer works on analogous way is called......... H[ SMd%I]8ZGM V[G[,MU DF8[ 5wWlTYL SFI" SZ[ K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Analog computer [B] Digital computer [C] Hybrid computer [D] None of the above

1. C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. A

97/272

10. The computer which work on digital principle……… 0LhL8, lGIDMG[ VFWFZ[ SFI" SZT] SMd%I]8Z PPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Analog computer [B] Digital computer [C] Hybrid computer [D] None of the above 11. The hybrid computer work on…….. CF.A|L0 SMd%I]8ZPPPPPPPP 5Z SFI" SZ[ K[P [A] Analog [B] Digital [C] Both A & B [D] None 12. IC stands for……… VF.P;L V[8,[PPPPPPPPP [A] Internal circuit [B] Integrated circuit [C] Internal cycle [D] None of the above 13. The touchable part of computer is called as……. SMd%I]8ZG[ V0L XSFI T[JF EFUG[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Hardware [B] Software [C] Program [D] None 14. A set of program designed to perform some task is called………. SM. RMSS; SFI" SZJF DF8[GM 5|MU|FDGM ;[8 PPPPPPPPP SC[JFIP [A] Hardware [B] Software [C] Program [D] None 15. A software necessary to carry out certain task is called…….. SM. RMSS; SFI" SZJF DF8[GM H~ZL ;F[O8J[Z PPPPPPPPP SC[JFIP [A] Application Software [B] System Software [C] Operating Software [D] Hardware 16. Which is the interface between hardware? CF0"J[Z DF8[GM .g8ZO[; SIM K[m [A] Application Software [B] System Software [C] Operating Software [D] Hardware 17. The circuit board to which micro processor is attach is called? DF.S|F[5|F[;[;Z S. ;SL"8 ;FY[ HF[0FI[,]\ K[ m [A] Memory [B] Mother board [C] CPU [D] None 18. ……… refers the path between components of computers. SMd%I]8ZGF ;FWG ;FY[ PPPPPPPPP HM0FI[,F CMI K[P [A] Bus [B] Line [C] Wire [D] Cable 19. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack

5|M0S8 5[S p5Z K]5FI[,F SM0 JF\RJF DF8[ X[GM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code rader

[C] Both A & B [D] None 20. The capabilities of a……….Lies in between those of mainframe and those of personal computer. D[.GO|[D VG[ 5;"G, SMd%I]8Z JrR[GL 1FDTFVMPPPPPPPPPP SF[d%I]8Z WZFJ[ K[P [A] Micro computer [B] Mini computer [C] Super computer [D] Notebook computer

10. B 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. B

98/272

21. A…….. Is a device that reads from a disk. PPPPPPPPP V[ V[J]\ ;FWG K[ H[ 0L:S JF\R[ K[P [A] Disk carrier [B] Disk drive [C] Disk cabinet [D] All of the above 22. …….. Software can translate scanned image in to text you can edit PPPPPPPPP ;MO8J[Z :S[G SZ[,L .D[HDF\ 8[1F V[0L8 SZJF DF8[ p5IMUL K[P [A] OCR [B] SCR [C] SCSI [D] USC 23. ………. is the process of creating programs and data for safekeeping. 5|MU|FD VG[ 0[8FG[ ;FJR[TL 5]J"S ZFBJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP 5|F[;[; K[P [A] Saving [B] Sorting [C] Printing [D] Back up 24. Which of the following is a buffer between main memory and CPU?

GLR[GF 5{SL SM6 D]bI :D °lT VG[ CPU JrR[ AOZGL E}lDSF EHJ[ K[m [A] CDROM [B] ROM [C] RAM [D] PROM-

25. The vaccum tube in PC is known as………… 5L;LDF\ J5ZFTL J[SI]D 8I]APPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P [A] CRT [B] Moniter [C] Screen [D] All above 26. The base 2 number system used by computers is known as…… Z sA[f GF VFWFZGL 5wWlT SMd%I]8ZDF\PPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P [A] Binary number system [B] Octal number system [C] Secimal cumber system [D] Hex number system 27. A statistic for measuring how long a drive takes to read or write data is

called……….. DFlCTL ZL0 VYJF ZF.8 SZJF DF8[ 0F|.JDF\ ZC[,]\ DF5PPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P

[A] Seek time [B] Access time [C] Refresh time [D] None of the above

28. ….... is set of instruction that tells the hardware of computer what to do. SMd%I]8ZDF\ ZC[,F CF0"J[ZG[ SI]\ SFI" SZJ] T[ H6FJJF DF8[GF DFlCTLGF ;[8G[ PPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P [A] Mother board [B] Programs [C] Key board [D] None 29. The computer on your desktop us under………. category. TDFZF 0[:88M5 p5Z ZC[,] SMd%I]8Z PPPPPPPPPP S[8[UZLG]\ K[P [A] Mini computer [B] Super computer [C] Mainframe [D] Micro computer 30. Virus is JFIZ; V[PPPPPPPP K[P [A] A device [B] A program [C] An error [D] None of the above 31. A computer on chip is called…….. RL5 p5Z ZC[,]\ SF[d%I]8Z PPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P [A] VLSI [B] Micro computer [C] Micro processor [D] None of the above

21. B 22. A 23. D 24. C 25. A 26. A 27. B 28. B 29. D 30. B 31. C

99/272

32. …….. is high level programming language. PPPPPPPPPPP V[ CF. ,[J, 5|MU|FDL\U EFQFF K[P [A] Machine language [B] BASIC [C] ALP [D] None 33. ………. Computer is fastest computer system. PPPPPPPPPP V[ B[A h05L SMd%I]8Z K[P [A] Mainframe [B] Mini [C] Super [D] Micro 34. Business application like automation, desktop publishing etc.have been made possible due arrival of ……. Computer. ALhG[; V[%,LS[XG H[JL S[ VM8MD[XG4 0LP8LP5LP JU[Z[ PPPPPPP SMd%I]8Z VFJJFG[ SFZ6[ XSI AGL K[P [A] Mini [B] Micro [C] Mainframe [D] Super 35.Computer program……… is simply a set of data or instruction that has been given a name. SMd%I]8Z 5|MU|FDDF\ ZC[,L DFlCTLG[PPPPPPPPP DF\ GFD VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] File [B] Instruction [C] Procedure [D] Folder 36. To reset the computer……….. (SMd%I]8ZG[ ZL :8F8" SZJFPPPPPPPP) [A] Delete [B] Alt [C] Ctrl [D] All above 37. ………. is the process of creating a duplicate set of programs or data files for safe keeping. ;FJR[TL 5}J"S ZFBJF DF8[ T[GL 0]%,LS[8 OF., AGFJJF DF8[GL 5|lS|IF V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Format [B] Backup [C] Retive [D] Rename 38. FAT stands for…… FAT V[8,[m [A] File allocation table [B] Find allocate table [C] Follow allow table [D] None of the above 39. “P-Ill 450 MHz” in this term MHz is a unit of measuring……. “P-Ill 450 MHz” DF\ MHz V[ PPPPPPPPP DF5JFGM V[SD K[P [A] Time [B] Frequency [C] HDD [D] None 40. The processing function is divided between. 5F|;[;L\U O\SXG PPPPPPP JrR[ JC\[RFI[,F K[P [A] Processor [B] Memory [C] A, B both [D] None 41. MICR stands for?

MICR V[8,[ X]\m [A] Magnetic ink character reader [B] Magnetic ink char ogn [C] Master ink character [D] None of the above 42. Floppy disk is the type of memory....

O,M5L 0L:S V[PPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGL D[DZL K[P [A] Magnetic & Secondary [B] Main memory [C] O Primary [D] None of the above 32. B 33. C 34. B 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. A 39. B 40. C 41. A 42. A

100/272

43. A……. Is a fast and electronic device that accepts and store input data, Process them, and produce output results under the direction of a stored Program of instruction.

………..V[ V[S h05L VG[ .,[S8=F[lGS ;FWG K[ S[ H[ .G5]8 0[8FG[ :JLSFZ[ K[ VG[ ;\U|C SZ[ K[4 VG[ ;\U|lCT 5|MU|FDGL ;}RGF VG];FZ VFp85]8 5ZL6FD T{IFZ SZ[ K[P

[A] Printer [B] Computer [C] Modem [D] VDU

44. A…….. Computer is one that directly counts the numbers that represent numerals, letters or other special symbols. PPPPPPPPPPP V[ V[S H V[J]\ SMd%I]8Z K[ S[ H[ V[JF VF\S0FVMGL ;LWL U6TZL SZ[ K[ S[ H [ VF\S0F XaNM VYJF BF; lRgCŸF[ 5|lTlGlWtJ SZ[ K[P [A] Digital [B] Analog [C] Hybrid [D] None 45. Desirable features of analog and digital machines are combined to create a computer system called………. V[G[,MU VG[ l0lH8, DXLGGF H~ZL ,1F6MG[ E[UF SZLG[ AGFJJFDF\ VFJTL SMd%I]8Z ;L:8D V[8,[PPPP [A] Digital [B] Analog [C] Hybrid [D] None 46. Comparing data values and taking decisions is called…… operation. 0[8F J[<I]GL ;ZBFD6L SZJFGL VG[ lG6"IM SZJFGL 5|lS|IFG[PPPPPPPP VM5Z[XG SC[ K[P [A] Logical [B] Arithmetic [C] Sorting [D] None 47. Informational raw material represented by symbols is called.

H[ lRgC ŸGM .GOMD["XG, ZM D8LZLI,G]\5|lTlGlWtJ SZ[ K[ T[G[PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Instruction [B] Information [C] Statement [D] Data

48. A personal computer is a general purpose………… Computer. 5;"G, SF[d%I]8Z V[ ;FDFgI ZLT[PPPPPPPPP SF[d%I]8Z K[P [A] Micro [B] Mini [C] Mainframe [D] Super 49. Holding of all data and instructions to be processed is one of the functions of ................ AWF H 0[8FG[ HF/JL ZFBJF VG[ ;]RGF D]HA SFI" SZFJJ] V[ PPPPPPPPPP G]\ SFI" K[P [A] CPU [B] Output Unit [C] Storage Unit [D] None 50. Which type of s/w is Netscape navigator.

Netscape navigator. SIF 5|SFZG]\ Software K[P [A] Data Management [B] Internet Browser [C] Data Analysis [D] Word Processing

51. A smart terminal is one which……… :DF8" 8DL"G, S[ H[PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Looks very attractive screen [B] Has inbuilt processing capability [C] Must convent input on CRT [D] None of these

43. B 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. D 48. A 49. C 50. B 51. B

101/272

52. Interpretation of instruction in a computer is done by. SMd%I]8Z DF\ ;]RGFVMG]\ EFQFF\TZPPPPPPPPPP ŸäFZF SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Registers [B] Control Unit [B] ALU [D] None of Above

53. A ………. is a collection of buttons which represent various operations that can be carried out within an application.

…… V[ A8GGM ;D}C K[ S[ H[ lJlJW 5|SFZG]\ 5|lS|IFVMG]\ 5|lTlQlWtJ SZ[ K[ S[ H[G[ V[%,LS[XGDF\YL ,[JFFDF\ VFJTL CMI K[.

[A] Buttons [B] Menu [C] Toolbar [C] None 54. One of the following statements of the Internal command is not true. GLR[GF DF\YL SM. V[S lJWFG .g8ZG, SDFg0 DF8[ ;SR]\ GYLP [A] Internal commands are those that have been built into MS-DOS. [B] At the time of booting, internal commands are automatically loaded into

memory [C] Internal commands are executed instantly without referring to the disk. [D] None of above 55. GUI is used as an interface between …………….. ÒI]VF.PPPPPPPPPPP JrR[ HM0F6 TZLS[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P

[A] Hardware and Software [B] Man and Machine [C] Software & User [D] None of above 56. A Word processor is … sJ0" 5|M;[;Z V[ ……… K[Pf [A] A program which process the word, e. g. Giving frequency of words, sorting the word etc. [B] A program that provides the facility for creating, viewing, editing and manipulating text before printing. [C] CPU of Microcomputer [D] None of these 57. Which of the following admirable capability is provided in most of the

workstations. ,UEU NZ[S JS":8[XGDF\ GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5|;\XGLI 1FDTF 5]ZL 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Numeric Processing [B] Graphics [C] Text manipulation [D] None of the these 58. Which of the following software checks the syntactic errors in program. GLR[GFDF\YL SI] ;MO8J[Z ;LgY[8LS E},G[ 5|MU|FDDF\ R[S SZ[ K[P [A] Compiler [B] Interpreter [C] Both A and B [D] None of these 59. Data processing cycle consists of......... 0[8F 5M|;[;L\U ;F.S, PPPPPPPPPP GM p<,[B SZ[ K[P [A] Input cycle and output cycle [B] Output cycle and processing cycle [C] Input cycle, output cycle and processing cycle [D] None of these 60. The language that the computer can understand and execute is

called..... V[ EFQFF S[ H[G[ SMd%I]8Z ;DH[ K[ VG[ VD, SZ[ K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPP SC[JFIP [A] Machine language [B] Application software [C] System program [D] None of the above

52. D 53. C 54. D 55. B 56. B 57. C 58. C 59. C 60. A

102/272

61. The binary number system has a base. AF.GZL G\AZ ;L:8DGM A[.h PPPPPPPP K[P [A] 2 [B] 4 [C] 8 [D] 16 62. OMR stands for? VMPV[DPVFZ V[8,[m [A] Objective Mark Reader [B] Optical Mark Recognition [C] Objective Mark Recognition [D] Optical Mark Reader 63. VDU stands for........ JL0LI] V[8,[m [A] Virtual Display Unit [B] Voice Device Unit [C] Visual Display Unit [D] None of the above 64. Base of binary number System is.......... AF.GZL G\AZ ;L:8DGM A[.h PPPPPPPPP K[P [A] 10 [B] 8 [C] 16 [D] 2 65. Dialog box section in which we may enter data are........ 0F.,MU AMS; lJEFU S[ H[DF\ VF56[ PPPPPPPP 0[8FGM ;DFJ[X SZL XSFI K[P [A] Spinners [B] Command buttons [C] sliders [D] All of the above 66. The aim of.......... is to develop computer programs that can behave rather like a human expert. PPPPPPPP GM C[T] V[JM SMd%I]8Z 5|MU|FD lJS;FJJFGM CTM S[ H[ V[S V[S S]X/ jIlST H[D JTL" XS[P [A] Word processing System [B] Operating System [C] LAN System [D] Expert System 67. 1 Byte= ............. Bits.

! AF.8 = PPPPPPP AL8Ÿ Ÿ; [A] 2 [B] 1024 [C] 256 [D] 8

68. The most common monitor can display ......... Color at a time. DM8F EFUGF DMGL8Z V[S H ;DI[ PPPPPPPPPPP S,;" ATFJL XS[P [A] 256 [B] 128 [C] 250 [D] 255 69. What is DMP? 0LV[D5L X]\ K[m [A] Disk Management Power [B] Dot Matrix Printer [C] Dot memory per [D] Disk Management program 70............ Is a small piece of Silicon on which Circuits related to computer are made. PPPPPPPPPP V[ ;L,LSMGGM GFGM EFU K[ S[ H[GF 5Z SMd%I]8ZG[ ;\A\WSTF" ;SL"8 AGFJJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] chip [B] port [C] bit [D] vacum tube 71. Is a set of instruction. PPPPPPPP ;]RGFVMGM ;D]C K[P [A] Program [B] Printer [C] Scanner [D] Floppy Disk

61. A 62. D 63. C 64. D 65. A 66. D 67. D 68. A 69. B 70. A 71. A

103/272

72. ............ was a simple machine used by Chinese for addition of numbers. PPPPPPPPPP V[ RF.GLh äFZF ;ZJF/F DF8[ AGFJJFDF\ VFJ[,]\ ;FN]\ DXLG K[P [A] Napier’s Bone [B] Abacus [C] Charles Babbage [D] CPU

73. The process opposite to Random Access is............ Z[g0D V[S;[;GL lJ~wWGL 5|lS|IF PPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] No random access [B] Access [C] Sequential access [D] None Access

74. Which of computer is used for weather forecasting from the following option? CJFDFGGL VFUFCL SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF SMd%I]8ZGM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] Mini computer [B] Micro Computer [C] Super Computer [D] Mainframe Computer 75. Which method do we use for calculation in our day to day life?

VF56L ZMHAZMHGL lH\NULDF\ U6TZL DF8[ V56[ S. 5wWlTGM p5IMU SZLV[ KLV [m [A] Decimal Method [B] Binary Method [C] Unitary Method [D] Hexa Method

76. One Giga bytes equals to.......... V[S ULUF AF.8 = PPPPPPPPPPP [A] Approx. One thousands bytes [B] Approx. One thousands megabytes [C] Approx. One bytes [D] None 77. The basic operations performed by a computer are. SMd%I]8Z äFZF SZJFDF\ VFJTF ;FDFgI SFI" PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Arithmetic operation [B] Logical operation [C] Storage and relative [D] All the above 78. The buffer in the system are in..... l;:8D ZC[,]\ AOZPPPPPPP DF\ CMI K[P [A] CONFIG.SYS [B] AUTOEXEC.BAT [C] BOTH A & B [D] None 79. In a high resolution mode, the number of dots in a line will usually be.

CF. Z[hM<I]XG DM0DF\4 ,F.GDF\ ZC[,F 85SFGL ;\bIF ;FDFgI ZLT[ PPPPPPPPP CM. XS[P [A] 320 [B] 640 [C] 760 [D] 900

80. The unit KIPS is used to measure the speed of.......... KIPS...... GL h05 DF5JF DF8[ p5IMUL K[P [A] Processor [B] Disk drive [C] Printer [D] Tape drive 81. A Compiler......... sSd5F.,Z V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[ mf [A] Is a computer program [B] Translates a high level language into machine language [C] Is a part of software

[D] None of these 82. Computer software includes........... SMd%I]8Z ;MO8J[Z PPPPPPPP WZFJ[ K[P [A] Application programs [B] Operating system programs [C] Packaged programs [D] All of these

72. B 73. C 74. C 75. A 76. B 77. D 78. A 79. B 80. A 81. B 82. D

104/272

83. Machine language.......... DXLG ,[\uJ[H V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] is the language in which programs were first writtem

[B] is the one language understood by the computer [C] Differs from one type of computer to another [D] All of these

84. Assembly language........ (V[;[dA,L ,[\uJ[H V[8,[PPPPPPPPP K[ m) [A] Uses alphabetic codes in place of binary numbers used in machine Language [B] Is the easiest language to write program [C] Need not be translated into machine language [D] None of these 85. A source program is.......... (;M;" 5|MU|FDPPPPPPPPP K[P) [A] a program written in a machine language [B] a program to be translated into machine language [C] a machine language translation of a program written in a [D] None of these 86. A Compiler is......... Sd5F.,ZPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] a combination of computer hardware [B] a program which translates from one high-level language to another [C] a program which translates from one high-level to a machine level [D] None of these 87. A Pixel is............. 5LS;[<FPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] A computer program that draws picture [B] A picture stored in secondary memory [C] The smallest resolvable part of a picture [D] None of these 88. Which technology is used in Compact disks? SF[d5[S8 0L:SDF\ S> 5wWlTGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[P [A] Mechanical [B] Electrical

[C] Electro Magnetic [D] Laser 89. Which device can understand difference between data & programs? 0[8F VG[ 5|F[U|FD JrR[GF[ TOFJT SI]\ ;FWG ;DH[ K[m [A] Input device [B] Output device

[C] Memory [D] Microprocessor 90. Algorithm and Flow chart help us to........ V<UMlZWD VG[ O,M RF8" VF56G[ PPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ DNN~5 YFI K[P [A] Know the memory capacity [B] Identify the base of a number system [C] Direct the output to a printer [D] Specify the problem completely and

clearly 91. Output that made of pictures, sounds and video is best described as ....

l5SR;"4 VJFH VG[ lJ0LIMG]\ VFp85]8PPPPPPPP äFZF AGFJ[, CMI K[P [A] Graphics [B] Multimedia [C] Hard copy [D] Multi aspects

83. B 84. A 85. B 86. C 87. C 88. D 89. D 90. D 91. B

105/272

92. When you purchase a product over a mobile Phone, the transaction is Called......... DMAF., äFZF SZFI[,L 5|M0S8GL BZLNLG[PPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Web-Commerce [B] e-Commerce

[C] m-Commerce [D] Mobile Purchases 93. What is the address given to a computer connected to a network called ?

G[8JS" ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, SMd%I]8ZG[ VF5[, V[0=[; X]\ SC[JFI K[m [A] System Address [B] SYSID

[C] Process ID [D] IP Address 94. An individual dot on a computer screen is called a (n).... SMd%I]8Z :S|LG p5Z ZC[,M :JT\+ 0M8G[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Character [B] Screen Point [C] Font [D] Pixel 95. Software gets form friends........ lD+M 5F;[YL D[/J[, ;MO8J[Z PPPPPPPPPPP [A] Friends Software [B] Pirated Software [C] Licensed Software [D] None 96. A person who navigate computer is consider as....... V[ jIlST S[ H[ SMd%I]8ZG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP ;DHFJJF ;DY" K[P [A] Computer Literate [B] Computer fluent [C] Computer Technologist [D] None 97. A set of sectors called........ ;[S8;"GM ;[8PPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P [A] Tracks [B] Cluster [C] Cylinder [D] None 98. Full form of MICR is......... MICR G]\ 5]~ GFDPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Magnetic Ink Character Reader [B] Magnetic Ink Code Reader [C] Multiprocessor [D] Magnifier Information

99. Macro media is a name of a company ralated with........ DF.S|MDL0LIF GFDGL S\5GLPPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[m [A] Hardware [B] Software [C] Periperals [D] Services 100. Which of the following will convert high level language to machine Language? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ CF.,[J, ,[\uJ[\HG[ DXLG ,[uJ\[HDF\ O[ZJ[ K[ m [A] Translator [B] Assembler [C] Executor [D] None 101. DTP stands for........ DTP V[8,[PPPPPPPP [A] Desk Top Publishing [B] Desk Top Preparation [C] Desk Top Polishing [D] None 102. Which of the following is the characteristics of computer? GLR[GF 5{SL SIF\ SMd%I]8ZGF ,1F6M K[ m [A] Speed [B] Accuracy [C] Realiability [D] All

92. C 93. D 94. D 95. B 96. A 97. B 98. A 99. B 100. A 101. A 102. D

106/272

103. Which of the following is computer language? GLR[GF 5{SL SM6 SMd%I]8Z EFQFF K[m [A] C++ [B] JAVA [C] C [D] All 104. What is the masurement of computer speed? SMd%I]8ZGL h05 XFDF\ D5FI K [m [A] MIPS [B] SIS [C] SPSS [D] MMB 105. The development period of first generation is...... 5|YD HGZ[XGGF Sd%I]8ZGL XMW S. ;F,DF\ SZJFDF\ VFJL m [A] 1955-1965 [B] 1965-1975 [B] 1945-1954 [D] None 106. The development period of second generation is........ aFLÒ HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZGM 0[J,D[g8 ;DIPPPPPPPPP K[ [A] 1955-1963 [B] 1955-1965 [C] 1945-1967 [D] None of above 107. The development period of third generation is........ +LÒ HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZGM 0[J,D[g8 ;DIPPPPPPPPP K[ [A] 1975-1985 [B] 1965-1975 [C] 1948-1988 [D] None of above 108. Which generation computer are using today? SIF 5|SFZGL HGZ[XGGF\ SMd%I]8Z VFH[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[m [A] First [B] Second [C] Third [D] Fourth 109. In first generation which electronic component is used?

5C[,L HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZDF\ SIF .,[S8=MlGS ;FWGGM p5IMU YTM CTMm [A] Transistor [B] Vacuum tube [C] IC [D] None 110. Which of the electronic device is used in second generation?

ALÒ HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZDF\ SIF .,[S8=MlGS ;FWGGM p5IMU YTM CTMm [A] Transistor [B] Vacuum tube

[C] VLSI [D] MLSI 111. In third generation computer......... is used.

+LÒ HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZDF\ SIF\ .,[S8=MlGS ;FWGGM p5IMU YTM CTMm [A] IC [B] Vacuum tubes [C] Transistor [D] LSI

112. The Size of the fourth generation computer is reduced to laptop or Palmtop computer due to? X[GL ;F.h 38F0JFG[ SFZ6[ RMYL HGZ[XGGF\ SMd%I]8ZG] SN ,[58M5 VG[ 5FD8M5 H[8,]\ GFG]\ YI]\ m [A] Transistor [B] Vacuum tube [C] VLSI [D] None 113. Super Computer is still in......... generation. ;]5Z SMd%I]8Z CÒPPPPPPPPPPPPP HGZ[XGDF\ K[P [A] First [B] Second [C] Third [D] Fourth

103 D 104.A 105.C 106.B 107.B 108.D 109.B 110.A 111.A 112.C 113.D

107/272

114. The electronics device technology that from the base of second Generation computer.

ALÒ HGZ[XGGF\ SMd%I]8ZGM VFWFZPPPPPPPP .,[S8=MlGS ;FWG 5wWlT CTLP [A] Transistor [B] Vacuum tube [C] IC [D] None 115. The VLSI designed computer associated with the ............... generation.

VLSI............HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8Z :FFY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P [A] Third [B] Forth [C] Both A & B [D] None 116. ......... Were used for hardware implementation in the first Generation computer system.

5C[,L HGZ[XGGF SMd%I]8ZDF\ CF0"J[Z .d%,LDLg8[XG DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YTM CTMP [A] Vacuum tubes [B] Transistor [C] IC [D] None 117. Super computers are primarily useful for.........

;]5Z SMd%I]8Z ;FDFgI ZLT[ PPPPPPPPPPPPDF8[ p5IMUL K[P [A] Input-Output intensive processing [B] Mathematical intensive scientific applications [C] Data retrieval operations [D] None of these 118. The gigantic work of simulating the airflow around an entire aircraft can

only be done by using.................. (V[ZS|FO8 DF8[ SIF SMd%I]8ZGM p5IMU SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P) [A] Micro Computers [B] Mini computer [C] Super computer [D] None 119 . ........... invented a first Machine, which allowed a user to perform

additions and subtraction. .............. V[ ;F{ 5|YD V[JF DXLGGL XMW SZL H[DF p5IMUSTF" ;ZJF/F VG[ AFNAFSL SZL XSTFP [A] John Napier [B] Charles Babbage [C] Blaise Pascal [D] Hermann Hollerith 120. What are the computers called, which are small enough to be kept in the

hand called? (SIF 5|SFZGF\ SMd%I]8Z V[8,F GFGF K[ S[ H[G[ CFYDF\ ZFBL XSFI K[m) [A] Plamtop [B] Laptop [C] Desktop [D] Handtop 121. Which of the following is the latest and most powerful chip used in the PC? GFR[GFDF\YL S. VlT VFW]lGS VG[ VlT ;1FD RL5 K[ S[ H[ 5L;LDF\ J5ZFI K[m [A] Pentium – 1 [B] Pentium – IV [C] Pentium – XX [D] Pentium – X 122. What is the name of the series of laptop computers manufactured by IBM

called? IBM äFZF T{IFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[,F ,[58M5 Sd%I]8ZGL l;ZLhG[ X]\ SC[JFDF\ VFJ[ K[m [A] Laptop [B] Think Pad [C] Antia [D] Notepad 123. Macro media is a name of a company related with ........... DF.S|MSL0LIF GFDGL S\5GL PPPPPPPPPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[ m [A] Hardware [B] Software [C] Periperals [D] Services

114. A 115. B 116. A 117. B 118. C 119. C 120. A 121. B 122. B 123. B

108/272

124. Which of the following cables can transmit data at high speeds? GLR[GFDFYL\ JWFZ[ :5L0DF\ DFlCTLG[ SI]\ S[A, 8=Fg;DL8 SZ[ K[ m [A] Coaxial Cable [B] Optic Fibre Cable [C] Twisted pair cable [D] UTP Cable

125. SCSI is a term related with? SCSI SMGL ;FY[ ;\S/FI[,L K[ m [A] Storage [B] Network Data Transfer [C] Keystroke Rate [D] Picture resolution 126. Plotter is an example of...... (5,M8Z V[PPPPPPPP G]\ pNFCZ6 K[P) [A] Input Device [B] Output Device [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above 127. The extension given to the paint file is......... 5[.g8 OF.,G[ VF5JFDF VFJ[, V[S:8[gXGPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] .doc [B] .txt [C] .bmp [D] .rtf 128. What is the extension of sound file? ;Fpg0 OF.,G[ V[S:8[gXG SI]\ K[m [A] .avi [B] .ppt [C] .bmp [D] .wav 129. What is the name of the software that allows us to browse through web

pages called? A|Fph äFZF J[A5[HGM p5IMU SZJF DF8[GL 5ZJFGUL VF5TF ;MO8J[G]\ GFD X]\ K[m [A] Browser [B] Mail Client [C] FTP Client [D] Messenger 130. The earliest calculating device is........ ;M{YL 5C[,]\ S[<SI],[8L\U ;FWG PPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Abacus [B] Clock [C] Difference Engine [D] None of these 131. The man who built the first Mechanical calculator was..... PPPPPPPPPPPPP V[ ;M{5|YD DLS[GLS, S[<SI],[8Z T{IFZ SI]" CT]P [A] Joseph Marie Jacquard [B] John Mauchly [C] Blaise Pascal [D] Harward Aliken 132. Punched cards were first introduced by........

Punched cards 5C[,LJFZ PPPPPPPPP äFZF AGFJJFDF\ VFjI]\P [A] Power [B] Pascal [C] Jacquard [D] Herman Hollerith 133. Computers built before the First Generation of computers were. 5|YD 5[-LGF Sd%I]8Z AgIF T[ 5C[,FGF Sd%I]8ZPPPPPPPPPPP CTFP [A] Mechanical [B] Electro – machanical [C] Electrical [D] None of these 134. The Analytical Engine developed during Fist Generation of computers used....... as a memory unit. 5|YD 5[-LDF\ AG[,F Sd%I]8Z V[GF,[8LS V\[gÒG D[DZL TZLS[PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZT]\ CT]\ [A] RAM [B] Floppies [C] Cards [D] Counter Wheels

124.B 125.A 126.B 127.C 128.D 129.A 130.A 131.C 132.D 133.B 134.D

109/272

135. You might find all of the following peripheral ports on a personal computer except?

GLR[GFDF\YL SIF 5|SFZGF 5F[8" 5;"G, SMd%I]8ZDF\ CMTF YTF GYL m [A] USB [B] Serial [C] Parallel [D] Pass 136. An advantage to a touch screen is....... 8R :S|LGGF[ OFINM PPPPPPP K[P [A] It is natural to touch things [B] It is not a stirring as keyboard input [C] It uses little screen space for each choice

[D] None of these 137. Mainframe computers have ability for........ D[.GO|[D SMd%I]8ZG[PPPPPPPPP ,FISFT s,F1Fl6STFf K[P [A] Multi user and multi tasking [B] Handle large amount of data [C] Protect a file with password [D] All of these 138. Key board is ............... type of device. SL AM0" S[JF 5|SFZG]\ 0LJF.; K[m [A] Input [B] Pointing [C] Output [D] Sound 139. All arithmetic and logical processing is done in........ AWF H 5|SFZGL UF6LTLS VG[ TFSL"S 5|lS|IFVMPPPPPP DF\ YFI K[P [A] CU [B] CPU [C] ALU [D] NONE 140. To delete the character right side of the cursor which key is used.... S;"ZGL HD6L AFH]GF\ V1FZ 0L,L8 SZHF DF8[PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Inst [B] Del [C] backspace [D] Home 141. To delete the character towards left side is........ 0FAL AFH]GF V1FZ 0L,L8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPP [A] backspace [B]Del [C] Inst [D] Home 142. In keyboard the function of which type of keys changes according the

Software. SL AM0" 5ZGL S. SLG]\ SFI" ;MO8J[ZGF VFWFZ[ AN,FI K[ m

[A] Alphanumeric key [B] Function key [C] Numeric key [D] None of these 143. To enter the number a special key slot is given on the keyboard which

is. G\AZ V[g8Z SZJF DF8[ SLAM0"DF\ VF5JFDF\ VFJ[, :5[xI, SL ;[8PPPPP [A] Alphanumeric key [B] Numeric key pad [C] Function key [D] None of these 144. About numeric key pad which statement is false?

gI]D[ZLS SL 5[0G[ wIFGDF\ ZFBLG[ SI\] :8[8D[g8 BM8]\ K[ m [A] It contain 0 to 9 numbers [B] It contain enter key [C] It contains symbols+-* [D] It contain alphabets

135.D 136.B 137.D 138.A 139.C 140.B 141.A 142.B 143.B 144.D

110/272

145. If num lock key is on the keys on numeric key pad act as. HM num lock key VMG CMI TM gI]D[ZLS SL 5[0PPPPPPPPPPTZLS[ SFI" SZ[ K[P [A] Number only [B] Arrow key only [C] Curser keys only [D] None of the these 146. To move curser beginning of line which key is used?

S;"ZG[ ,F.GGF X~VFTDF\ B;[0JF DF8[ S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[m [A] End [B] Home [C] Pgup [D] Pgdn

147. To move curser end of line which key is used? S;"ZG[ ,F.GGF V\TDF\ B;[0JF DF8[ S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[m

[A] End [B] Home [C] Pgup [D] Pgdn

148. To move the curser one screen down? S;"ZG[ V[S :SL|G GLR[ B;[0JF DF8[ S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[m

[A] End [B] Home [C] Pgup [D] Pgdn

149. To insert the character in word which key is used? XaNDF\ V[S V1FZ pD[ZJF S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[ m

[A] Insert [B] Home [C] Delete [D] Pgdn

150. To move cursor five spaces in one keystroke which key is used? S;"ZG[ V[S ;FY[ 5F\R V1FZ H[8,L HuIF KM0JF DF8[ S. SL GM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] Insert [B] Tab [C] Shift [D] Ctrl 151. If Num lock key is off the keys on numeric key pad acts as..... HM GD ,MS SL A\W CMI TM gI]D[ZLS SL 5[0PPPPPPPPP TZLS[ SFI" SZ[ K[P [A] Numbers only [B] Function key [C] Curser key [D] None 152. The speed of CPU measured in...... ;L5LI] GL h05 PPPPPP DF\ D5FI K[P [A] Hz [B] Bytes [C] Sec [D] KBPC 153. If caps lock key on then........ HM S[%;,MS SL RF,] CMI TMPPPPPPP [A] Small letters are printed [B] The lowercase letters are print

[C] Capital letters print [D] None of these 154. If caps lock key is on and any character is pressed in combination with

sift key....... HM S[%;,MS SL RF,] CMI VG[ SM. XaN XLO8 ;FY[ 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ TMPPPPPPP [A] Small letters are printed [B] The upper letters are print [C] Capital letters print [D] Both A & B 155. Alt. Ctrl & Shift keys are the type of........ Alt. Ctrl & Shift keys PPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGL SL K[P [A] Combination key [B] Alphanumeric key [C] Arrow key [D] None of the above

145.A 146.B 147.A 148.D 149.A 150.B 151.C 152.A 153.C 154.D 155.A

111/272

156. Which of the following is Impact printer? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .d5[S8 5|Lg8Z K[m [A] Dot matrix printer [B] Inkjet printer [C] Laser printer [D] None of the above 157. The Quality of impact printer is decided by........ .d5[S8 5|Lg8ZGL SJM,L8LPPPPPPPPPP J0[ GSSL SZFI K[P [A] DPI [B] PPI [C] MPI [D] None of the above 158. Which of the following dot matrix printer is high quality printer ?

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 0M8D[8=L1F 5|Lg8Z prR U]6JTF WZFJT]\ 5|Lg8Z K[m [A] 9 pin [B] 12 pin [C] 18 pin [D] 24 pin 159. To draw the architectural drawing and graphics which device the

following is set ? VFSL"8[SRZ 0M=.\U VG[ U|FOLS; T{IFZ SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;FWGGM p5IMU YFI K [m [A] Printer [B] plotter [C] Scanner [D] None of the these 160. The process that transfer data in to useful information is called.... H~ZL DFlCTLDF\ 0[8F 8=Fg;OZ SZJF DF8[GL 5|lS|IF SC[JFI K[PPPPPP [A] Microprocessor [B] Processor [C] Processing [D] None 161. The CPU access each location in memory by using unique number

called.......... ;L5LI]DF\ ZC[,F NZ[S ,MS[XGG[ VF5[,F I]GLS G\AZG[PPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Memory address [B] Data address [C] Data bus [D] None 162. ....... works only in text mode. PPPPPPPPP OS8 8[18 DM0DF\ SFI" SZ[ K[P [A] Esc key [B] Print screen key [C] Scroll lock key [D] Pause key 163. In the following device........... is a plug and play device. GLR[GFDF\YLPPPPPPPPPP %,U VG[ %,[ 0LJF.; K[P [A] Printer [B] Zip drive [C] Key board [D] Scanner 164. To use numeric key pad on keyboard you must turn on............. key . gI]D[ZLS SL 5[0GM p5IMU SZJF DF8[ SL AM0"DF\ OZHLIFT TDFZ[ PPPPPPPP SL VMG SZJL 50[ K[P

[A] Num lock [B] Caps lock [C] Scroll lock [D] None

165. The Indicate where the character you type will appear on screen? PPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[ S[ TD[ H[ V1FZ 8F.5 SZM KM T[ :S|LG 5Z SIF\ N[BFX[ m [A] Cursor [B] Space key [C] Scroll key [D] None 166. Between CPU and mouse the communication is from......

;L5LI] VG[ DFp; JrR[GM ;\5S"PPPPP äFZF YFI K[P [A] Mouse to CPU [B] CPU to Mouse [C] Both way [D] None

156.A 157.A 158.D 159.B 160.C 161.A 162.D 163.C 164.A 165.A 166.A

112/272

167. Full form of the CPU is.......... ;L5LI]G]\ 5]~GFDPPPPP K[ [A] Computer Processing Unit [B] Control Processing Unit [C] Central Processing Unit [D] Combine Processing Unit 168. CPU reads the information from secondary memory........... ;L5LI] ;[Sg0ZL D[DZLDF\YL DFlCTL PPPPPPP JF\R[ K[ m [A] Directly [B] First, Information is transferred to main memory and from there, the CPU

reads [C] Through registers [D] None of these

169. A Laser printer uses....... (,[;Z 5|Lg8ZPPPPPPPP p5IMU SZ[ K[P) [A] Raster scan [B] Camera lens [C] Heat Sensitive paper [D] None of these 170.These print to file option creates........ 5|Lg8 8] OF., lJS<5PPPPPPPP OF., AGFJ[ K[P [A] .txt [B] .bak file [C] .prn file [D] .doc file 171. Scanner is an........ (:S[GZ V[ V[SPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P) [A] Input device [B] Output device [C] Primary Memory [D] None of the above 172. CPU stands for......... ;L5LI]PPPPPPPPP DF8[ CMI K[P [A] Controlled Processing Unit [B] Central Program Unit [C] Central Processing Unit [D] Central Progress Unit 173. Dot Matrix Printer is........ 0M8 D[8=LS; 5|Lg8Z V[PPPPPPP K[P [A] Thermal Printer [B] Impact Printer [C] Laser Printer [D] Ink-jet Printer 174. A terminal consists of a key board, Monitor and Communication facility

is called... SLAM0" DMGL8Z VG[ HM0F6GL ;UJ0TF WZFJTF 8DL"G,G[PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Dump Terminal [B] Smart Terminal [C] Intelligent Terminal [D] None of the above 175. Which of the following is the least expensive printer? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5|Lg8Z ;M{YL VMK]\ BRF"/ K m [A] Inkjet [B] Laser [C] DotMatrix [D] Thermal 176. The quality of the printing depends on........ Capacity of the printer. 5|Lg8L\UGL RMS;F.\ 5|Lg8ZGLPPPPPPPPP 1FDTF 5Z VFWFZ ZFB[ K[P [A] BPS [B] DPI [C] DTP [D] RAM 177. Dot matrix printer is an example of......... 0M8 D[8=LS; 5|Lg8Z V[PPPPPPPPPP G]\ pNFCZ6 K[P [A] Line Printer [B] Serial Printer [C] Inkjet Printer [D] Laser Printer

67.C 168.B 169.A 170.C 171.A 172.C 173.B 174.A 175.C 176.B 177.B

113/272

178. What are the units used to count the speed of a printer. 5|Lg8ZGL h05GL U6TZL SZJF DF8[ SIF V[SDGM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] CPM [B] DPI [C] PPM [D] BIT 179. Which of the following is a term related with scanners? GLR[GFDF\YL :S[GZ ;FY[ X]\ ;\S/FI[,]\ K[ m [A] Laser [B] TWAIN [C] Catridge [D] Media 180. Cursor is a............ (S;"Z V[PPPPPPP K[P) [A] Pixel [B] Thin blinking line [C] Pointing device [D] None of these 181. When a key is pressed on the keyboard, which standard is used for converting the keystroke into the corresponding bits? HIFZ[ SLAM0"G[ 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ ~5F\TZ SZJF SI]\ WMZ6 p5IMUL K[ m [A] ANSI [B] ASCII [C] EBCDIC [D] ISO 182. Which device is used as the standard pointing device in a Graphical User Environment ?

U|FOLS, I]hZ V[GJFIZD[g8 DF8[ SI]\ :8Fg00" 5F.g8L\U 0LJF.; p5IMUL K[m [A] Keyboard [B] Mouse [C] Joystick [D] Track ball

183. QWERTY, home keys are the terms of......... QWERTY, home keys V[PPPPPP GL 8d;" K[P [A] Keyboard [B] Internet [C] Printer [D] Word Processor 184. Which of the following is a part of CPU? GLR[GF 5{SL SM6 ;L5LI] GM EFU K[m [A] Input device [B] ALU [C] Output device [D] Hard disk 185. Computer is a system including........ SMd%I]8Z V[JL ;L:8D K[ H[PPPPPPPPP WZFJ[ K[P

[A] CPU, input, monitor [B] Input, floppy and output [C] Keyboard, mouse, monitor [D] None of the above

186. Mouse is the type of device. DFp; S[JF 5|SFZG]\ 0LJF.; K[m [A] Input [B] Pointing [C] Scanning [D] None of the above 187. Which of the following is input device. GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .G5]8 0LJF.; K [m [A] Speaker [B] Printer [C] Plotter [D] Scanner 188. .......... is called the brain of computer. PPPPPPP G[ SMd%I]8ZGF DUH TZLS[ VM/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Mouse [B] Keyboard [C] CPU [D] Memory

178.C 179.B 180.B 181.B 182.B 183.A 184.B 185.A 186.B 187.D 188.C

114/272

189. A document or image can be scanned in to digital form by using. 0MSI]D[g8 S[ .D[HG[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;FWGGL DNN J0[ :S[G SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Scanner [B] Printer [C] Light pen [D] Marker 190. ………used to control the processing of the computer is called? 5|lS|IFG[ S\8M=, SZJF DF8[ SMd%I]8ZPPPPPPPPGM p5IMU SZ[ K[P [A] ALU [B] CU [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above 191. Which unit generates the timing signals for the execution ofcommands? SI]\ V[SD V[ShLSI]8 SZJF DF8[GM SDFg0 WZFJ[ K [m [A] CU [B] MU [C] CPU [D] MPU 192. The input devices are connected to CPU by using......... ;L5LI]GM p5IMU SZLG[ .G5]8 0LJF.;PPPPPPPP ;FY[ HM0FI[, K[P [A] Input port [B] Output port [C] Net port [D] None 193. The Output devices are connected to CPU by using......... ;L5LI]GM p5IMU SZLG[ VFp85]8 0LJF.;PPPPPPPP ;FY[ HM0FI[, K[P [A] Input port [B] Output port [C] Net port [D] None 194. Pick the odd of list. GLR[GFDF\YL A\WA[;TM G CMI T[JM lJS<5 5;\N SZMP [A] OCR [B] Keyboard [C] Mouse [D] Printer 195. The Printers used impression technique for their printing are called? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5|Lg8Z .d5|[XG 5wWlTGM p5IMU SZ K[ m [A] Impact printer [B] Non impact printer [C] Spray printer [D] None of the above 196. The word resolution is related........ (J0" ZLhM<I]XG PPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[,]\ K[P) [A] Monitor [B] Cable [C] Mouse [D] None 197. The most common input output device is......... ;M[{YL SMDG .G5]8 VFp85]8 ;FWGPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Camera [B] Keyboard [C] Mouse [D] MODEM 198. All computer recourses are managed by. AWF H SMd%I]8ZGF ZL;M;L"8 PPPPPPP J0[ D[G[H YFI K[P [A] Input device [B] Output device [C] CU [D] ALU 199. The actual manipulation of data takes – in...(DFlCTLG]\ BZ[BZ 5 'yYSZ6 PPPPPP SZ[ K[P)

[A] ALU [B] CU [C] MU [D] CPU 200. Display card is used to redirect data to. 0[8F ZL0FIZ[S8 SZJF DF8[ 0L:%,[ SF0" H~ZL K[P [A] Printer [B] Monitor [C] CD Rom [D] None

189.A 190.B 191.A 192.A 193.B 194.D 195.A 196.A 197.D 198.C 199.D 200.B

115/272

201. Which of the following is standard output device. GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ :8Fg00" VFp85]8 0LJF.; K[P [A] Keyboard [B] Mouse [C] Monitor [D] Mic 202............ Unit is in between input and output device of computer. SMd%I]8ZGF\ .G5]8 VG[ VFp85]8 0LJF.; JrR[PPPPPPPPP V[SD CFI K[P [A] Printer [B] CPU [C] ROM [D] None 203. Which of the following is input devices. GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .G5]8 0LJF.; K m [A] Speaker [B] Printer [C] Monitor [D] Mic 204. All arithmetic and logical operation are executed under........... Block. AWFH 5|SFZGL UF6LTLS VG[ TFSL"S 5|lS|IF PPPPPPPPP a,MS GLR[ YFI K[P [A] CU [B] CPU [C] ALU [D] None 205. Mouse and printer these device si are came under. DFp; VG[ 5|Lg8Z GLR[GFDF\YL SIF VM%XGDF\ ;DFJ[X K[P [A] Input & output respectively [B] Output & Input device [C] Processing device [D] None 206. Monitor access data from......... DMGL8Z DFlCTLG [PPPPPPPP DF\YL VFU/ JWFZ[ K[P [A] Magic I/O card [B] Display card [C] NIC [D] FAX 207. SMPS stands for.... SMPS V[8,[PPPPPPPPP [A] Switch Mode Power Supply [B] Simple Mode Power supply [C] Switch Mode Power Supply [D] None of the above 208. Software is collection of............. ;MO8J[ZPPPPPPPP GM ;D]C K[P [A] Hardware [B] Information [C] Program [D] All above 209. The software available in computer system can be categorized into two categories. SMd%I]8ZDF\ ZC[,F ;MO8J[Z GLR[ D]HAGL A[ S[8[UZLDF\ CMI K[P [A] Hardware & Software [B] System & software [C] System & user [D] System & application 210. The term refers to the part of computer to which you can touch. SMd%I]8ZGM V[JM EFU S[ H[G[ VF56[ V0L XSLV[ KLV[P

[A] Software [B] Program [C] Hardware [D] Virus

211. Assembler, linker, compiler interpreter are the type of. V[;[dAZ4 ,LSZ4 S\5F.,Z4 .g8Z5|L8Z JU[Z[PPPPPPPP 5|SFZ K[P [A] Application software [B] System software [C] User [D] None of the above

201.C 202.B 203.D 204.C 205.A 206.B 207.A 208.C 209.D 210.C 211.B

116/272

212. ......... printer create image directly on paper by spraying ink through tiny nozzle

PPPPPPPPPP 5|Lg8Z ;]1D G/L äFZF 5[5Z p5Z ;LWL .D[H AGFJ[ K[P [A] Dot matrix [B] Laser [C] Inkjet [D] Line 213. The main part of CPU are...... (V[ ;L5LI]GM D]bI EFU K[P) [A] Arithmetic and logic unit [B] Central processing unit [C] Control unit [D] All the above 214. The term......... Refers the set of electronics instruction that tells the hardware what to do.

CF0"J[ZG[ SI]\ SFI" SZJ]\ T[GM VFN[XPPPPPPP DF\ ZC[,F .,[S8M=GLS DFlCTLGF ;[8 5ZYL HF6L XSFI K[P [A] Hardware [B] Software [C] Data [D] None of the above 215. The touch screen monitors accepts input directly through. 8R :SL|G DMGL8Z .G5]8G[ ;LWFPPPPPPPP YL :JLSFZ[ K[P [A] Keyboard [B] Mouse [C] Monitor [D] Printer 216. External device such as those used for input and output are connected via. .G5]8 VG[ VFp85]8G[ HM0TF AFñF;FWGMG[ HM0JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P

[A] Keyboard [B] Port [C] Mouse [D] Monitor 217. .......... Performs the actual calculations in computer system. PPPPPPPPP CSLSTDF\ SMd%I]8Z ;L:8DDF\ U6TZLG] SFI" SZ[ K[P [A] ALU [B] Control Unit [C] RAM [D] ROM 218. Add, Subtract, Divide, Multiply and logic operations are performed by.

;ZJF/F4 AFNAFSL4 EFUFSFZ4 U]6FSFZ VG[ TFlS"S 5|lS|IFVMPPPPPPPPP äFZF SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Registers [B] Control Unit [C] ALU [D] None of the these 219. Hardware that adds two numbers is........ CF0"J[Z S[ H[ A[ VF\S0F pD[Z[ K[ T[PPPPPPP K[P [A] The control Unit [B] Arithmetic and Logical Unit [C] An interal CPU register [D] None of the these 220. Which following is not a part of Computer Hardware? GLR[GFDF\YL SMd%I]8Z CF0"J[ZGM SIM EFU GYL m [A] Keyboard [B] CPU [C] Operating System [D] Motherboard 221. .......... Directs all the components of computer and – ordinates the entire Computer System. PPPPPPPPP SMd%I]8ZGF\ NZ[S EFUG[ DFU"NX"G VF5[ K[ VG[ VFBF SMd%I]8Z ;L:8D ;FY[ ;F\S/[ K[P [A] Primary Memory [B] control Unit [C] Arithmetic & Logical Unit [D] None of the above 222. Joy stick is an example of......... HMI:8LS V[ V[SPPPPPPPPPPPP G] pNFCZ6 K[P [A] Input Device [B] Output Device [C] Primary Memory [D] Secondary Memory

212.C 213.D 214.B 215.C 216.B 217.A 218.C 219.B 220.C 221.B 222.A

117/272

223. Which among the following is not a pointing devices? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5M.g8L\U 0LJF.; GYL m [A] Mouse [B] Joystick [C] Printer [D] Light pen 224. MICR is? V[DVF.;LVFZ V[8,[ m [A] Output Device [B] Input Device [C] Secondary Storage Device [D] None of the above 225. Central Processing Unit (CPU) can be compared with....... ;[g8=, 5|M;[;L\U I]lG8 s;L5LI]f GL ;ZBFD6LPPPPPPP ;FY[ SZL XSFIP [A] Keyboard [B] Brain of Human being

[C] Computer Screen [D] Printer 226. The main component of a computer is.............. SMd%I]8ZGM D]bI EFU PPPPPPPP K[P [A] Storage Device [B] Input Output Device [C] Processing Device [D] All of the above 227. Which is not a Software? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;MO8J[Z GYLm [A] Paint [B] Scanner [C] Logo [D] Word pad 228. Which of the following is hardware? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ CF0"J[Z K[ m [A] Sound card [B] Word [C] Internet [D] Logo 229. ............... device is used for input device. PPPPPPPPPPP V[ 0LJF.; .G5]8 l0JF.; DF8[ J5ZFI K[P [A] Scanner [B] Laser Printer [C] Inject Printer [D] VDU 230. What is the name of the device which provides electricity to the

computer if suddenly the electricity goes off? HM VRFGS .,[S8L=;L8L A\W Y. HFI TM SMd%I]8ZG[[ .,[S8=L;L8L 5]ZL 5F0TF ;FWGG]\ GFD VF5MP [A] UPS [B] CPU [C] MODEM [D] SMPS 231. Through......... we can send letters from one computer to another.

PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF VF56G[ V[S SMd%I]8Z 5ZYL ALHF SMd%I]8Z 5Z 5+M DMS,L XSLV[ KLV[P [A] FTP [B] Web Browser

[C] E-Mail [D] URL 232. Keyboard and mouse both are input device, but by what name is the

mouse recognized in relation to its function ? SLvAF[0" VG[ DFp; A\G[ .G5]8 l0JF.; K[4 5Z\T] T[GF SFI"G[ VG],1FLG[ DFp; SIF GFD[ VF[/BFI K[ m [A] Pointing Device [B] PASointing [C] Paint Device [D] Paint 233. .........holds text and graphics temporarily that have been cut or copied. S8 VG[ SF[5L SZFI[, 8[S:8 VG[ U|FlOS;G[PPPPPPPPPPPP8[d5ZZL HF/JL ZFB[ K[P [A] Clip board [B] Mother board [C] Notice board [D] None of these

223.C 224.B 225.B 226.D 227.B 228.A 229.A 230.A 231.C 232.A 233.A

118/272

234. Which of the following is not an output device ? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ VFp85]8 ;F3G GYL m [A] Scanner [B] Printer [C] Flat Screen [D] Touch Screen 235. Part of the Central Processing Unit. (;[g8=, 5F[|;[;L\U I]lG8GF[ EFU PPPPPPPPPPK[P) [A] ALU [B] JCL [C] MSB [D] None 236. Which one of the following is as input device? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .G5]8 l0JF.; K[ m [A] Scanner [B] Printer [C] Loud speaker [D] Plotter 237. The software used to control the computer & run programs. SMd%I]8ZG[ S\8=F[, SZJF VG[ 5|F[U|FDG[ ZG SZJF PPPPPPPPPPPPPP;F[O8J[ZGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m [A] Application software [B] System Software [C] Games [D] Virus 238. The most usable input devices ......... . (;F{YL JWFZ[ p5IF[UL .G5]8 l0JF.; K[PPPPPPPP P) [A] Keyboard [B] Mouse [C] Joystick [D] Scanner 239. Which of the following device mostly used in games ? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF\ ;FWGGF[ p5IF[U ZDTDF\ SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Joystick [B] Printer [C] Scanner [D] OMR 240. Video Display is related to............. JLl0IF[ l0;%,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P [A] Output [B] Input [C] Both A&B [D] None 241. Which of the following is used as input as well as output device ? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;FWGGF[ p5IF[U .G5]8 T[DH VFp85]8 ;FWG TZLS[ SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Keyboard [B] Mouse [C] Monitor [D] None 242. Which of the following is not an input device ? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .G5]8 0LJF.; GYL m [A] Keyboard [B] Scanner [C] Printer [D] Joystick 243. Which of the following is output device? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ VFp85]8 0LJF.; K[ m [A] Keyboard [B] Mouse [C] Light pen [D] Printer 244. Operating system is the best example of. VF[5Z[8L\U ;L:8D PPPPPPPPPPPPP G]\ pNFCZ6 K[P [A] Application Software [B] System Software [C] Operating System [D] Hardware 245. The software designed for accountant is........... PPPPPPPPPPPPV[SFpg8 DF8[ T{IFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[, ;F[O8J[Z K[ P [A] Application Software [B] System Software [C] Operating System [D] Hardware

234.D 235.A 236.A 237.B 238.A 239.A 240.A 241.D 242.C 243.D 244.B 245.A

119/272

246. Windows 95/98NT is a............... lJg0F[h 95/98/NT V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Operating System [B] Program [C] Compiler [D] Assembler 247. Operating system is installed in................... VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8D PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPDF\ .g:8F[, YFI K[P [A] Hard disc [B] Chachi memory [C] Mother board [D] None of the above 248. Which of the following is not an operating system? GLR[GFDF\YL S. VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8D GYLP [A] DOS [B] Linux [C] Oracle [C] Windows 249. The user protection feature of an Operating System is required in. PPPPPPPPPPP VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8DDF\ I]hZ 5|M8[SXG ,1F6GL H~Z ZC[ K[P [A] Single user system only [B] Multiuser System Only

[C] Both A & B [D] None of these 250. The single user operating system have. ;L\U, I]hZ VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8DG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPCF[I K[P [A] Memory Management module [B] Device management module [C] CPU scheduling module [D] All of the above 251. Operating System is a......... VM5Z[8L\U ;L:8D V[ V[SPPPPPPP K[P [A] Application Software [B] Programming Language [C] System Software [D] None of the above

252. Which cable is used to connect your Television Set with Cable TV Operator ?

TDFZL 8LPJLP ;[8G[ S[A, 8LPJLP VM5Z[8Z ;FY[ HM0JF DF8[ SIM S[A, J5ZFI K[ m [A] Co-axial Cable [B] Fiber Optic [C] Radio cables [D] None 253. Which of the following is not a type of an operating system ? GLR[GFDF\YL S. o/s GF[ 5|SFZ GYL m [A] Windows [B] Unix [C] Linux [D] ASCII 254. An operating system is............ (VF[5Z[8L\U l;:8D PPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P) [A] A collection of programs that enable you to use the machine [B] Permanently bumed into the memory of your computer [C] Inaccessible through the tree. [D] Typically program and data files with textual data. 255. The following is not a M/S Operating System? GLR[GFDF\YL S. M/S VF[5Z[8L\U ;L:8D GYL m [A] Windows XP [B] Windows NT [C] Windows MT [D] Windows 98 256. Most I/O devices manufacturers provide one of the following for the

computer OS? DM8F EFUGL I/O l0JF.; AGFJGFZ S\5GLVM GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S lJS<5 SMd%Y]8Z O/S DF\ ;UJ0 VF5[ K[ m [A] GUI [B] Default user interface [C] Device interface [D] Device Driver

246.A 247.A 248.C 249.C 250.D 251.C 252.A 253.D 254.A 255.C 256.D

120/272

257. Software is of the two – type Application software and system software. With the help of software you can do many task below are the software

list identity the system software. ;MO8J[G[ A[ 5|SFZ K[P V[l%,S[XG ;MO8J[Z VG[ l;:8D GLR[ NXF"J[,F ,L:8DF\YL SMGL DNN äFZF TD[ 36F SFI" SZL XSM KMP [A] Operating System [B] Utility Software [C] Spread sheet, inventory, ms – word [D] Operating System, Ms Office 258. Software that are used to make system faster and easy. l;:8DG[ h05L VG[ ;Z/ AGFJJF\PPPPPPPPPPP ;MO8J[GM p5IMU SZL XSFIP [A] System Software [B] Package [C] Application Software [D] None 259. Which of the following is not an operating system? GLR[GF 5{SL SL6 RF,FS 5wWlT GYL m [A] Dos [B] WIindows [C] Unix [D] VB.net 260. Ram stands for Z[D V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP [A] Random access Memory [B] Random accelerated memory [C] Random access mechanism [C] None of the above 261. This is the primary type of memory VF V[S 5|F.DZL D[DZLGM V[S 5|SFZ K[P [A] CD ROM [B] EPROM [C] PROM [D] RAM 262. 1 Nibble equivalent to (V[S GLA, =...........) [A] 8 Bit [B] 32Bit [C] 16 Bit [D] 4Bit 263. The capacity of 5.25” floppy disk is 5PZ5” .RGL O,M5L 0L:SGL ÙDTF S[8,L K[? [A] 1.2 MB [B] 1.44MB [C] 1.2 GB [D] 1.2 KB 264. Which of the following is a example of secondary memory

GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;[Sg0ZL D[DZLG]\ pNFCZ6 K[ ? [A] Ram [B] MU [C] Pen drive [D] None of the above

265. Which device is used to read the mark on the paper? 5[5Z p5Z ZC[,]\ DFS" JF\RJF DF8[ SIF ;FWGGM p5IMG YFI K[P [A] OCR [B] Bar code reader [C] MICR [D] OMR 266. OCR reads only.......... VM;LVFZ OST PPPPPPPPPPP JF\R[ K[P [A] OCR fonts [B] Hand written matter [C] Cursive writing [D] None of the above 267.The unit of memory is........ D[DZLG]\ V[SD PPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Hz [B] Bytes [C] Sec [D] KBPS

257.D 258.A 259.D 260.A 261.D 262.D 263.A 264.C 265.D 266.A 267.B

121/272

268. Which of the following is programmable ROM. GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5|MU|FD[A, ROM K[ ? [A] EPROM [B] PROM [C] E2PRM [D] All 269. The tracks and sectors are related with. 8[=S VG[ ;[S8Z PPPPPPPPPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P [A] CPU [B] Printer [C] Disk [D] Scanner 270. Floppy disk and hard disk are. O,M5L 0L:S VG[ CF0"0L:S PPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Storage devices [B] Types of scanner [C] Software’s [D] None of the above 271. If floppy disk is write protected then we can. HM O,M5L 0L:S ZF.8 5|M8[S8[0 CMI TM VF56[ OST SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Only read the data [B] Only write the data [C] Floppy will not access [D] None of the above 272 . ........... store the data when power is off ? 5FJZ A\W YFI tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPP 0[8F :8MZ SZ[ K[P [A] Flash memory [B] Standard RAM [C] RAM [D] None 273. Normally when power is switched off information stored in........... lost. ;FDFgI ZLT[ HIFZ[ 5FJZ A\W YFI tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPP DF\ ZC[,L DFlCTL U]DFJFI K[P [A] ROM [B] RAM [C] Hard disk [D] CD 274. ......... are equivalent to 1 MB (...........! V[DPALPAZFAZ K[P) [A] 1022 KB [B] 1024KB [C] 1024 byte [D] 1000 GB 275. Data stored in CD ROM. s;L0LZMDDF\ ZC[,F 0[8F CMI K[Pf [A] Write once read many [B] Read once write many [C] Both way [D] None 276. A stand alone computer can not work without.

V[S :8[g0 V,MG SMd%I]8Z X[GF JUZ SFD SZT]\ GYLP [A] Floppy disk drive [B] RAM [C] CD-RAM ```` [D] Printer

277. Data can stored on CD-ROM by using? ;L0LZMDDF\ X[GF äFZF 0[8F :8MZ YFI K[ m [A] CD-Drive [B] CD-Writer [C] Floppy [D] Copier

278. .......... is fastest memory. (PPPPPPPPPP V[ ;F{YL h05L D[DZL K[P) [A] Floppy disk [B] RAM [C] ROM [D] HDD 279. The double sided double density 5.25” floppy disk can store....... of

data. 5PZ5 .RGL O,M5L PPPPPPPPPPP 0[8F :8MZ SZ[ K[P [A] 1.2 MB [B] 1.44 MB [C] 1.2 KB [D] 1.44 KB 268.D 269.C 270.A 271.A 272.A 273.B 274.B 275.A 276.B 277.B 278.D 279.A

122/272

280. How many bits ASCII code? ASCII SM0 S[8,F AL8GM K[ m [A] 7 [B] 8 [C] 7 & 8 [D] 9 281. Normally when power is switched off data stored in........... is never lost. HIFZ[ 5FJZ A\W YFI tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPP ZC[,F 0[8F N}Z YTF GYLP [A] Chache [B] Hard disk [C] Ram [D] None 282. Normally LPT1 port is used to connect. ;FDFgI ZLT[ LPT1 5M8"GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPPPPP G[ HM0JF YFI K[P [A] Printer [B] Monitor [C] CD- ROM [D] Keyboard 283. The term.......... refers the set of electronic instruction that tells the hardware what to do. CF0"J[Z SI]\ SFI" SZJ]\ T[GF[ VFN[X PPPPPPPPPPPDF\ ZC[,F .,[S8=MGLS DFlCTLGF\ ;[8 5ZYL HF6L XSFI K[P [A] RAM [B] ROM [C] EPROM [D] EEPOM 284. The hardware or physical component of the computer consist of. CF0"J[Z VYJF SMd%I]8ZGF\ EF{lTS ;FWGF[ PPPPPPPPPPPP ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P [A] Memory [B] I/O device [C] Storage device [D] All the above 285. Which of the following can be used as primary memory ? 5|F.DZL D[DZL TZLS[ GLR[GFDF\YL XFGF[ p5IF[U SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Cartridge [B] Optical disk [C] Hard disk [D] None 286. Which of the following device can be used to input printed text. 5|Lg8[0 8[1FG[ .G5]8 SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;FWG J5ZFI K[ m [A] OCR [B] OMR [C] MICR [D] All of the above 287. Main memory stores......... D[.G D[DZL PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPGF[ ;\U|C SZ[ K[ P [A] Data only

[B] Paragraph only [C] Data Programs and result or any other kind of information [D] None of these 288. Generally what is the maximum capacity of DVD. DVD GL ;FDFgITF JW]DF\ JW] ;\U|C 1FDTF S[8,L CMI K[P [A] 4.7 GB [B] 6.2 GB [C] 71 GB [D] 17 GB 289. A CD-ROM is............ ( ;L0LvZF[D PPPPPPPPPPPPK[P) [A] An optical ROM [B] A magnetic ROM [C] An erasable ROM [D] None of these 290. Storage device may be................. :8F[Z[H l0JF.; PPPPPPPPPPCF[. XS[ K[P [A] Sequential type only [B] Direct access type only [C] Sequential type or Direct type [D] None of these

280.B 281.B 282.A 283.A 284.D 285.D 286.D 287.C 288.B 289.A 290.B

123/272

291. Which of the following descriptions related to a floppy disk? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ J6"G O,F[5L 0L:S ;FY[ ;\S/FI[,]\ K[ m [A] 9 Track, 16 BPI [B] Double sided, Double density [C] 33 Mhz, Zero Wait time [D] 40 MB space 292. The difference between memory, and storage is that memory is.....and

storage is......... D[DZL VG[ :8F[Z[H JrR[GF[ TOFJT V[8,[ S[ D[DZL V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPVG[ :8F[Z[H V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPP [A] Temporary, permanent [B] permanent, temporary [C] Slow, Fast [D] None of the above 293. Which of the following holds the ROM, CPU, RAM and expansion cards? GLR[GFDF\YL ZF[D4 ;L5LI]\4 Z[D VG[ V[S;5[gXG SF0"G[ SF[6 ;F\S/[ K[ m [A] Hard disk [B] Floppy disk [C] Mother board [D] None of the above 294. A floppy disk contains.......... O,F[5L 0L:SDF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPGF[ ;DFJ[X YFI K[P [A] Circular tracks only [B] Memory register [C] Magnetic memory [D] None 295. Which of the following is used as a primary storage device ? GLR[GFDF\YL 5|F.DZL :8MZ[H 0LJF.; TZLS[ XFGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m [A] Magnetic Tape [B] PROM [C] Floppy Disk [D] None of these 296. Information retrieval is faster from............ PPPPPPPPPPPDF\YL B}A h05L DFlCTL D[/JL XSFI K[P [A] Floppy disk [B] Magnetic Tape [C] Hard disk [D] CD-ROM 297. Which following is Computer Software? (GLR[GFDF\YL SMd%I]8Z ;F[O8J[Z SI\] K[ m) [A] Operating System [B] CD- ROM [C] Memory [D] Modem 298 . Which of the following is not a primary memory? GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5|F.DZL D[DZL GYL m [A] RAM [B] ROM [C] CD-ROM [D] PROM 299. Capacity of 3.5” size floppy disk is.......... (3.5” ;F.hGL O,F[5L 1FDTF PPPPPPPP K[P) [A] 1.20 MB [B] 1.75 MB [C] 750 KB [D] 1.44 MB 300. ..........is placed between the CPU and Main Memory PPPPPPPPPPPV[ ;L5LI]\ VG[ D[DZL JrR[ VFJ[,]\ K[P [A] CPU Register [B] Catch Memory [C] RAM [D] None of these 301. Floppy Disk is a............. (O,F[5L 0L:S V[ PPPPPPPPPPPP K[P) [A] Optical Memory [B] A magnetic ROM [C] Mental Oxide Semiconductor [D] None of the above 302. Which of the following is a sequential access memory device? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;LSJ;LI, V[S;[; D[DZL 0LJF.; K[ m [A] Hard Disk [B] Floppy Disk [C] Magnetic Tape [D] CD-ROM 291.B 292.A 293.C 294.C 295.C 296.C 297.A 298.C 299.D 300.B 301.D 302.C

124/272

303. Full Form of DVD is.............. 0LJL0LG]\ O],OF[D" PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] Dynamic Virtual Disk [B] Digital Video Disk [C] Dynamic Video Disk [D] Digital Versatile Disk 304. DVD is.................. 0LJL0L V[ PPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] Primary Memory [B] Secondary Memory [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above 305. Today computers are applied in ..........Field of life. VFH[ SMd%I]8Z ÒJGGF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPP1F[+DF\ :JLSFZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Business [B] Banking [C] Railway / Air / Bus Resrrvation [D] All of the above 306. Pick the add one out. GLR[GFDF\YL V;DFG lJS<5 5;\N SZF[P [A] Floppy Disk [B] CD-ROM [C] Hard Disk [D] RAM 307. ................Memory is lost, when computer is switched off. HIFZ[ SMd%I]8Z A\W SZL N[JFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPD[DZL N}Z YFI K[P [A] ROM [B] RAM [C] PROM [D] EPROM 308. 1024 Bytes means.............. (1024 AF.8Ÿ;GF[ VY"PPPPPPPPPPPP) [A] 1 Giga Byte [B] 1 Mega byte [C] 1 Kilo byte [D] None of the above 309. To store the information in FDD and HDD ...........is being used.

FDD VG[ HDD DFlCTLG[ :8F[Z SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPp5IF[UDF\ ,[JFIP [A] Electric Field [B] Magnetic Filed [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above 310. .........Information can be stored in one CD- ROM

PPPPPPPPPPH[8,L DFlCTL ;L0LvZF[D ;\U|C SZFJL XS[ K[P [A] 600 MB [B] 700 MB [C] 800 MB [D] 1000 MB

311. Which of the following stores temporary memory? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 8[d5ZZL D[DZL :8MZ[H K[ m

[A] RAM [B] ROM [C] Floppy [D] CD 312. .........has the highest memory to store data? PPPPPPPPP G[ 0[8F ;\U|C SZJF DF8[GL ;M{YL JWFZ[ D[DZL K[P [A] Floppy Disk [B] Magnetic disk [C] CD [D] Hard disk 313. The full form of the MBPS is......... MBPS G]\ 5]~ GFDPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Mega Bit Per Second [B] Mega Bit Per Second [C] Mega Byte Per Second [D] Mega Bite Per Second 314. What is the meaning of 1 Kbps? (! Kbps GM VY" H6FJM m) [A] 10 bits per second [B] 100 bits per second [C] 1000 bits per second [D] 8 bits per second 303.D 304.B 305.D 306.D 307.B 308.C 309.B 310.B 311.A 312.D 313.C 314.C

125/272

315. How many bits should be transferred to a letter “S”? “S” V1FZ DF8[ S[8,F AL8; 8=Fg;OZ SZFI K[P [A] 4 bits [B] 8 bits [C] 1 bits [D] 16 bits 316. The smallest piece of information that can be stored in the computer is called. DFlCTLGM GFGFDF\ GFGM EFU S[ SMd%I]8ZDF\ ;\U|C SZL XSFI K[ T[G[PPPPPPPP SC[JFIP [A] Bit [B] Byte [C] Digit [D] None of the above 317. The full form of BITs is........ BITs G]\ 5]~GFDPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Binary Digit [B] Binary Transaction [C] Byte Digit [D] None of the above 318. Which of the following is the lost storage? GLR[GF 5{SL SF[6 AFQ5LE}T ;\U|CS K[P [A] RAM [B] ROM [C] CD [D] FD 319. In which of the following memory you can write? GLR[GFDF\YL S. D[DZLDF\ TD[ ,BL XSF[ KF[ m [A] CD ROM [B] ROM [C] RAM [D] Disk Drive 320. Which of the following is not requirement of a multimedia system? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5GL H~Z D<8LDL0LIF ;L:8D DF8[ GYL m [A] 4 MB RAM [B] CD Drive [C] 75 MHZ Pentium or above [D] Speakers 321. Programs stored in ROM are called........ ZMDDF\ ZC[,F 5|MU|FDG[PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Hardware [B] Firmware [C] Software [D] None of the these 322. MDR (Memory Data Register) holds the.......... MDR (Memory Data Register) 5F;[ PPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] Segment number [B] Address of memory location [C] Number of transistors [D] None of above 323. Which number system is usually followed in a typical 32-bit computer? SIF 5|SFZGL G\AZ ;L:8D ;FDFgI ZLT[ #Z AL8 SMd%I]8Z VG];Z[ K[ m [A] 2 [B] 10 [C] 16 [D] 32 324. Which of the following devices have a limitation that we can give only Information to it but can not erase or modify it?

GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;FWGGL V[JL DIF"NF K[P S[ H[DF\ VF56[ DFlCTL VF5L XSLV[ KLV[ 5Z\T] T[G[ E];L S[ ;]WFZL XSTF GYL m\ [A] Floppy Disk [B] Hard Disk [C] Tape Drive [D] CDROM

325. .........Destroys the computer data. PPPPPPPPP V[ SMd%I]8ZGF\ 0[8FG[ GFA]N SZL GFB[ K[P [A] Printer B] DOS [C] Virus [D] ROM

315.B 316.A 317.A 318.A 319.D 320.A 321.B 322.C 323.A 324.D 325.C

126/272

326. .........is used to exchange information of two computers which are Connected with telephone lines. PPPPPPPPGM p5IMU 8[,LOMG J0[ HM0FI[, A[ SMd%I]8ZGL DFlCTLGL VN,FAN,L SZJF DF8[ YFI K[P [A] Scanner [B] Sound Card [C] Mouse [D] Modem 327. LAN stands for? LAN V[8,[PPPPPPPP [A] Local Area Network [B] Large Area Network [C] Learning Aided Network [D] Line Area Network

328. Memory is made up of.......... (D[DZLPPPPPPPPPPPP YL AG[,L CMI K[P) [A] Set of wires [B] Set of circuits [C] Large number of cells [D] All of these

329. Primary memory stores............. (5|F.DZL D[DZL PPPPPPPPPP DF\ :8MZ YFI K[P) [A] Data alone [B] Programs alone [C] Results alone [D] All of these 330. EPROM can be used for......... EPROM GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ SZL XSFI K[P [A] Erasing the contents of ROM [B] Reconstructing the contents of ROM [C] Erasing and reconstructing the contents of [D] Duplicating ROM 331. The contents of information are stored in............. DFlCTLGF 38SM PPPPPPPPPP DF\ :8MZ YFI K[P [A] Memory data register [B] Memory address register [C] Memory access register [D] Memory arithmetic register 332. Memory unit is one part of......... D[DZL I]lG8 V[ PPPPPPPPPPGM EFU K[P [A] Input device [B] Control unit [C] Output device [D] Centra Processing unit 333. Which of the following is a valid size of a floppy disk? GLR[GFDF\YL O,M5L0L:SGL S. ;F.h DFgI K[ m [A] 8” [B] 5 ¼” [C] 3 ½” [D] 5 ½” 334. ......... can used to setup nation-wide network. G[XG JF.0 G[8JS"G[ UM9JJF DF8[PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Telephone Cables [B] Microsoft [C] Satelites [D] Coaxial Cables 335. Which of the following is handy to carry yet can store large amounts of data. GLR[GFDF\YL SI] 0LJF.;DF\ ;\EF/JFDF\ ;Z/ T[D KTF\ JWFZ[ 0[8F :8MZ SZL XSFI K[P [A] Floppy Disk [B] Hard Disk [C] CD ROM [D] Zip Disk 336. Which of the following is not a valid capacity of a floppy disk? GLR[GFDF\YL O,M5L 0L:S DF8[GL S. DFgI 1FDTF GYLP [A] 360KB [B] 720KB [C] 1.24MB [D] 1.44MB

326.D 327.A 328.C 329.D 330.C 331.A 332.D 333.B 334.A 335.C 336.C

127/272

337. Data (information) is stored in computers as............ 0[8F SMd%I]8ZDF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ ;RJFI K[P [A] Files [B] Directories [C] Floppies [D] Matter 338. Which technology is used in a CDROM Drive? ;L0LZMD 0=F.JDF\ S. 5wWlTGM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Mechanical [B] Electro mechanical [C] Optical [D] Fiber optical 339. Upper memory block represented as ..................

V5Z D[DZL a,F[S PPPPPPPPPPTZLS[ ZH] YFI K[P [A] External Memory [B] Extended Memory [C] Internal Memory [D] Integrated Memory

340. You save or store a file in computer. TD[ SMd%I]8ZDF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPDF\ OF., :8F[Z SZL XSF[ KF[P [A] Directory [B] Desk [C] Storage [D] Both A & C 341. The smallest possible unit of data is? 0[8FGM ;{YL GFGM V[SD V[8,[m [A] BIT [B] Byte [C] BCD [D] EBCDIC 342. ......... can used to setup nation-wide network. G[XG JF.0 G[8JS"G[ UM9JJF DF8[PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Telephone Cables [B] Microsoft [C] Satelites [D] Coaxial Cables 343. Usually, in MSDOS, the primary hard disk drives has the drive letter. ;FDFgI ZLT[ 0MhDF\ 5|F.DZL CF0" 0L:S 0=F.J DF8[PPPPPPPPP XaN CMI K[P [A] A [B] B [C] C [D] D 344. Which of the memories below is often used in a typical computer?

Operation? Sd%I]8ZDF\ ;FDFgI VY"38G DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL S. D[DZLGM p5IMU YFI K[m [A] RAM [B] ROM [C] FDD [D] HDD

345. OCR reads only the character....... VM;LVFZ OST V[JF XaNM JF\R[ H[PPPPPPP K[P [A] Hand written matter [B] Bar Code Reader [C] Both A & B [D] None of the these 346. DVD are? 0LJL0L V[8,[ PPPPPPPP [A] Digital verified disk [B] Digital versatile disk [C] Digital variable disk [D] None of the these 347. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack. 5|M0S8 5[S p5Z K]5FI[,F SM0 JF\RJF DF8[ X[GM p5IMU SZ[ K[m [A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code radar

[C] Both A & B [D] None

337.A 338.C 339.B 340.C 341.A 342.A 343.C 344.A 345.A 346.B 347.A

128/272

348. To reads the code hidden on the bars of product pack. 5|M0S8 5[S p5Z K]5FI[,F SM0 JF\RJF DF8[ X[GM p5IMU SZ[ K[ m [A] Bar code reader [B] Bar code rader [C] Both A & B [D] None 349. Which storage device is mounted on “reels”? SI]\ ;\U|C ;FWG ZL<; p5Z JL8/FI K[ m [A] Floppy Disk [B] Hard Disk [C] Magnetic Tapes [D] CDROM 350. Which of the following statement is/are true? GLR[GFDF\YL SI\] / SIF lJWFG ;FR]\ K[ m [A] Cache Memories are bigger than RAM [B] Cache Memories are smaller then RAM [C] ROM are faster than RAM [D] Information in Rom can written by users 351. In a computer.............. is capable to store single binary bit. SMd%I]8Z PPPPPPPPPP V[ ;LU, AF.GZL AL8 :8MZ SZJF DF8[ S[5[A, K[P [A] Capacitor [B] Flip flop [C] Register [D] Inductor 352. Which of the following are the best units of data on an extemal storage

devices? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;F{YL ;F~\ V[S;"8G, :8MZ[H 0LJF.;G]\ V[SD K[ m [A] Bits [B] Bytes [C] Hertz [D] Clock cycles 353. Separate read/write heads are required in which of these memory access

Schemes? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ D[DZL V[S;[; :SLD K[ H[G[ DF8[ :JT\+ ZL0v ZF.8 C[0 H~ZL K[P [A] Random Access [B] Sequential Access [C] Direct Access [D] None of these

354. A register organized to allow to move left or right operations is called a..... H[ 0FAL VG[ HD^L AFH] D]J YJF DF8[GL 5ZJFGUL VF5[ T[ PPPPPPPP ZÒ:8Z VMU["GF.h[XG K[P [A] Counter [B] Loader [C] Adder [D] Shifter registers 355. In which of the following we can store maximum data? GLR[GFDF\YL X[DF\ JWFZ[ 0[8F :8F[Z SZL XSFI K[ m [A] DVD [B] CD- ROM [C] Zip [D] Floppy 356. Which of the following have fastest access time? GLR[GFDF\YL ;{FYL h05L V[S;[; 8F.D SIF[ K[ m [A] Semiconductor Memories [B] Magnetic Disks [C] Magnetic Tapes [D] Compact Disks 357. ..................is a semi conductor memory.

PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPV[ ;[DL Sg0S8Z D[DZL K[ m [A] Dynamic [B] Static [C] Bubble [D] Both A & B

348.A 349.C 350.B 351.B 352.B 353.B 354.D 355.A 356.A 357.D

129/272

358. Which of the following is a read only memory storage device ? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ZL0 VF[g,L:5[:T :8F[Z[H 0LJF.; K[ m [A] Floppy Disk [B] Hard Disk [C] CDROM [D] None of these 359. DMA stands for................ DMA V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Direct Memory Access [B] Distinct Memory Access [B] Direct Module Access [D] Direct Memory Allocation 360. Which of the following devices where the data preliminary stored ? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF 0LJF.; 0[8F 5|L,LDGZL :8F[Z SZL XSFI K[ m [A] CPU [B] Monitor [C] RAM [D] Hard Drive 361. When the computer is on which of the following resides in memory at all time? HIFZ[ SMd%I]8Z RF,]\ CF[I tIFZ[ GLR[GFDF[YL S. D[DZL CF[I K[ m [A] O/S Kernel [B] O/S Shell [C] O/S interface [D] O/S Server 362. In floppy disk which tab enforces read only technology? O,F[5L 0L:SDF\ SI]\ 8[A ZL0 VF[g,L 5wWlTG[ ;FRJ[ K[ m [A] Read-Write Head [B] Read Protect Tab [B] Write Protect Tab [D] Head Tab 363. Secondary Storage refers to............... ;[Sg0ZL :8F[Z[H PPPPPPPPPPPP G[ VG];Z[ K[P [A] processor [b] measure [c] fetch [d] write back

.

358.C 359.A 360.C 361.A 362.C 363.D

130/272

1. WWW DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIM 5|M8MSM, J5ZFI K[ m Ans. TCP/IP

2. ,[8ZGF\ S[; AN,JF S. SLGM p5IMU YFI K[ m Ans. Shift + F3

3. ___________ äFZF V[SFpg8GM 8F.5 AN,L XSFI K[ m Ans. User Account

4. ___________ U[D DF8[G]\ ;MO8J[Z K[ m Ans. V[%,LS[XG ;MO8J[Z 5. JM,[8F.5GL D[DZL S. K[ m Ans. RAM (Randam Access Memory) 6. TBIL X]\ K[ m Ans. V[%,LS[XG ;MO8J[Z 7. Pie chart XFGF J0[ AGFJFI K[ m Ans. A[ 0[8F J0[ AGFJFI K[ 8. WWW DF8[ SIM XaN IMuI K[ m Ans. HTTP 9. VMlO; VF;L:8g8G[ V[S8LJ[8 SZJF DF8[GL SL S. K[ m Ans. F1

10. V[%,LS[XG VYJF 5|MU|FD ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, :5[XLI, SL S. K[ m Ans. O\SXG SL 11. G[8JS"GF SMd5MG[8G[ X] SC[JFI m Ans. Node

12. SI] ;[Sg0ZL D[DZLG]\ pNFCZ6 K[ m Ans. ZLD]J[A, 0=F.J 13. D[DZLGF S[8,F 5|SFZ K[ m Ans. 2

14. 8F.8,AFZ X]\ ATFJ[ K[ m Ans. V[%,LS[XGG]\ GFD VG[ OF.,G]\ GFD 15. AFI 0LOM<8 _______ .\R C[0Z O]8ZDF\ V5FI K[ m Ans. 0.5 .\R 16. I]hZ V[SFpg8 0L,L8 SZJF SIF S,LS SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m Ans. Sg8=M, 5[G, 17. SI]\ 8],AFZ J0"DF\ OMg8 VG[ T[GL ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ p5IMUL K[ m Ans. Formating Toolbar

18. SMd%I]8ZGF l5TF SM6 K[ m Ans. RF<; A[A[H 19. Hexamal Decimal GM A[h S[8,M K[ m Ans. 16

20. CF0"J[Z VG[ I]hZ JrR[GM .g8ZO[; SIM K[ m Ans. Operating System

21. 0L:S S,LG V5 JBT[ OF., SIF\YL 0L,L8 YFI K[ m Ans. CF0" 0L:SDF\YL 22. .,[S8=MlGS 0MSI]D[g8G[ V[,F.D[g8G[ V[S HuIFV[YL ALÒ HuIFV[ ,L\S SZ[ T[G[ X]\ SC[JFI m Ans. CF.5Z,L\S 23. SI]\ SMd%I]8ZG]\ G[8JS" GYL m Ans. FAN

131/272

24. _________ VM5Z[8ZGM p5IMU Z[gH ;]RJJF DF8[ YFI K[ m Ans. : sSM,G ;\7Ff 25. S. EFQFFDF\ D[S|M; ;]RGFGM Z[SM0" YFI K[ m Ans. lJhI]V, A[hLS 26. D[DZLGM I]lG8 SIM K[ m Ans. Byte

27. Display card 0[8FG[ S. HuIFV[ DMS,[ K[ m Ans. DMlG8Z 28. ;L:8D _____ 0[8FG[ _____ DF\ SgJ8" SZ[ K[ m Ans. English, Binary

29. 0MSI]D[g8G]\ 5[ÒG[XG X[GF 5Z lGE"Z K[ m Ans. All DFÒ"G 5[5Z 30. J0"DF\ S[8,F .g0[g8 CMI K[ m Ans. 4 (Left, Right, First Line and Hanging)

31. SI] J[AA|FphZ GYL m Ans. Google

32. SIF ~5DF\ GLR,L S1FFGL EFQFF J5ZFI K[ m Ans. Hexadecimal, Binary and Octal

33. PDF OMD["8GL OF., SMGF äFZF AG[ K[ VG[ V[S;[; YFI K[P Ans. Acrobat Reader

34. 0MSI]D[g8DF\ 85SFJF/L ,F.GYL 5[HA|[S SIF jI]DF\ 0L:%,[ YFI K[P Ans. Normal View

35. SMPS G]\ 5]~ GFD X]\ K[ m Ans. Switch Mode Power Supply

36. J0" YL;MZ; X]\ ;5M8" SZ[ K[ m Ans. ;DFGFYL" 37. Control Penal JF:TJDF\ ______ OM<0Z K[ m Ans. Security

38. 0L:S S,LG V5 SZJFYL X[DF\ OFINM YFI K[ m Ans. h05DF\

132/272

INTERNET, WEB BROWSERS AND E-MAIL 1. The process of copying files from remote computer to your

Computer is called........... ZLDM8 SMd%I]8ZDF\YL TDFZF SMd%I]8ZDF\ OF., SM5L SZJFGL 5|lSIFG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] File using [B] Uploading [C] Downloading [D] E- mail

2. PDF format file can be created and accessed by? PDF OMD["8GL OF., SMGF äFZF AG[ K[ VG[ V[S;[; YFI K[P [A] Acrobat reader [B] Ms Word [C] Ms Power point [D] E-mail

3. Buying and selling on the internet is known as. .g8ZG[8 p5Z BZLNJ]\ VG[ JC[RJ]\ VM/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] e- buiz [B] e- business [C] e-commerce [D] None

4. Which of the following is not the audio or video file? GLR[GFDFYL S. VM0LIM DL0LIM OF., GYL m [A] MP3 [B] WAV [C] DAT [D] PDF 5. .In http:/?www.msn.com/home.htm which component identify domain? http:/?www.msn.com/home.htm DF\YL SI]\ 38S 0MD[.G K[ m [A] http [B] Home,htm [C] www D] msn.com 6. Which of the following is not the search engine? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;R" V[gÒG GYL m [A] Google [B] Lycos [C] Info seek [D] Sinfeer 7. To view web pages you need. J[A5[HGF\ jI] HMJF DF8[ TDFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP H~Z K[P [A] Browser [B] WWW [C] TCP/IP [D] None 8. UTP & STP are the terms related to.............. . UTP VG[ STP GL jIFbIF ;\S/FI[, K[P [A] Twisted pair cable [B] Type of protocol [B] Networks [D] None 9. In star topology to connect \the server and client ......... external device is

used. :8FZ 8M5M,MÒDF\ ;J"Z VG[ S,FIg8G[ HM0JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP J{Sl<5S ;FWGGM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Router [B] Modem [C] HUB [D] Gateway

10. E-mail is................ (.D[.,PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P) [A] Mail concerning electronic device [B] Transaction of letters, messages and memos over a communication network. [C] Transaction of massages within a computer

[D] None of these 1. C 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. D 7. A 8. A 9. C 10. B

133/272

11. The first primary network developed by US Defense Department was called. I] V[; 0LO[g; äFZF T{IFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[,]\ 5C[,]\ 5|FIDZL G[8JS" CT]\P [A] DARPAnet [B] ARPANet [C] NSFNet [D] MILnet 12. Web site is a collection of. J[A;F.8 V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPGF[ ;D]C K[P [A] HTML Document [B] Graphics Files [C] Audio and Video Files [D] All of the above 13. In MODEM............... DF[0[D DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Several digital signals are multiplexed [B] A digital signal is converted into Analog signal and Vice-versa. [C] Digital signal is amplified

[D] None of the above

14. URL is an abbreviation of ? (URL V[ SF[G]\ 8]\S] ~5 K[ m)

[A] Uniform Resource Locator [B] United Resource Locator [C] Universal Resource Limited [D] None of the above 15. Which of the following domain is applied to none Commercial Organization ? GLR[GFDF\YL lAG JFl6HILS ;\:YFVF[ DF8[ SI]\ 0F[D[.G K[ m [A] .com [B] .gov [C] .org [D] .edu 16. Which of the following is the address of doeac site? GLR[GFDF\YL 0F[ V[S ;F.8G]\ V[0=[; SI\] K[ m [A] www.doeacc.com [B] www.doeacc.org [C] www.doeacc.edu.in [D] None of the above 17. The Network connecting computers with each other in a same room, in a

same building, or in a same complex is known as. V[S H ~DDF\4 V[S H lA<0L\UDF\ VYJF V[S H SF[d%,[1FDF\ V[SALHF ;FY[ SMd%I]8ZG[ VF[/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] WAN [B] LAN [C] MAN [D] WOMAN 18. Which of the following is not a type of computer network ? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ SMd%I]8Z G[8JS"GF[ 5|SFZ GYL m [A] LAN [B] WAN [C] MAN [D] FAN

19. Which of the following isn’t topology ? (GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ 8F[5F[,F[Ò GYL m) [A] Star [B] Ring [C] Bus [D] Linear 20. Which one of the following is Microsoft browser ? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S DF.S|M;MO8 J[A A|FphZ K[ m [A] Internet Explorer [B] Netscape Navigator [C] Mosaic [D] None

21. WWW stand for ............. (WWW V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP) [A] World Wide Web [B] Wok Within Web [C] World Wide Wan [D] World Wide Work 11. B 12. D 13. B 14. A 15. C 16. C 17. B 18. D 19. D 20. A 21. A

134/272

22. FTP stands for............. V[O8L5L V[8,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] File Transfer Protocol [B] File Transfer Provide [C] File Transmission Protocol [D] None 23. Which of the following command is used to transferring the file from your

computer to another ? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF SDFg0GL DNNYL TD[ OF.,G[ V[S SMd%I]8ZDF\YL ALHF SMd%I]8ZDF\ p5IF[U SZF[ KF[P [A] FTP [B] TCP [C] IP [D] None 24. Which of the following is a vail e-mail address? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ .D[., V[0=[; ;FR]\ K[ m [A] Rajkapoorcomputer@www. [B] Rajkapoorcomputer@_ [C] Rajkapoor.com [D] [email protected] 25. HTML Stands for.......... HTML V[8,[PPPPPPPPP [A] Hyper text markup language [B] High text mark language [C] Hyper text mark language [D] None 26. The websites allows users to search the data on key wards. SL AM0"" 5|DF6[GL DFlCTL XMWJF DF8[ J[A;F.8GM p5IMU SZGFZ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP D\H]ZL VF5[ K[P [A] Web browser [B] Search engine [C] Net engine [D] None 27. BPS Stands for........ BPS V[8,[PPPPPPPP [A] Bit per second [B] Bit per sentence [C] Bits pass second [D] None of the above 28. An element in an electronic document that is called? .,[S8=MlGS 0MSI]D[g8G]\ SI\] 38S S[ H[ 5]Z[5]ZF 0MSI]D[g8DF\ ALÒ HuIF ;FY[ HM0[ K[ m [A] Teleink [B] Metink [C] Hyperlink [D] None 29. Sending messages on internet is called....... .g8ZG[8 p5Z D[., DMS,JFG[ PPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] e-mail [B] e-part [C] e-message [D] SMS 30. Which of the following file are digital recoded sound file? GLR[GFDF\YL S. 0LÒ8, Z[SM"0[0 ;Fpg0 OF., K[ m [A] Wave file [B] MIDI file [C] PDF file [D] None 31. The protocol is used to transfer the file from one machine to another machine

on internet is called. .g8ZG[8DF\ V[S DXLGDF\YL ALHF DXLGDF\ OF., DMS,JFGF p5IMUDF\ ,[JFTF GLIDG[PPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] TCP/IP [B] FTP [C] HTTP [D] PPP 32. LAN transmit signal over?

LAN X[GF äFZF ;LuG, D[/J[ K[m [A] Telephone line [B] Coaxial Cable [C] Satellite [D] Microwave

22. A 23. A 24. D 25. A 26. A 27. A 28. C 29. A 30. A 31. B 32. B

135/272

33. Each component in the network is called........ G[8JS"GF\ NZ[S 38SG[PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Domain [B] Terminal [C] Node [D] Computer 34. To transmit the information in the form of light pulses...... media is used. ,F.8 5<;GF\ OMD"DF\ DFlCTL AN,JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP DL0LIFGM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Fiber optic [B] Coaxial cable [C] Twisted pair [D] Satellite 35. A device which allows the computer to communicate with the other Computer using telephone line is. V[S ;FWG S[ V[S SMd%I]8ZG[ ALHF SMd%I]8Z ;FY[ 8[,LOMG ,F.G äFZF ;\5S" SZJFGL D\H]ZLPPPPPPP ;FWG VF5[ K[P [A] Modem [B] HUB [C] Ruter [D] Gateway 36. E- mail....... (.vD[.,PPPPPPPP K[P) [A] can not address many user given to first class mail [B] Does not provide protection [C] Always uses bridge to send messages in different networks [D] None of the above 37. There are the computers on internet that request information are called. .g8ZG[8GF VF V[JF 5|SFZGF\ SMd5I]8Z K[ S[ H[ DFlCTL DF8[GL lZSJ[:8 SZTF CMI K[ H[G[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Servers [B] Clients [C] Workstations [D] Terminals 38. The communication protocol used by internet is........ .g8ZG[8 äFZF SMdI]GLS[XG DF8[GM 5|M8MSM,GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] HTTP [B] FTP [C] TCP/IP [D] SMTP 39. A host on the internet fined another host by its......... .g8ZG[8G] CM:8 ALHF CM:8G[PPPPPPP äFZF XMW[ K[P [A] Postal Address [B] Electronic Address [C] IP Address [D] All of these 40. Which of the following is not a search engine tool? GLR[GFDF\YL SI] ;R" V[gÒG 8], GYL m [A] Hotmail [B] Yahoo [C] Google [D] Magellan 41. HTTP stands for......... (HTTP V[8,[PPPPPPPPP)

[A] Hyper Tag Transfer Protocol [B] Hypertext Transmit Protocol [C] Hypertext Transfer Protocol [D] Hyperlink Transfer Protocol

42. Which of the following is a search engine? GLR[GFDF\YL SI] ;R" V[gÒG K[ m [A] Google.com [B] Indiatimes.com [C] bazee.com [D] None of the above 43. Which of the following can we use as a web browser? GLR[GFDF\YL J[A A|FphZ TZLS[ SI]\ p5IMUDF\ SZL XSFI K[m [A] Word [B] Internet Explorer [C] Netscape [D] Excel 33. C 34. A 35. A 36. C 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. A 41. C 42. A 43. B

136/272

44. Which is the commonest protocol of internet? GLR[GFDF\YL .g8ZG[8GM SMDG 5|M8MSM, SIM K[ m [A] ACP [B] TCP [C] AP [D] TCP/IP 45. [email protected] Mosaic is what ? [email protected] DF\ Mosaic X]\ K[ m [A] User [B] Host [C] Domain [D] N/W comp 46. Which one of the following is not a popular term in Internet? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM s8D"f XaN .g8ZG[8 DF8[ 5|bIFT GYL m [A] WWW [B] E-mail [C] HTTP [D] NAD 47. To log on the remote computer and surfing on that can be done through? ZLDM8 SMd%I]8ZDF\ ,MUVMG Y.PPPPPPPPP GL DNNYL ;OL"U SZL XSFI K[P [A] FTP [B] Telnet [C] HTTP [D] None 48. In which of following feature is used to store favorite e-mail address in Your Netscape Navigator browser? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ,1F6 O[JZL8 .D[., V[0=[;G[ TDFZF G[8:S[5 G[JLU[8ZDF\ :8MZ SZJF DF8[ p5IMUL K[ m [A] Favorite [B] History [C] Bookmark [D] None 49. URL is........... I] VFZ V[,PPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Protocol [B] WWW [C] Internet Address [D] None 50. [email protected] represents.

[email protected] NXF"J[ K[PPP [A] URL address [B] E-mail ID [C] Net PC [D] None

51. FTP stands for.... FTP V[8,[PPPPP [A] File transfer protocol [B] Find and transfer protocol [C] Format transfer prg. [D] None of the above 52. Which is not a web browser?

SI]\ J[A A|FphZ GYL m [A] Moziac [B] Internet exopler [C] Netscape navigator [D] Windows explorer

53. JPEG format is the abbreviation used for which type of file ? JPEG OMD["8GM p5IMU S[JL OF., DF8[ YFI K[ m [A] Picture file [B] Document file [C] Paint file [D] Word file 54. The first page displayed when user first visit the site is called.

HIFZ[ I]hZ ;F>8GL 5C[,F 5[HG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Front page [B] Home page [C] First page [D] None

44. D 45. B 46. D 47. B 48. A 49. C 50. B 51. A 52. D 53. A 54. B

137/272

55. In Internet the device is used to connect two or more network called. >g8ZG[8DF\ A[ VYJF JWFZ[ G[8JS"G[ HM0JF DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFTF ;FWGG[ PPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P

[A] Router [B] Gateway [C] HUB [D] Modem

56. The acronym PPP’ stands for .................. PPP’ V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP [A] Point to point procedure [B] Point to point protocol [C] Point to point prompt [D] None of the above

57. MPEG files are MPEG OF., CMI K[P [A] Sound files [B] Video files [C] Movie files [D] All the above

58. The following is used to log on to remote computer. GLR[GFDF\YL lZDM8 SMd%I]8ZDF\ ,MUVMG YJF DF8[ p5IMUL K[P [A] Telnet [B] HTTP [C] SLIP [D] PPP

59. Visiting various web sits is called. 36F 5|SFZGL J[A;F>8GL D],FSFTG[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P

[A] Browsing [B] Hacking [C] Cracking [D] Uploading

60. The protocol that web client and servers use to communicate with each other is called......

J[A S,FIg8 VG[ ;J"Z V[SALHF ;FY[ ;\5"S SZJF H[ lGIDGM p5IMU SZ[ K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] HTML [B] HTTP [C] URL [D] FTP

61. A Computer in the network which servers only network resources is known as............ G[8JS"DF\ ZC[,]\ SMd%I]8Z S[ H[ OST G[8JS"GF\ lZ;M;" VF5[ K[4 T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Client [B] Server [C] Node [D] Peer

62. Sending files with e-mail is called.......... .D[., äFZF DMS,FTL OF.,G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Attachment [B] Files [C] Send [D] Link

63. Internet is a ............. . (.g8ZG[8 PPPPPPPPPPP K[P) [A] Line area Network [B] Metropolitan Area Network [C] Wide Area Network [D] Network of all these Networks

64. There are the computers on Internet that provides information to multiple Computers is called................

VF V[JF 5|SFZG]\ SMd%I]8Z K[ S[ H[ V[S SZTF\ JWFZ [SMd%I]8ZG[ DFlCTL VF5[ K[4 H[G[ PPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Servers [B] Clients [C] Workstations [D] Terminals

65. The first page of any web page is called........... SM. 56 J[A 5[HGF\ 5|YD 5FGF\G[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Home page [B] Fist page [C] Master page [C] Web page

55. A 56. B 57. B 58. A 59. A 60. B 61. B 62. A 63. D 64. A 65. A

138/272

66. You can see a web page of any site on your computer using.......... PPPPPPPPPPP GF p5IMUYL TD[ SM.56 J[A;F.8G]\ J[A5[H TDFZF SMd%I]8ZDF\ HM. XSM KM m [A] Web browser [B] Web Processor [C] Word Processor [D] None of the above

67. VSNL stands for............... VSNL V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP [A] Vishesh sanchar nigam Ltd [B] Vides sanchar nigam Ltd. [C] Vishva sanchar nigam ITD [D] None of the above 68. Following software is used to browse to internet under ms window? lJg0MhDF\ .g8ZG[8GM p5IMU SZJF DF8[ SIF ;MO8J[ZGM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] Windows explorer [B] Internet explorer [C] Site explorer [D] None 69. With the help of which device we can exchange information by connecting

two computers? A[ SMd%I]8ZDF\ DFlCTLGL VN,FAN,L SIF ;FWGGL DNNYL SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Printer [B] Sound card [C] Scanner [D] Modem

70. You can logged in the remote computer through............. TD[ lZDM8 SMd%I]8ZPPPPPPPPP GL DNNYL ,MU sNFB,f Y. XS[ K[P [A] Telnet [B] FTP [C] HTTP [D] None 71. In Internet if we want to go immediate previous web page we have.....

.g8ZG[8DF\ VF56[ TFtSFl,S VFU/GF J[A5[H 5Z HJ]\ CMI TM VF56[ PPPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Back [B] History [C] Close [D] None

72. Which topology is work under one node fail? V[S O[., YI[,F GM8 ;FY[ S. 8M5M,MÒ SFI" SZ[ K[ m [A] Star [B] Bus [C] Ring [D] None 73. It applies in LAN......... PPPPPPPPPV[ ,[GDF\ VFJ[, K[P [A] Ethernet Network [B] TCT Network [C] PDT [D] Both A & B 74. Transferring the full page from your computer to another computer is..... TDFZF SMd%I]8ZDF\YL ALHF SMd%I]8ZDF\ OG 5[Ò;G[ DMS,JF T[G[ PPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Uploading [B] Transferring [C] Downloading [D] None 75. In address ht tp:/www.microsoft.com. HTTP stands for....... ht tp:/www.microsoft.com. DF\ HTTP V[8,[PPPPPPPP [A] Hyper text transforms protocol [B] Hyper text transfer protocol [C] High text transfer point [D] None of the above 76. The first ISP in India is. EFZTG]\ 5C[,]\ ISP PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] BSNL [B] VSNL [C] MTNL [D] Mantra 66. A 67. B 68. B 69. D 70. A 71. A 72. A 73. A 74. A 75. B 76. A

139/272

77. The first network in the world is. lJ`JG]\ ;M{YL 5C[,]\ G[8JS" PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] ARPANET [B] Nicnet [C] Web net [D] Wan 78. In networking a combination hard ware and software that links two

Different types of network in is called........ A[ H]NF H]NF 5|SFZGF\ G[8JS"G[ CF0"J[Z VG[ ;MO8J[Z äFZF HM0[, CMI K[ H[G[PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Router [B] Gateway [C] HUB [D] Modem 79. Any five which incorporated with sound, picture, text, graphics, together

May be called as? SM. 56 5F\R S[ H[ VJFH4 l5SRZ4 8[184 U|FOLS;G[ SNFR ;FY[ NXF"J[ K[4 H[G[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[ m [A] Hypertext Document [B] Text file [C] Compiler [D] None

80. The process of the sending data from one computer to remote computer on network is called.

V[S SMd%I]8ZDF\YL lZDM8 SMd%I]8ZDF\ DFlCTL DMS,JFGL 5|lS|IFG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Browsing [B] Hacking [C] Cracking [D] Uploading

81. Web document is stored as a text file with the extension? J[A 0MSI]D[g8 8[18 OF., :J~5[ SIF V[S;8[gXG ;FY[ :8MZ YFI K[m [A] .HTM [B] .HTML [C] Both A & B [C] None 82. In the following topologies which is invalid? GLR[GFDF\YL S. 8M5M,MÒ ;FRL GYL m [A] Star [B] Ring [C] Bus [D] Network 83. The protocol to send the e-mail is. .D[., DMS,JFGM lGID PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] FTP [B] SMPT [C] UTP [D] HTTP 84. A user can get file form another computer on the internet by using. .g8ZG[8 p5ZYL I]hZ ALHF SMd%I]8ZDF\YLPPPPPPPP äFZF OF., D[/J[ K[P [A] HTTP [B] SMPT [C] UTP [D] FTP 85. Which of the following is not the web browser software? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ J[A A|FphZ ;MO8J[Z GYLm [A] Internet Explorer [B] Ms- Power-Point [C] Netscape Navigator [D] Mosaic 86. Which of the following domain is applied to educational Institutions? GLR[GFDF\YL X{1Fl6S ;\:YFVM DF8[ SI] 0MD[.G K[ m [A] .com [B] .gov [C] .org [D] .edu 87. There are............. Selection in IP Address. (IP V[0=[;DF\PPPPPPPPPPPPP EFU CMI K[P) [A] 3 [B] 4 [C] 5 [D] 6 77. A 78. B 79. A 80. D 81. C 82. D 83. B 84. D 85. B 86. D 87. B

140/272

88. WWW means......... WWW GM DT,A K[PPPPPPPPPPP [A] World Wide Web [B] Wait Wait Wait [C] World World World [D] Weather World Web 89. A system of computers, connected to one another, is called a............. SMd%I]8ZGL ;L:8D4 S[ H[ V[SALHF ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[4 H[G[ SC[ K[PPPP [A] Internet [B] Network [C] URL [D] Web 90. Every web address starts with.......... NZ[S J[A V[0=[;PPPPPPPPP YL X~ YFI K[P [A] http: [B] http:// [C] WWW [D] None 91. To send mail to multiple people each email address is separated by?

V[S SZTF JWFZ[ jIlSTG[ D[., DMS,JM CMI TM4 S. lGXFGLGF\ p5IMU äFZF .D[., V[0=[;G[ H]N] 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m

[A] . [B] , [C] > [D] ...

92. You can move to the immediate last viewed page by pressing............ TD[PPPPPPPPPPPP SL 5|[; SZL TFtSF,LS K[<,F p5Z H. XSM KMP [A] History [B] Search [C] Back [D] Favorite

88. A 89. B 90. B 91. B 92. C

141/272

MICROSOFT WORD 1. In MS-WORD the easiest way to sent consistent spacing before and after paragraph of a particular type is to use......... MS-Word DF\ SM. V[S 5[Z[U|FOGL 5C[,F VG[ 5KLG]\ V\TZPPPPPPPPPP äFZF AN,L XSFI K[P [A] Page setup [B] Format paragraph [C] Word Style [D] Indenting 2. In MS-WORD the line pacing can be change......... MS-Word DF\ ,F.G JrR[G]\ V\TZ PPPPPPPPPP äFZF AN,L XSFI K[P [A] Format font [B] Enter [C] Format Paragraph [D] None of the above 3. All the formatting of paragraph are stored in............. NZ[S 5[Z[U|FOG]\ OMD["l8\U PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ ;\U|lCT YFI K[ [A] In page setup [B] Format paragraph [C] File print preview [D] None of the above 4. To specify the space between two lines......... option is used. A[ ,F.G JrR[GL HuIF GSSL SZJFPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5 J5ZFI K[P [A] Line spacing [B] Insert row [C] Insert line [D] Enter 5. Text that justified is.......... H:8LOF. SZ[, 8[18 V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP [A] Adjust to meet both margin [B] Carefully edit [C] Centered [D] Bold 6. To create the tab leader you can use the........... Tab leader AGFJJF DF8[ TD[PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSM KMP [A] Table [B] Format tab [C] Ruler [D] All above 7. While typing in a paragraph, you will.............. 5[Z[U|FO 8F.5 SZTF NZdIFG TD[ PPPPPPPPPP SZL XSM KMP [A] Press “Enter Key” at the end of each line [B] Press “Enter Key” at the end of a paragraph [C] Both a and b can be applied [D] None of the above 8. Paragraph mark signify............ 5[Z[U|FO DFS" PPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P [A] Beginning of a paragraph [B] Saving has been done till the marked para [C] Press of enter key to mark the end of para [D] Current cursor position in the para 9. To start a new line press............. GJL ,F.G X~ SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP SL 5|[; SZM KMP [A] Enter [B] Shift + Enter [C] Ctrl + Enter [D] None of above

1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A

142/272

10. ........... helps you to control the margins, Paragraph Indention and tab setting for a document. 0MSI]D[g8 CF\;LIF4 5[Z[U|FO VG[ 8[AGF ;[8LU DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP DNN SZ[ K[P [A] Scroll Bar [B] Status Bar [C] Ruler [D] Page Setup

11. Which key should be pressed to start a new paragraph in MS Word? J0"DF\ GJM 5[Z[U|FO X~ SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP DNN SZ[ K[P [A] Down cursor key [B] Enter key [C] Shift + Enter [D] Page setup 12. To get the rough idea of how your document in MS-Word be printed the

following Menu is selected ............. MS-Word GM TDFZM 0MSI]D[g8 SFU/ K5F. G[ S[JM ,FUX[ T[GM V\NFH GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPP D[G] ;L,[S8

SZJFYL D[/JL XSFI K[ m [A] File Print Preview [B] View print [C] View normal [D] Ctrl+ Enter

13. The extension of Word document file is ........ (J0" 0MSI]D[g8G]\ V[S;8[gXG PPPPPPPK[P) [A] .doc [B] .dco [C] .txt [D] .None of above

14. We can set up the margin for. (VF56[ X[GF DF8[ CF\;LIM ;[8 SZL XSLV[ KLV[ m)))) [A] Headers [B] Footers [C] Both A & B [D] None of above 15. In MS-Word in print dialog box if the print range is given 10 then the result will

be...... MS-Word DF\ 5|Lg8 0FI,MU AMS;DF\ HM 5|Lg8 Z[gH !_ VF5JFDF\ VFJX[ TM 5lZ6FD PPPPPPPPPP 5Z D/X[P [A] It print pages from 1 to 10 [B] It print pages 10 to last [C] It will give error [D] It print page 10 only 16. In MS-Word page can be printed in landscape mod by selecting following

menu. MS-Word DF\ 5[HG[ VF0]\ 5|Lg8 SZFJJF GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPP D[G]GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] File print paper source [B] File-Print-Properties-Landscape [C] File – Print Preview [D] Print layout 17. If you click on the multiple pages button available on the print preview tool bar HM 5|Lg8 5|LjI] 8],AFZ 5Z ZC[, D<8L%,[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP 5[Ò; A8G p5Z S,LS SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m [A] Your computer screen will show you pages of the document side by side [B] Your computer screen will show you all the pages one over the other [C] Your computer screen will show all pages of the document overlapping

each other [D] Your computer screen will show you all pages of multiple document

stacked separately

18. In the print preview window.......... (5|Lg8 5|LjI] PPPPPPPPPPP lJg0MDF\ K[P) [A] You can see the over all appearance of pages or all the pages [B] You can see where the text falls on the page before it continues on the

next page [C] You can make adjustment to get the layout as per your requirement [D] All of above. 10. C 11. B 12. A 13. A 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. A 18. D

143/272

19. In the print dialog box of Word, you can selected............... J0"DF\ 5|Lg8 0FI,MU AMS;DF\YL TD[ PPPPPPPPP l;,[S8 SZL XSM KM m [A] All pages in range [B] Odd pages [C] Even pages [D] Any of the above

20. The paper orientation for printing is......... (l5|g8LU DF8[ 5[5ZGM N[BFJ PPPPPPPP CMI K[ m) [A] Portrait [B] Landscape [C] Either a or b [D] None of the above 21. In the print preview, the Word document can be edited in ........... 5|Lg8 5|LjI]DF\ J0" 0MSI]D[g8G[ PPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSFI K[P [A] Normal View [B] Web layout View [C] Outline View [D] All of above 22. The default page size for word document is .......... J0" 0MSI]D[g8 DF8[ l0OM<8 5[H ;F.h PPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] Letter [B] Legal [C] A4 [D] None of above 23. In the Print dialog box, the Print to file creates ........ 5|Lg8 0FI,MU AMS;DF\4 5|Lg8 8] OF., PPPPPPPPPPPPP OF., T{IFZ SZ[ K[P [A] .TXT [B] .DOC [C] .DOT [D] .PRN 24. In Word, Print Preview command is found in which menu ? J0"DF\4 5|Lg8 5|LjI] SDFg0 SIF D[G]DF\ VFJ[,M K[ m [A] File [B] Tools [C] View [C] Edit 25. Which of the following are the aliment of print review? GLR[GFDF\YL 5|Lg8 5|LjI]GF\ 38SM SIF\ K[ m [A] Zoom [B] Next [C] Print [D] All of the above

26. Using Borders you........ (AM0"ZGM p5IMU SZLG[ PPPPPPPPPPP) [A] can add border above, below or to either side of a cell [B] Can add singal line or multiple lines, along one side of a cell or around it. [C] both A & b [D] None of above 27. While editing the document in MS-word keystroke Shift+Home will move the

insertion point....... HIFZ[ MS-WordGF 0MSI]D[g8DF\ O[ZOFZ SZJF DF8[ SL AM0"DF\YL Shift+Home SLGM p5IMU SZJFYL S;"Z

PPPPPPPP5Z D]J YX[P [A] On word right [B] End of line [C] Beginning of line with selection [D] No effect 28. The combination key for Find command in MS- Word is ............. MS-WordDF\ Find SDFg0GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPP K[P [A] Ctrl + F [B] Ctrl + F3 [C] Ctrl + S [D] None 29. Which keystroke is used to move to the end of the document quickly? 0MSI]D[g8GF V\TDF\ h05YL HJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP SL GM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] End [B] Pgdn [C] Ctrl + Pgdn [D] Ctrl + end 19. D 20. C 21. D 22. A 23. D 24. A 25. D 26. C 27. C 28. A 29. D

144/272

30. Which of the key delete the character to the right of the insertion point? S;"ZGL HD6L TZO ZC[,F V1FZG[ S. SL äFZF N}Z SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Delete [B] Backspace [C] Home [D] End

31. To select the text from insertion point to end of line............ .G;X"G 5F[.g8YL 8[1;GL X~VFTYL V\T ;]WL ;L,[S8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Click to paragraph mark [B] Press Ctrl + home [C] Press Shift + end [D] Click on selection bar 32. Press the control while dragging and dropping selected text allow.......... S\8=F[, 5|[; SZLG[ HIFZ[ l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18G[ 0=[UL\U VG[ 0=F[5L\U SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPYFI K[ m [A] Delete text [B] Paste text [C] Make copy [D] Add to clipboard 33. To select a sentence, click anywhere on the sentences while holding

the............ JFSIG[ l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[4 SF[. 56 HuIFV[ S,LS SZLG[ PPPPPPPP SLG[ NAFJL ZFBJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Shift [B] Ctrl [C] Alt [D] Esc 34. To repeat the last editing action press............. K[<,[ SZ[,F[ ;]WFZF[ ZL5L8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPSL J5ZFI K[P [A] F4 [B] Ctrl + Y [C] Both A and B above [D] None of these 35. To copy character formatting, press the keys................ S[Z[S8ZG]\ OF[D["8L\U SF[5L SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPSL 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Ctrl+Shift+C [B] Ctrl+Shift+V [C] Ctrl+Backspace [D] All of the above 36. The formatting Toolbar option are applied.................. OF[D["8L\U 8],AFZGF VF[%XG PPPPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P [A] To paragraph selection only

[B] To character selection only [C] To both character as well as paragraph selections

[D] None of the above 37. Word text can be made italic by .............. XaN PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF .8F,LS s+F;Ff AG[ K[P [A] Ctrl + I [B] Ctrl + B [C] Ctrl + U [D] None of the above 38. In word, you can align the selected paragraph to its right by pressing. J0"DF\ l;,[S8 SZ[,F 5[Z[U|FOG[ HD6L AFH] V[,F.G SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPP XF[8"S8 SL J5ZFI K[P [A] Ctrl +E [B] Ctrl + L [C] Ctrl + R [D] None of the above 39. Which of the following is not a part of a standard office suite? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ EFU :8Fg00" VF[OL; DF8[ GYL m [A] Word Processor [B] Data base [C] Image Editor [D] File Manager 30 A 31 C 32 C 33 B 34 C 35 A 36 C 37 A 38 C 39 D

145/272

40. While editing document in MS-Word the color of the selected text can be changed by........ HIFZ[ MS-Word 0F[SI]D[g8DF\ O[ZOFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ tIFZ[ l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[S:8GF[ S,Z AN,JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[P

[A] Format font [B] Format text [C] Format paragraph [D] None of the above 41. From the following which effect can not be changed from font dialog box? GLR[GFDF\YL S. .O[S8 OF[g8 0FI,F[U AF[1FDF\YL AN,L XSFI GCL m [A] Title case [B] All caps [C] Small caps [D] Emboss 42. Font is measured in points how much point is equal to one inch? OF[g8 sVF\S0Ff 5F[.g8DF\ DF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[ TF[ .\\R AZFAZ S[8,F 5F[.g8 YX[ m [A] 24 [B] 72 [C] 36 [D] 48

43. With the print option......... (5|Lg8 VF[%XG äFZF PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP) [A] The Entries Document get printed and no option are available [B] There is no print option on the file menu [C] You have the option to print any the current page [D] None of the above 44. Creating form letter using mail merge involves ................ Letter äFZF mail merge SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Creative main doc. [B] Creative main doc. and data source [C] Inserting merge field in main doc. [D] Both B & C merge letter 45. A letter, memo, report or other prepared in MS-Word is called .......... MS-Word DF\ T{IFZ SZFI[,F letter, memo, report S[ SF[. VgIG[ PPPPPPPPPPSC[JFI K[P [A] Worksheet [B] Slide [C] Document [D] Database 46. From the following option does not present in the picture option of insert

menu. Insert menu GF\ picture lJS<5DF\ GLR[GF[ SIM lJS<5 VF5[, GYLP [A] Auto shape [B] Clip art [C] From file [D] Object 47. Whenever a word does not fit at the end current line it goes to the starting of

the next line it is called as. HIFZ[ V[S ,F.GDF\ XaN G ;DFI VG[ T[ ALÒ ,F.GGL X~VFTDF\ HFI K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P [A] Paragraph format [B] Auto correct [C] Word style [D] Word wrap 48. If you click on Undo button ............... HF[ TD[ undo A8G 5Z S,LS SZXF[ TF[ PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] It removes old & restore new text [B] It removes new text & restore old

text [C] It removes character formatting [D] None of the above 49. In MS-Word to appear full form abbreviation automatically we can use. MS-Word DF\ VF[8F[D[8LS,L SF[. 8]\SF GFDG]\ 5]~\ GFD D[/JJF PPPPPPPPPGF[ p5IF[U SZL XSLV[P [A] Auto text [B] Auto correct [C] Both A & B [D] Drop cap 40 A 41 A 42 B 43 A 44 D 45 C 46 D 47 D 48 B 49 A

146/272

50. Which is the shortcut key to replace the text ? 8[18G[ ZL%,[; SZJF DF8[ S. XF[8"S8 SLGF[ p5IF[U SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m [A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl + H [C] Ctrl + D [D] Ctrl + E

51. Which shortcut key is used to redo action? ‘Redo’ DF8[ S. XF[8"S8 SLGF[ p5IF[U SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m [A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl + Y [C] Ctrl + D [D] Ctrl + U 52. Which shortcut key is used to convert text into capital letters? XaNG[ S[5L8, ,[8ZDF\ O[ZJJF DF8[ S. XF[8"S8 SL J5ZFI K[ m [A] Ctrl+Shift+A [B] Ctrl + P [C] Ctrl + A [D] None 53. From the following which is not the type of toolbar ? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ 8],AFZGF[ 5|SFZ GYL m [A] Standard [B] Formatting [C] Mail merge [D] Drop cap 54. Spit option is present under which menu. Split lJS<5 SIF D[G]DF\ VFJ[, K[ m [A] Window [B] File [C] View [D] Tools 55. Arrange all option is present under which menu? V[Z[gH lJS<5 SIF D[G]DF\ VFJ[, K[ m [A] Window [B] File [C] View [D] Tools 56. Which key combination is used for creating new auto text entry ? GJL VF[8F[ 8[18 V[g8=L AGFJJF S. A[ SLGF[ p5IF[U YFFI K[ m [A] Alt+F2 [B] Ctrl+F2 [C] Alt+F3 [D] None 57. Format painter is used to................ OMZD[8 5[.g8ZGM p5IF[U PPPPPPPPPPPDF8[ YFI K[ P [A] Copy selected text [B] Drew the different shape [C] Copy the format of selected text [D] None of the above 58. To change the size of document page using ..................... 0F[SI]D[g8GF 5[HGL ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 J5ZFI K[P [A] File properties [B] File page setup [C] Tools option [D] Format paragraph 59. Which of the following can’t be selected.................... GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPl;,[S8 SZL XSFT]\ GYLP [A] Selection bar [B] Word [C] Letter [D] Line 50 B 51 B 52 A 53 D 54 A 55 A 56 C 57 C 58 B 59 A

147/272

60. Which of the following will provides list of synonyms ? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ lJS<5 ;DFGFYL" ,L:8 5]~\ 5F0X[ m [A] Find [B] Replace [C] Thesaurus [D] None

61. Which of the following enable to make multiple changes ? V[SYL JWFZ[ 5lZJT"G DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ lJS<5 ;1FD K[ m [A] Find command [B] Replace command [C] Drag & Drop [D] All the above 62. Which of the following command you always use before submitting the

document to other ? ALHFG[ 0F[SI]D[g8 VF5TF 5C[,F\ TD[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ SDFg0 p5IF[UDF\ ,[XF[ m [A] Find [B] Replace [C] Spelling & Grammars [D] Thesaurus 63. Which of the following are commodity find the web pages .......... Used by J[A 5[.HG[ XF[WJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPPP p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Hyperlink [B] Internet [C] Intranet [D] All the above 64. To set the shading for the paragraph in MS-Word choose .................. 5[Z[U|FOG]\ Shading ;[8 SZJF DF8[ MS-Word DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPp5IF[UDF\ ,[JFI K[P [A] Insert shading [B] Format borders shading [C] View shading [D] All the above 65. Switching between portrait and landscape mode Involve. VF0F VG[ pEF 5[H UF[9JJF DF8[ A\G[ JrR[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 ;\S/FI[,F[ K[ m [A] Print layout View [B] Page setup dialog [C] Header and footer [D] None of the above 66. By default information stored in a header & footer prints .................. By default H[ DFlCTL :8MZ SZ[, CMI K[ T[ C[0Z VG[ O]8Z 5Z PPPPPPPPP l5|g8 YFI K[P [A] On just first page [B] On just last page [C] On every page [D] None of above 67. By default inch are reserved for header & footer.............. C[0Z VG[ O]8Z DF8[ PPPPPPPPP .\R GSSL SZ[, K[P [A] 10 [B] 02 [C] 0.5 [D] 1.5 68. To activate the office assistant ...... key is used. VMlO; V[;L:8g8G[ SFIF"lgJT SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP SL p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P [A] F2 [B] F3 [C] F1 [D] F5 69. Bold, Italic, Underline are the part of............Toolbar. AM<04 .8F,LS VG[ Vg0Z,F.G PPPPPPPPPP 8],AFZGF EFU K[P [A] Formatting [B] Standard [C] Drawing [D] Central 60 C 61 B 62 C 63 B 64 B 65 B 66 C 67 C 68 C 69 A

148/272

70. The extension to the help file is. (C[<5 OF.,G]\ V[S:8[gXG PPPPPPPPPPPPK[P) [A] .hpl [B] .lhp [C] .hlp [D] .doc

71. Using the full screen allows you .................. O], :S|LGGF[ p5IF[U PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP ZH] SZ[ K[P [A] Use per designed document for specific purpose [B] Cancel the change to the document [C] Display only the document [D] Display all opened document 72. The maximum zoom percentage in MS-Word is .............. MS-Word DF\ JW]DF\ JW] PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP h]D Y. XS[ K[P [A] 100% [B] 500% [C] 5000% [D] 400%

73. The date and time command ............... (0[8 VG[ 8F.D SDFg0 PPPPPPPPP) [A] Insert the date & time you specify [B] Insert current system date & time [C] Insert last updated date & time [D] None of the above 74. The minimum zoom percentage in MS-Word is ............ MS-Word DF\ VF[KFDF\ VMK]\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP8SF h]D Y. XS[ K[P [A] 1% [B] 5% [C] 10% [D] 2% 75. An application can be opened through shortcut on desktop by ........... 0[:S8F[5 p5Z ZC[,L V[%,LS[XGG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPXF[8"S8 äFZF VF[5G SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Double Clicking on its shortcut

[B] Right clicking and choosing Open optionIII [C] Selecting the icon and pressing Entry key

[D] All of the above 76. The first line/bar on the word window where name of the document is. 0F[SI]D[g8DF\ ZC[,F ;F{YL 5C[,F AFZ / ,F.GG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P [A] First Bar [B] Header Bar [C] Title Bar [D] None 77. Which of the following is the example of toggle case? GLR[GFDF\ SI]\ 8F[U, S[;G]\ pNFCZ6 K[ m [A] TOGGLE CASE [B] toggle Bar [C] tOGGLE cASE [D] None 78. Creating from letters using Mail merge involves............ OF[D" ,[8Z äFZF p5IF[U SZJFDF\ VFJ[, D[., DH" PPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ ;DFJ[X YFI K[P [A] Creating the main document and data source [B] Creating the main document [C] Inserting merged fields in the main document and merging the main

document with data source [D] Both (A) and (B) above 79. Selection of text can be of................... 8[18G]\ l;,[SXG PPPPPPPPPPPPPCF[. XS[P [A] Single word or a line [B] a paragraph [C] complete document [D] all of the above 70 C 71 C 72 B 73 B 74 C 75 D 76 C 77 C 78 C 79 D

149/272

80. If you want to copy a selection of text, which button do you click? l;,[S8 SZ[,F 8[18GL SF[5L SZJF SIF A8GGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m [A] Move [B] Copy [C] Duplicate [D] Cut

81. In MS-Word an already opened file can be closed by clicking on............ MS-Word DF\ H[ CF,DF\ OF., VF[5G K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPP5Z S,LS SZJFYL A\W SZL XSFI K[P [A] ‘X’ button on title bar [B] “button on the title bar [C] On the left tip corner [D] None of the above 82. In MS-Word a way of assigning the name to the part of documents so that

they can be easily accessed ............. MS-Word DF\ 0F[SI]D[g8GF RF[SS; EFUG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPäFZF GFD VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P H[YL SZLG[ T[G[

;Z/TFYL p5IF[UDF\ ,. XSFI K[P [A] ‘Using caption [B] Using bookmark [C] File print preview [D] None of these 83. While editing the document Ctrl + would the insertion point..........

0F[SI]D[g8DF\ ;]WFZF SZJF DF8[ .g;X"G 5F[.g8GF PPPPPPPPPPPG[ S\8=F[, ;FY[ p5IF[UDF\ ,[JFI K[P [A] End of the line [B] One word right [C] One line right [D] Next page

84. The fastest way to select sentence is............... lJWFGG[ h05YL l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Shift + [B] Ctrl + Shift [C] Ctrl + Click on sentence [D] Shift + End 85. To fastest the same information at the top or bottom of each page we use.

5[HGL p5ZGF ;F{YL GLR[GF EFUDF\ V[S ;ZBL DFlCTL HF[JF DF8[ VF56[ PPPPPPPPPPPPGF[ p5IF[U SZL XSLV[ KLV[P

[A]Header & footer [B] Hyperlink [C] Field [D] None 86. Form the following which option is not present in goto dialogbox. Goto 0FI,F[UAM1FDF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ lJS<5 GYLP [A] Page [B] File [C] Section [D] Bookmark 87. With the help of break option in MS-Word which can’t broken. MS-Word GF\ break lJS<5 äFZF X]\ break Y. XSFT]\ GYLP [A] Page [B] Section [C] Column [D] Field 88. Which is not the type of indent? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ .g0[g8GF[ 5|SFZ GYLP [A] Left [B] Hanging [C] First line [D] Center 89. Ctrl + Shift + P is assigned for................. Ctrl + shift + P V[ PPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ K[P [A] Font size on formatting tool bar [B] Print preview [C] Print [D] Not assigned 80 B 81 A 82 B 83 B 84 C 85 A 86 B 87 D 88 D 89 A

150/272

90. To move selected text we use............... l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18G[ D]J SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP GF[ p5IF[U YFI K[P [A] Cut, move [B] Cut, paste [C] Cut [D] Replace

91. Which button is not on formatting tool bar ? GLR[GFDF\YL SI\] VF[%XG OF[ZD[8L\U 8],AFZDF\ CF[T]\ GYL m [A] Border [B] Alignment [C] Font color [D] Redo 92. To close the document in MS–Word which option is used ? MS-Word DF\ 0F[SI]D[g8G[ A\W SZJF DF8[ SI]\ VF[%XG VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m [A] File end [B] Auto stop [C] File exit [D] File close 93. Which option is not present under tool menu? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ VF[%XG 8]<; D[G]DF\ CF[T] GYL m [A] Mail merge [B] Auto correct [C] Language [D] Drop cap 94. To convert “The computer” into THE COMPUTER which option is used ? “The computer” DF\YL “THE COMPUTER” DF\ AN,JF DF8[ SIF VF[%XGGF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m [A] Title case [B] Toggle case [C] UPPER CASE [D] All caps 95. To convert “H2O” into “H2O” which effect is used? “H2O” DF\YL “H2O” DF\ AN,JF DF8[ S. .O[S8GF[ p5IF[U YFI K[ m [A] Small caps [B] Subscript [C] Superscript [D] Lower 96. To select complete paragraph by pointing mouse pointer anywhere in the

paragraph and ........... DFp; 5F[.g8 J0[ ;DU| 5[Z[U|FOG[ l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ 5[Z[U|FODF\ SF[. 56 HuIFV[ PPPPPPPPPPPSZF[P [A] Triple click [B] Right click [C] Ctrl+click [D] None

97. To display any option in menu bar you must .........the option. D[G]AFZDF\ SF[. 56 lJS<5G[ HF[JF DF8[ TDFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 5Z Sl,S SZJ]\ 50[P [A] Click [B] Right click [C] Both A & B [D] None 98. To correct the spelling error that word has marked by redwavey line you can

..........the word and then choose the correct spelling from the display menu. ,F, ,F.G WZFJTF E},JF/F :5[,L\UG[ ;]WFZJF XaN 5Z PPPPPPPPPPPSZL XSF[ VG[ 5KL 0L:F%,[ D[G] DF\YL ;FRF[

:5[,L\U 5;\N SZL XSF[ KF[P [A] Click [B] Double click [C] Right click [D] None 99. Under which menu Page setup appears? SIF D[G] GLR[ 5[H ;[8V5 VFJ[ K[ m [A] Tools menu [B] File menu [C] Slide show [D] None of the above 90 B 91 D 92 D 93 D 94 C 95 B 96 A 97 A 98 C 99 B

151/272

100. The dialog box where the words searching capabilities are used is ............ XaN XF[WJF DF8[GL 1FDTF H[DF\ ZC[,L K[ T[ PPPPPPPPP0FI,F[U AF[S; K[ P [A] Find [B] Save [C] Save as [D] Open

101. You can select word by.......... PPPPPPPPPPPäFZF TD[ XaN l;,[S8 SZL XSF[ KF[P [A] Single click [B] Double click [C] Drag [D] Ctrl+click 102. The toolbar in MS-Word............ MS-Word DF\ ZC[,F 8],AFZ PPPPPPPPPPPNXF"J[ K[P [A] display the current time [B] display position of cell [C] Allow to move [D] Provide shortcut for command 103. The insertion point is............. .g;ZXG 5F[.g8 PPPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] The current location of text cursor [B] Where the current font

information display [C] Where name of document display [D] Where description of button

display 104. You can change the margin by............. DFÒ"G äFZF TD[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP AN,L XSF[ KF[P [A] Dragging scroll box on scroll bar

[B] Checking margin boundaries on ruler [C] Dragging the margin boundaries on ruler [D] All the above 105. To make the copy of current document on disk......... RF,] 0F[SI]D[g8GL l0:S 5Z SF[5L SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPJ5ZFI K[P [A] Use save command [B] Use save as command [C] Use copy command [D] None of the above 106. The list in bottom of the file menu............... OF., D[G]GF V\TDF\ ZC[, ,L:8 PPPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] Display last four files you used [B] Display all opened files [C] Allow to close file [D] None of the above 107. To reverse the effect of the last action you............ K[<,F SFI"GL V;Z OZL D[/JJF PPPPPPPPPPPPSZFI K[ P [A] Use the cut command [B] Press del key [C] Use undo command [D] Use arrange all 108. The window list in window menu.................. ljFg0F[ D[G]DF\ JLg0F[ ,L:8 PPPPPPPPPPP [A] Display last four you use [B] Display all opened files [C] Allow to close file [D] Both B & C 109. To view all document in one screen.................. V[S H :S|LGDF\ AWF\ H 0F[SI]D[g8GF jI] D[/JJF PPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Use view command [B] Use show command [C] Use window command [D] Use arrange all command

100 A 101 B 102 D 103 A 104 C 105 B 106 A 107 C 108 D 109 D

152/272

110. You can use the style for............ (:8F.,GF[ p5IF[U TD[ PPPPPPPPPPPPDF8[ SZL XSF[ KF[P) [A] Format your document [B] Save the file [C] Delete the file [D] All the above 111. When you indent the paragraph. HIFZ[ TD[ 5[Z[U|FOG[ .g0[g8 SZF[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP YFI K[P [A] Push the text out with respect margin [B] Move the text down by one

line [C] Charge the margin on page [D] Move the text up by line

112. Mark the incorrect statement. BF[8F :8[8D[g8G[ DFS" SZF[P [A] Hyphenation can be done automatically or manually [B] The hyphenation facility is available in the insert menu [C] Hyphenation can affect page breaks [D] None of the above 113. Identify the incorrect statement. BM8F :8[8D[g8G[ VF[/BF[P [A] Headers are the ones that are printed on the top margin of the page and

footers are printed in the bottom margin . [B] Headers and footers normally carry information like page numbers, date, company name etc. [C] A single page document will not normally have the header or footer. [D] Microsoft word will not allow you to have header and footer on a single page document

114. Which of the following is true in relatior to ClipArt? GLR[GFDF\YL S,L5VF8"G[ wIFGDF\ ZFBLG[ SIF[ ;\A\W ;FRF[ K[ m [A] Powerpoint display available pictures in ClipArt [B] You can use a tool bar button or a placeholder to insert ClipArt [C] You can recolor ClipArt [D] All of the above

115. In MS-Word, what combination of keys do you press to delete an entire word? MS-Word DF\ S. SL äFZF 5]Z[5]ZF XaNG[ 0L,L8 SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Ctrl + Del [B] Alt + Del [C] Shift + Backspace [D] Shift + Alt +Del 116. Word document can be navigated in J0" 0F[SI]D[g8 PPPPPPPPPPPNXF"J[ K[P [A] Normal View [B] Print layout View [C] Web layout View [D] All the above 117. In MS-Word, what does double clicking a word do? MS-Word DF\ SF[. 56 XaN p5Z 0A, S,LS SZJFYL X]\ YFI K[ m [A] It deletes the word [B] It select the word [C] It moves a word to a new location [D] It spell-checks the word 118. The word thesaurus supports ? J0"DF\ ZC[, ;DFGFYL" SF[G[ ;5F[8" SZ[ K[ m [A] Synonymous [B] Antonyms [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above 110 A 111 A 112 B 113 D 114 D 115 A 116 D 117 B 118 C

153/272

119. Which of the following is not an option of edit menu? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ VF[%XG V[0L8 D[G]GF[ GYL m [A] Cut [B] Copy [C] Page setup [D] Paste

120. Spelling check is not possible in ........ (PPPPPPPPDF\ :5[l,\U R[S XSI GYL m) [A] Normal View [B] Out line View [C] Print lay out view [D] None of the above

121. If you click on the undo button......... (HF[ TD[ undo A8G p5Z S,LS SZF[ TF[ PPPPP) [A] It will remove the new text and restore the original text back [B] It will remove the old text and remove [C] It will remove the old text and restore the new text back [D] None of the above 122. When you activate the spelling and grammar checker HIFZ[ TD[ :5[,L\U VG[ U|FD6 R[S V[S8LJ[8 SZFJF[ KF[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPP [A] It display the miss-spelled words in the document [B] It highlights to miss-spelled words in a dialog box [C] It allows you to either correct the miss-spelled word manually [D] All of the above 123. Word offers certain ways by which you can move around in a document 0F[SI]D[g8DF\ D]J YJF DF8[ J0" [ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P [A] by scrolling [B] by moving to a specific page [C] both A & B above [D] None of the above 124. Using Microsoft Word’s Find and Replace feature you can ........... Microsoft Word’s DF\ ZC[, Find VG[ Replace GF p5IF[U äFZF TD[ PPPPPPPPPPSZL XSF[ KF[ m [A] Replace both text and formatting [B] replace text of a document only [C] Replace formatting only [D] replace document’s name with a new name 125. In order to change the font and its size, you will.................. OF[g8 VG[ T[GL ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ TD[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPSZXF[P [A] do it via the font and font size option boxes available on the toolbar [B] be able to perform both the activities via the font option box only [C] be able to perform both the activities via the font option box only [D] None of the above 126. The automatic page breaks appears as dotted lines across the document in.... PPPPPPPPDF\ V5FI[, VF[8F[D[8LS 5[S A|[S 85SF\JF/L ,F.G äFZF 0F[SI]D[g8DF\ N[BFI K[P [A] Print layout view [B] Normal view [C] Print preview [D] None of the above 127. In Header and Footer option, one option is not available. C[0Z VG[ O]8ZGF VF[%XGDF\ V[S VM%XG CF[T]\ GYLP [A] Similar Header and Footer on every page [B] A missing header on first page but subsequent pages to have a header. [C] Different headers and footers for odd and even pages. [D] Varying headers and footer for each paragraph of a document. 128. A vertical line in text area, where we can insert text is called............. 8[18 V[ZLIFDF\ pEL ,F.G4 HIF\ 8[18 .g;8" SZL XSFI K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P [A] Mouse Pointer [B] Cursor [C] Cell Pointer [D] None of the above 119 C 120D 121 A 122 D 123 C 124 A 125 A 126 B 127 D 128 B

154/272

129. .............. Types of breaks are available in MS-Word. Word DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGF\ A|[S 5|F%I K[P [A] Three [B] Four [C] Two [D] Seven

130. By default word format your text as........ (8[18G]\ default J0" OF[ZD[8 PPPPPPP G]\ CF[I K[P) [A] 14 Point Times New Roman [B] 12 Point Times New Roman [C] 11 Point Times New Roman [D] None of the above 131. Word supports text effects............. J0" GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPP8[18 .O[S8 ;5F[8" SZ[ K[P [A] 6 animations of any block of text [B] 4 animations of any block of text [C] 8 animations of any block of text [D] None of the above

132. A header text appears on........... (C[0Z 8[18 PPPPPPPPPPPPPNXF"J[ K[P) [A] First page of the document in bottom margin [B] Last page of the document in top margin [C] every page in bottom margin [D] None of the above

133. A Word 2000 template............. (J0" 2000 8[d%,[8 PPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P) [A] is useful when you have a document that has formatting requirements for which no wizards are available

[B] styles that are required for a specific of document. [C] has boilerplate text that you can modify as per you requirement [D] All of the above

134. When you insert a table in a document........... HIFZ[ 0F[SI]D[g8 DF\ 8[A, NFB, SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ tIFZ[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP

[A] Word outlines each cell with continuous lines so that you see the cells when you work in the table [B] Word outlines each cell with doted grid line so that you see the cell when you work in the table [C] No line is drawn [D] None of the above

135. When we cut or copy the selected text, it is saved in memory area called. HIFZ[ l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18 S8 VG[ SF[5L YFI tIFZ[ H[ D[DZL DF\ ;[J YFI K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P [A] Temporary file [B] Clipart [C] Clipboard [D] text file

136. Find command is available in.......... (Find SDFg0 PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPDF\ HF[JF D/[ K[P) [A] File Menu [B] Tools Menu [C] Edit Menu [D] Format Menu 137. The document can be zoomed maximum up to. 0F[SI]D[g8G[ JW]DF\ JW] PPPPPPPPPh]D SZL XSFI K[P [A] 100 % [B] 150 % [C] 200 % [D] 500 %

129 D 130 B 131 A 132 D 133 A 134 A 135 C 136 C 137 D

155/272

138. Identify the correct statement. (;FR]\ lJWFG VF[/BF[P) [A] A footer is printed on first page of the document [B] To select an entire document press Ctrl + D [C] To open the format menu, short-cut key is Alt+O [D] Header & Footer command is in Insert Menu

139. You make use of the thesaurus....... (TD[ PPPPPPPPPPPP;DFGFYL" XaNGF[ p5IF[U SZF[ KF[P) [A] To add precession and variety of your writing [B] Thesaurus provides synonyms and at times antonyms [C] it also provides list of related words and different forms of the selected

word [D] All of the above

140. Split box is located............. (:5,L8 AF[1F PPPPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P) [A] Just above the left scroll arrow in the horizontal scroll bar [B] Just above the right scroll arrow in the horizontal scroll bar [C] Just above the up scroll arrow in the vertical scroll bar [D] Just above the down scroll arrow in the vertical scroll bar 141. The find and replace dialog box arrows you to replace occurrences of text. Find VG[ Replace 0FI,MU AM1FDF\ 8[18G]\ ZL%,[; PPPPPPPPPPPPPP H6FJ[ K[P [A] One by one [B] Replace All [C] Both a and b above the correct [D] None of the above 142. To delete the selected sentence, we can press the following press................ l;,[S8 SZ[,F JFSIG[ 0L,L8 SZJF DF8[ VF56[ GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Del [B] Backspace [C] Alt [D] Both A and B 143. When you create Auto text and Auto Correct entries, they are stored in a

template document named as ............... HIFZ[ Auto text VG[ Autocorrect V[g8=L AGFJJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ tIFZ[ T[ 8[d%,[8 0MSI]D[g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPGFD[

:8MZ YFI K[P [A] Normal [B] Temp Doc [C] Auto Doc [D] Store Doc 144. The difference in Auto Text and AutoCorrect is.............. Auto text VG[ Autocorrect JrR[ PPPPPPPPPPPPTOFJT K[P [A] The way they are created and put to use [B] In case of Auto Text, you have to type first four letters and than press

Enter, in case of Auto Correct you have to type abbreviated name and than press spacebar than word automatically replaces the name [C] Both A and B above are correct [D] None of the above is correct

145. The content of the clip board remain the same until............. S,L5 AM0" p5Z ZC[,L DFlCTL PPPPPPPPPPPPP;]WL AN,X[ GCLP [A] You cut other text [B] You shot down computer [C] You copy other text [D] All of the above 146. You can change the margins in Word by........... J0"DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPäFZF CF\;LIM AN,L XSFI K[P [A] Using the ruler or [B] Using the page setup [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above

138 C 139 D 140 D 141 C 142 D 143 A 144 C 145 D 146 C

156/272

147. Microsoft Word’s Word Count feature. Microsoft Word’s DF\ Word Count PPPPPPPPPNXF"J[ K[P [A] Provides you information about the number of words included in a document [B] especially useful when you require limiting text to a limited number of words [C] display the number of pages, characters, paragraphs and lines included in the document [D] All of the above

148. Identify the incorrect statement. (BM8]\ VM%XG VM/BMP) [A] Headers are printed on the top margin of the page and footer are printed the bottom of the page [B] Headers and footer normally carry information like page numbers, dates etc [C] A single page document will have the header or footer, You will use them in a multi-page document

[D] Word will not allow you to have header and footer on a single page document

149. You will probably use Borders where.(TD[ AM0"ZGM RMSS; p5IMU tIF\ SZL XSM KM HIF\ ........................) [A] You wish to add emphasis to particular paragraphs [B] You wish to draw lines above and bellow or to left and right of paragraphs. [C] You wish to surround the paragraphs with different styles of boxes [D] All of the above

150. Microsoft Word is a .................king of software. DF.S|M;MO8 J0" V[ PPPPPPPPPPPP5|SFZGM ;MO8J[Z K[P [A] Electronics Spreadsheet [B] Presentation [C] RDBMS [D] Word Processor

151. Drop Caps applied to. (Drop Caps PPPPPPPPPDF\ VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P) [A] Characters [B] Sentences [C] Words [D] None of the above

152. Word supports. (J0" PPPPPPPPPP;5M8" SZ[ K[P) [A] Automatic page breaks [B] Manual page breaks [C] Both A and B [D] None of the above 153. Word automatically places a default aligned tab stop at every............. J0"VF5D[/[ 8[AGM :8M5 PPPPPPPPPPPPPPV\TG[ VF5[ K[P [A] 0.2” [B] 0.3” [C] 0.4” [D] 0.5” 154. Where does a header appear in a document? 0MSI]D[g8DF\ C[0Z SIF\ VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m [A] At the top of every page [B] At the bottom of every page [C] Only on the first page [D] Only on the last page

155. Section break in word can be only at............ (J0"DF\ ;[SXG A|[S OS8 SIFZ[ SZL XSFI K[ m) [A] Next page [B] Continues [C] Even and odd page [D] All of the above

147 C 148 D 149 D 150 D 151 A 152 C 153 D 154 A 155 D

157/272

156. The paper orientation for printing is................ l5|g8L\U DF8[ 5[5ZGM N[BFJ PPPPPPPPPPCMI K[P [A] Portrait [B] Landscape [C] either A or B [D] None of the above

157. To open a file from our folder, the shot-cut key is. VF56F OM<0ZDF\YL OF., VM5G SZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL S. K[ m [A] Ctrl+ P [B] Ctrl+ N [C] Ctrl+ F [D] Ctrl+ O 158. To align the selected paragraph to both left and right use............ l;,[S8 SZ[,F 5[Z[U|FOG[ 0FAL VG[ HD6L AFH] V,F.G SZJF PPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Left Alignment [B] Right Alignment [C] Center Alignment [D] None of the above 159. The document is zoomed minimum up to............... 0MSI]D[g8DF\ VMKFDF\VMK]\ PPPPPPPPPPPh]D SZL XSFI K[P [A] 5 % [B] 10 % [C] 50 % [D] 100 % 160. To start Spelling & Grammar option press................ Spelling & Grammar X~ SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP5|[; SZF[P [A] F5 [B] F6 [C] F7 [D] F8 161. Word document templates have. J0" 0MSI]D[g8 8[d%,[8Ÿ;G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPCMI K[P [A] .doc extension [B] .dot extension [C] .doc extension [D] .tmp extension 162. The short-cut key Redoing an action is...................... ZL0] SZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] Ctrl + A [B] Ctrl + X [C] Ctrl + Y [D] Ctrl + Z 163. Spelling & Grammar option is available in.............. Spelling & Grammar VM%XG PPPPPPPPPPPPPDF\ CMI K[P [A] Format Menu [B] Insert Menu [C] View Menu [D] Tools Menu 164. The default view of Document is........... 0MSI]D[g8GM l0OM<8 jI] PPPPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] Normal [B] Print layout [C] Web layout [D] Outline 165. While using the Mail Merge Helper, you click on the active window button.This

selection creates ............. D[.,DH" C[<5ZGF\ p5IF[U NZdIFG V[lS8J lJg0M p5Z S,LS SZJFDF\ VFJ[ TM PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] a master document in the currently active document window. [B] open a new document window [C] your document gets active and automatically attaches to a data source. [D] None of the above

166. The command to insert a header or footer is located on which menu? C[0Z VG[ O]8Z NFB, SZJF DF8[GM SDFg0 SIF D[G]DF CMI K[ m [A] Edit [B] View [C] Format [D] Insert

156C 157D 158D 159B 160C 161B 162C 163D 164B 165C 166B

158/272

167. You can create a template...... (TD[ PPPPPPPPPP8[d5,[8 AGFJL XSM KM P) [A] based on an exiting document [B] based on an exiting template [C] from scratch [D] All the above

168. You can use other exiting data sources with your master documents provided.......

TDFZF DF:8Z N:TFJ[HMV[ 5]ZF 5F0[,F PPPPPPPPP;FY[ TD[ ALHF JWFZFGF :+MGM p5IF[U SZL XSF[ KF[P [A] The data source contains the same field names, which mar or may not in

the master document [B] The data source contains different field names found in master document [C] The data source contains different field names than those in the master document [D] None of the above

169. Create from letters using Mail Merge involves............ OMD" ,[8Z äFZF T{IFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[, D[., DH" PPPPPPPPP;F\S/[ K[P [A] Creating the main document and data source

[B] Creating the main document [C] Inserting merged fields in the main document and merging the main

document withdata source [D] Both B and C

170. In which menu latter Wizard command appear.(,[8Z lJhF0"SDFg0 SIF D[G]DF\ CMI K[P) [A] format [B] tool [C] insert [D] table

171. The sheet tab of the latter wizard are. ( ,[8Z lJhF0"G]\ XL8 8[A PPPPPPPPPCMI K[P) [A] latter format [B] recipient info [C] both A and B [D] None

172. The formatting toolbar is.............. (OMZD[8L\U 8],AFZ PPPPPPPPPPPK[P) [A] is placed just below the standard Toolbar [B] is used to apply common formats to the Worksheet test selection, like

making it bold, italics, underlined or changing the font style and size [C] both A and B [D] None of the above

173. A page break is used to do what ? (5[HA|[SGF[ p5IF[U XF DF8[ SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m) [A] Create a new page at that insertion point [B] Create a new page at that can not deleted [C] Create a new page that can not be deleted [D] Create a blank page at the top of the document 174. Formatting toolbar has lot of buttons that you can quickly apply to numerical

data on the worksheet. these buttons are ............. OMD["8L\U 8],AFZ p5Z 36F A8G VFJ[,F CMI K[4B]A h05YL VF\S0FSLI 0[8FG[ JS"XL8DF\ ZH] SZ[[ K[4VF A8G........K[P [A] Currency Style [B] Percent Style [C] Comma Style [D] All of the above

175. A table is the grid of Rows and Columns contain box of. 8[A,DF\ ZM VG[ SM,DG]\ AM1F PPPPPPPPPPPPWZFJ[ K[P [A] Text or graphics [B] Only text [C] Only graphics [D] None of the above 167 D 168 D 169 D 170 B 171 C 172 C 173 A 174 D 175 A

159/272

176. A data source is made up of (0[8F ;M;" PPPPPPPPPPPPGF AG[,F CMI K[P) [A] The text that changes with each version of a merged document [B] the graphics that change with each version of the merged document [C] both text and graphics that change with each version of a merged document [D] None of the above

177. Make the most appropriate option statement. ;F{YL DCtJGM p5IMGL AGFJM / l;,[S8 SZMP [A] Mail Merge can be used to print the form letters [B] Mail Merge can be used to print the mailing labels [C] Mail Merge can be used to print envelopes [D] All of the above 178. One of the following statements is not true (GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S JFSI ;FR]\ GYLP)

[A] Word allows you to use the formula command to perform simple calculation in theTable [B] The simple calculation in the table is that of addition, subtraction, Multiplication and Division [C] =SUM (above) formula mean that word would sum the values all cell above the Current cell

[D] Word can not do simple calculation for this purpose you in would use Excel

179. Cells delete option in the table that can be. 8[A,DF\ ZC[, ;[, 0L,L8 SZJFGF\ VM%XG PPPPPPPPP äFZF SZL XSFI K[P [A] Shift Cell left [B] shift Cells up [C] Delete Entire Row or Column [D] All of the above 180. Instant understanding are made in word by.................. J0" äFZF TtJlZT ;DH]TL DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 K[P [A] Graphical representation [B] text information [C] Table information [D] None of the above 181. The shortcut key used for cutting selected text or object is............. SM. 8[18 S[ VMaH[S8G[ S8 SZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Ctrl + C [B] Ctrl + X

[C] Ctrl + V [D] Ctrl + Z 182. The purpose of the Undo is to......... (Vg0] GM C[T] PPPPPPPPPPK[P) [A] Remove the existing text and restore the pre-edited text permanently [B] Restore both the existing text and the previous one [C] Restore the deleted file from the disk [D] None of the above 183. In word in you will press a Tab within a Table cell move you to? J0"DF\ HIFZ[ TD[ 8[A SL 5|[; SZM KM4 tIFZ[ 8[A,DF\ SIF ;[, 5Z D]J Y. HFI K[ m [A] Next Row [B] Next Column [C] Next Cell [D] Next Table 184. In word, split Cell command appear in ............Menu. J0"DF\ :%,L8 ;[, SDFg0 PPPPPPPPPPPD[G]DF\ NXF"JFI K[P [A] Table [B] Format [C] Insert [D] Tools 176 A 177 D 178 D 179 D 180 A 181 B 182 A 183 C 184 A

160/272

185. To make a field name in the data source one the following is not permitted? 0[8F ;M;"DF\ OL<0 AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S XSI GYL m [A] Letters [B] Number [C] Underscore characters [D] Spaces

186. ..............is a feature that automatically corrects common typing mistakes. PPPPPPPPPPP V[J]\ ,1F6 K[ S[ H[ ;FDFgI 8F.5L\U E},G[ VF5D[/[ ;]WFZ[ K[P [A] Auto Text [B] Auto Fill [C] Spelling [D] Auto correct 187. When you select a color for black and white printer, you have to select

following option? HIFZ[ TD[ a,[S V[g0 jCF.8 l5|g8Z DF8[ S,Z 5;\N SZM KM4 tYFZ[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIM VM%XG l;,[S8 SZXM m [A] Automatic [B] Default [C] A and B [D] None of the above 188. After a Table has been created, which of the following operation can not be

Perform? 8[A, AGL UIF AFN GLR[GFDF\YL SIM VM%XG SZL XSFTM GYL m [A] Insert Row in Table [B] Delete and Insert Columns [C] Split the Table into Two Table [D] None of the above 189. The magnifier button is available on the............ (D[uGLOFIZ A8G PPPPPPPPPp5Z CMI K[P) [A] Print preview Toolbar [B] Standard Toolbar [C] Formatting Toolbar [D] None of the above 190. Which of one of the following is not one of the four basic steps in creating a

document that merges data from a database? AGFJ[, 0MSI]D[g8DF\ 0[8FA[h DF\YL DH" YI[,F 0[8F GLR[GF SIF RFZ :8[5DF\YL GYL m [A] open new document in word and start the mail merge procedure. [B] Link the document to a data source [C] Select Auto fields fill to place the fields in the Word document [D] Preview and print the form letters 191. The shortcut key used for copying selected text or object.......... l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18 S[ VMaH[S8 SM5L SZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Ctrl + X [B] Ctrl + V [C] Ctrl + C [D] Ctrl + D 192. In which menu Spelling command appears? SIF D[G]DF\ :5[,L\U SDFg0 CMI K[ m [A] Tools [B] Windows [C] Edit [D] None of the above 193. Which of the following is true in relation to Clip Art? S,L5 VF8"G[ wIFGDF\ ZFBLG[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF[ ;\A\W ;FRM K[ m [A] Power point display available pictures in the clip Gallery [B] You can use a toolbar button or a place holder to insert clip art [C] You can recolor Clip Art [D] All of the above 194. Page setup dialog box contains ................Tab(s) 5[H;[8V5 0FI,MU AM1FG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP8[A CMI K[ P [A] Paper [B] Layout [C] Margins [D] All of the above

185 D 186 D 187 C 188 D 189 A 190 C 191 C 192 A 193 D 194 D

161/272

195. Shortcut key for hyperlink is.............. CF.5Z,L\S DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Ctrl + K [B] Alt + K [C] Shift + K [D] All of the above 196. Which of the following in not an option of edit menu? GLR[GFDF\YL V[0L8 D[G]GM SIM VM%XG GYL m [A] Cut [B] Clear [C] Copy [D] Page setup 197. Graphics objects can be inserted into word through........... J0"DF\ U|FlOS; VMaH[S8 PPPPPPPPPPPPPäFZF NFB, SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Clip Art [B] From file [C] Chart [D] All of the above 198. To Insert a picture from a file, select............ OF.,DF\YL l5SRZ pD[ZJF PPPPPPPPPPPP l;,[S8 SZMP [A] Insert + Picture [B] Insert + Picture + From File [C] Both A and B [D] None of the above 199. To select non-adjcent range, press. GMG V[0H;[g8 Z[gH l;,[S8 SZJF PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP5|[; SZMP [A] Ctrl key [B] Shift key [C] Alt key [D] Ctrl + Shift key 200. In which menu Change case command appears? SIF D[G]DF\ R[gH S[; SDFg0 CMI K[P [A] Insert [B] Slide show [C] Format [D] None of the above 201. Alignment buttons are available on the ............. toolbar. V,F.GD[g8 A8G PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP 8],AFZ 5Z CMI K[ P [A] Status bar [B] Formatting Toolbar [C] Standard Toolbar [D] None of the above 202. Page break command on the insert menu will result in the insertion of page

break in word .g;"8D[G]GM 5[.H A|[S SDFg0G]\ 5lZ6FD J0"DF\ S[JF 5[.H A|[SDF\ D[/JL XSFI K[P [A] Above the selected row [B] bellow the selected row [C] middle of the selected row [D] None of the above 203. To change the case of letters, press the keys? XaNG[ AN,JF DF8[ S. SL 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ m [A] Shift + F3 [B] Ctrl + C [C] Ctrl + X [D] None of the above 204. Web page preview option appears in.................. J[A 5[H 5|LjI]\ VM%XG PPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] File menu [B] Print Preview windows [C] Save as web page dialog box [D] None of the above 205. In which menu Header & Footer command appears? SIF D[G]DF\ C[0Z V[G[ O]8Z SDFg0 CMI K[ m [A] Format [B] Insert [C] View [D] Edit 195A 196D 197D 198B 199A 200C 201B 202B 203A 204A 205C

162/272

206. To select a line............ ,F.G l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Position the arrow pointer in selection bar adjacent to the line and click the left mouse once

[B] Position the arrow pointer in the selection bar adjacent to the line and click the left mouse button twice. [C] Position the arrow pointer in the selection bar adjacent to the line and click the left mouse button thrice [D] None of the above

207. The Microsoft word gets loaded, the opening screen display a document named.......

HIFZ[ Microsoft Word RF,] CMI tIFZ[ X~VFTGL :S|LGDF\ 0MSI]D[g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPPPNXF"J[, CMI K[P [A] Document 1 [B] Document [C] Doc 1 [D] No document name is displayed 208. What is the first step in MS-Word in changing line spacing? ,F.G :5[;L\U AN,JF DF8[ MS-Word DF\ ;F{YL 5C[,]\ :8[5 SI]\ K[ m [A] To open the format

[B] To click the line Spacing button [C] To select the paragraph you want to change

[D] To open the paragraph menu 209. The Save As Dialog box can be used................. Save As 0FI,MU AM1F GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ SZL XSFI K[P [A] For saving the file for the first time

[B] To save file by some altemative name [C] To save file in a format other than the word [D] All of the above 210. Mark the most appropriate option statement. ;F{YL ;FRF lJS<5G[ DFS" SZMP [A] Mail Merge can be used to point the form letters. [B] Mail Merge can be used to print the form letters and mailing labels. [C] Mail Merge can be used to print envelopes. [D] All of the above 211. What is the function of the text justification buttons the tool bar? Text justification DF8[ 8],AFZ p5Z S[JF A8G CMI K[P [A] To display a drop-down list of justification option [B] To display the four option for aligning text [C] To open the justification option dialog box [D] To center the current line 212. You specify the save details of your file in the new location. TDFZL OF.,DF\ ZC[,L DFlCTLG[ VgI 5FY p5Z ;[[J SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Save As.....dialog box [B] Save the file As ....dialog box [C] File save dialog box [D] None of the above 213. You can select a Table Auto Format in Word by? J0"DF\ TD[ Table Auto Format X[GF äFZF SZL XSM KM m [A] Table + Table Auto Format [B] table + Table+ Auto Format [C] Table + Auto Format [D] All of the above 206 A 207 A 208 A 209 D 210 D 211 A 212 A 213 A

163/272

214. Which of the following companies developed MS Office 2000? GLR[GFDF\YL S. S\5GLV[ VMOL; Z___ T{IFZ SZ[, K[ m [A] Microsoft [B] Novell [C] Corel [D] Lotus 215. Outlook Express is a............ (VFp8,]S V[S;5|[; V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P) [A] E-Mail client [B] Scheduler [C] Address Book [D] All of above 216. Which menu in MS-Word can be used to change page size & typeface? J0"DF\ 5[5Z ;F.h VG[ 8F.5 AN,JF SIF D[G]GM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] View [B] Tools [C] File & Page setup [D] Data 217. Which bar is usually located below that Title Bar that provides categorized

options? ;FDFgI ZLT[ 8F.8,AFZGL GLR[ SI] 8],AFZ VFJ[,]\ CMI K[4 H[ JUL"S°T SZ[,F lJS<5M NXF"J[ K[m [A] Menu bar [B] Status bar [C] Toolbar [D] None 218. Which style changes the characters in slant formate? S. :8F.,GL DNNYL V1FZ +F;F HMJF D/[ K[m [A] Bold [B] Italic [C] Underline [C] None 219. Which key is used to enter data in capital without pressing Shift key? S. SLGM p5YMU XLO8 SL 5[|; SIF" JUZ S[5L8, ,BJF DF8[ YFI K[m [A] Tab [B] Caps lock [C] Window [D] None 220. To copy selected text you can press............. l;,[S8 SZ[,F 8[S:8G[ SM5L SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZMP [A] Ctrl +X [B] Ctrl + V [C] Ctrl + E [D] Ctrl + C 221. If you want to tack any sentence from one place to another,you can use .... HM TD[ TD[ SM. JFSIG[ V[S HuIFV[ YL AL\Ò HuIFV[ D]SJF DF\UTF CMJ TM TD[ PPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSMP [A] Copy + Paste [B] Cut + Paste [C] Only Cut [D] Only Paste 222. To create a new blank document ...................Button s used. GJ]\ 0MSI]D[g8 AGFJJF PPPPPPPPPPPPP A8G p5IMUL K[P [A] Blank Document [B] Open Document [C] Save Document [C] Print Document 223. If we want to see text on the screen but when the document will be print by

which effect we can bot print the non printable text......... HM SM. ,BF6 :S|LG 5Z HMJ]\ CMI 56 K5FI tIFZ[ KF5J]\ G CMI tIFZ[ T[ ,BF6G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP .O[S8

VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Outline [B] No print [C] Hidden [D] Engrave 224. Generally word leaves ..............Space as a left margin. Word ;FDFgI ZLT[ left DFÒ"G TZLS[ PPPPPPPPPPPP HuIF KM0[ K[P [A] 1’ [B] 1” [C] 1.25’ [D] 1.25”

214A 215D 216C 217A 218B 219B 220D 221B 222A 223B 224D

164/272

225. ..........function is used to sum of number in cell of the Table Table GF cell GL ;\bIFGM ;ZJF/M SZJF PPPPPPPPPPO\SXGGM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Total [B] Add [C] Sum [D] Count 226. ............. is used to give information of graph creating. U|FO AGFJJF DF8[GL lJUTM VF5JF PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Data Table [B] Data Provider [C] Data sheet [D] Value Table 227. Which of the following is not a part of a standard office suite? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM EFU :8Fg00" VMOL; DF8[ GYL m [A] Word Processor [B] Data base [C] Image Editor [D] File Manager 228. ............ is an animated character that gives help in MS-Office. PPPPPPPPPPPPPPV[ MS-Office GM V[GLD[8[0 lJS<5 K[ H[ DNN VF5[ K[P [A] Office Worker [B] Comic Assistant [C] Office Assistant [D] None of the above 229. Which of these toolbars allows changing of fonts and their sizes? VF 8],AFZDF\YL SI] 8],AFZ VG[ T[GL ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ J5ZFI K[ m [A] Standard [B] Formatting [C] Print preview [D] None of these 230. Which of the following is the latest version of Microsoft Word? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ J0"G]\ TFH[TZG]\ Jh"G K[ P [A] Word 97 [B] Word 98 [C] Word ME [D] Word XP 231. To move block of the data from one page to another page what operating will

do? V[S 5[HDF\YL ALHF 5[HDF\ DFlCTLGM a,MS O[ZJJF DF8[ X]\ SZJ]\ HM.V[ m [A] Cut & Paste [B] Copy & Paste [C] Paste & Copy [D] Paste & Cut 232. Which of the following you can use if you want to give the name of the file and

provide the location? HM SM. OF.,G]\ GFD VG[ T[G]\ ,MS[XG HF6J]\ CMI TM GLR[GFDF\YL TD[ SIF VM%XGGM p5IMU SZL XSM KM m [A] Save [B] Save As [C] Print [D] None 233. Word 2000 is .............Type programs. Word 2000 PPPPPPPPPP5|SFZGM 5|MU|FD K[P [A] Spreadsheet [B] Word Processing [C] Graphics [D] Database Management 234. ............. of the following tool menu start itself. GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPPPPPtool D[G]\ VF5D[/[ X~ YFI K[ P [A] Standard [B] Mail Merge [C] Picture [D] All 235. Tab settings of text can be done with .............Types. ,BF6DF\ Tab setting PPPPPPPPPP ZLT[ Y. XS[ K[P [A] One [B] Three [C] Two [D] Four 225C 226C 227D 228C 229B 230D 231A 232B 233B 234A 235C

165/272

236. The option of header & Footer are got from ............Menu. Header & Footer GM lJS<5 PPPPPPPPPPP D[G]DF\YL D/[ K[P [A] Format [B] File [C] View [D] Header & Footer 237. If we arrange the picture besides the text and text wrapped then is the

process of removing this problem............ text HM SM. GL 5F;[ l5SRZ UM9JTF\ ,BF6 wrap Y. HFI TM T[ D]xS[,L N]Z SZJFGL 5|lS|IF PPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Format-Arrange-Picture [B] Format-Paragraph [C] View-Picture-Wrap [D] Format-Picture-Layout 238. Generally word is attribute Auto shape in .............Catagaries. word ;FDFgI ZLT[ Auto shape G[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPS[8[UZLDF\ JC[\R[\ K[P [A] 7 [B] 6 [C] 8 [D] 5 239. MS-Office provides help in many ways. Which of these are more closer to the

answer? VMOL; 36F 5|SFZ[ DNN 5]ZL 5F0[ K[4VFDF\YL SIM HJFA JW] GÒS K[ m [A] What is this [B] Office Assistant [C] Help menu [D] All of the above 240. Which of the following are valid Min & Max Zoom sizes in MS-Office? VMOL;DF\ GLR[GDF\YL S. VMKFDF\ VMKL VG[ JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ h]D ;F.h DFgI K[ m [A] 10,00 [B] 20,250 [C] 10,500 [D] 10,1000 241. Which of the following is not a valid version of Microsoft Word? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[DPV[;P VMOL;G]\ DFgI Jh"G GYL m [A] Office 4 [B] Office 97 [C] Office 98 [D] Office 2000 242. If you want to make an invitation card that contains pictures, various attractive

colors and also want to print this document you use. HM TDFZ[ SM. .gJL8[XG SF0" S[ H[DF\ lR+4 H]NF H]NF S\.S SF0"GL l5|g8 HM.TL CMI TM TD[ PPPPPPPPPp5IMU SZL

XSM KMP [A] Spread sheet [B] Word Processor [C] DOS [D] Power Point 243. If you want to delete a character from right side you need........... HD6L AFH[YL SM. V1FZ 0L,L8 SZJM CMI TM TD[ PPPPPPPPPP SZL XSM KMP [A] Backspace [B] Delete [C] Spacebar [D] Insert key 244. We can see the name of running program and file’s name on .............Bar. X~ SZ[, 5|MU|FDG]\ T[DH OF.,G]\ GFD PPPPPPPPPP AFZ 5ZYL HM. XSFI K[P [A] Menu [B] Title [C] Standard toolbar [D] Formatting toolbar 245. Print preview button is situated on toolbar. Print preview G]\ A8G PPPPPPPPPPP 8],AFZ 5Z VFJ[,]\ CMI K[P [A] Status [B] Formatting [C] Title [D] Standard 246. To open a symbol menu ............. menu is used. Symbol D[G]\ SFIF"lgJT SZJF PPPPPPPPPPP D[G] p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P [A] View [B] Symbols [C] Insert [D] Print 236C 237D 238C 239B 240C 241A 242B 243B 244B 245D 246C

166/272

247. To change the size of the paper ............. Option is selected. 5[5Z ;F.h AN,JF DF8[ SIM lJS<5 5;\N SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] File-Page Setup [B] File-Paper-legal [C] File-Paper-Size [D] File-Change-Size

248. To changes which toolbar are want to see in application choose ? V[%,LS[XGDF\ SM. O[ZOFZ SZJF DF8[ H~ZL 8],AFZ SIF\ HMJF D/[ K[ m [A] File [B] Tool [C] View [D] Edit 249. In which option used to open paragraph. 5[Z[U|FO 0FI,MU AM1F BM,JF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5 5;\N SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] File-Paragraph [B] Format-Paragraph [C] View-Paragraph [D] Table-Paragraph 250. Which type of files can not be navigated using Clip Art browser ? S,L5 VF8" A|FphZGM p5IMU SZLG[ SIF 5|SFZGL OF.,G[ G[JLU|[8[0 SZL XSFTL GYL m [A] AVI [B] BMP [C] WAV [D] Mp3 251. Which option in the pull-down menu is used to close a file in MS-Word ? V[D V[; VMOL;GF OF., D[G]GF 5], 0FpG D[G]GF\ SIF lJS<5 äFZF OF., A\W SZL XSFI K[ m [A] New [B] Quit [C] Close [D] Exit 252. Generally to open ............... Menu in word the shortcut key is. OF., D[G] BM,JF PPPPPPPPPPPP SL GM p5IMU 56 Y. XS[ K[P [A] Alt – K [B] Alt – O [C] Alt – X [D] Alt – F 253. We can know the number of page by ................ bar. 0MSI]D[g8DF\ S], S[8,F 5FGF\ K[ T[ SIF AFZ 5ZYL HF6L XSFI K[P [A] Menu [B] Title [C] Status [D] Formatting Toolbar 254. Generally we can see green zigzag line under the word which has

.......... Error. ;FDFgI ZLT[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP E], CMI tIF\ ,L,F Z\UGL JF\SL R]\SL ,F.G N[BFI K[P [A] Grammatical [B] Format [C] Spelling [D] Manually 255. Generally word arrange the tab ...............Distance. ;FDFgI ZLT[ word NZ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP GF V\TZ[ tab UM9J[ K[P [A] 1’ [B] 0.5” [C] 0.5’ [D] 1” 256. ................ Menu is used to create envelops. Envelops T{IFZ SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP D[G]GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] File [B] Envelop [C] Tools [D] Insert 247 A 248 C 249 B 250 D 251 C 252 D 253 C 254 A 255 B 256 C

167/272

MICROSOFT EXCEL 1. MS - Excel is............

MS – Excel PPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Application Software [B] Programming language [C] System Software [D] None of the above

2. File in Excel is stored with extension................ V[S;[,DF\ OF.,PPPPPPPPPP GF V[S;8[gxFgFYL :8MZ YFI K[P [A] .exi [B] .xls [C] .xci [D] .exe 3. The default file name in MS-Excel file is? MS – Excel OF.,G]\ 0LOM<8 OF., GFD SI]\ K[ m

[A] Book [B] Workbook

[C] Book 1 [D] None 4. To open a new blank work book………. GJL a,[gS JS"A]SG[ BM,JF PPPPPPPPPPP J5ZFI K[P [A] New button [B] File open [C] File blank [D] None 5. Microsoft Excel is……… Kind of software. MS – Excel PPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGM ;MO8J[Z K[P [A] Word Processor [B] Account Package [C] Electronic Spreadsheet [D] Database Management System 6. The file extension of Excel Workbook is………

V[S;[,GL JS"A]S G]\ V[S;8[gxFgF PPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] .XSL [B] .EXL [C] .XXL [D] .XLS

7. Which application is most suited for a bar chart of an expenditure Statement? V[S;5[g0LRZ lJWFGDF\ AFZ RF8" DF8[ S. V[%,LS[XG JWFZ[ IMuI K[ m [A] Word processor [B] Spread sheet [C] Database [D] None

8. Getting data from a cell located in a different sheet is called ........... H]NL H]NL JS"XL8DF\ ZC[,F V[S H ;[,DF\YL D/TF 0[8FG[ PPPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P [A] Accessing [B] Referencing [C] Updating [D] Functioning 9. You can type ‘=6-5+3^4’ in worksheet the symbol ^ indicates. JS"XL8DF\ TD[ ‘=6-5+3^4’ 8F.5 SZL XSM KM T[DF\ ^ lRgCŸ PPPPPPPPP G]\ ;]RG SZ[ K[P [A] Exponential [B] Multiplication [D] Division [D] Square 10. In MS – Excel Total No of Columns are.

MS – Excel DF\ SM,DGL ;\bIF PPPPPPPPP K[P [A] 655533 [B] 256 [C] 255 [D] 65536

1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. B

168/272

11. In MS – Excel general alignment means……….. MS – Excel DF\ HGZ, V,F.D[g8 V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Text goes to right & number to left [B] Number goes to right & text to left [C] Both text & number goes to right [D] Both number & text go left

12. In MS – Excel we can change the name of worksheet by. MS – Excel DF\ VF56[ JS"XL8G] GFDPPPPPPPPP äFZF AN,L XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Double click on sheet lable [B] Format sheet renamed [C] Both A & B [D] Edit Sheet Rename 13. To count the number of cells having data the function used is…… 0[8F WZFJTF ;[,GL U6TZL SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP O\SXG J5ZFI K[P [A] = Count () [B] = Counta () [C] = Counts () [D] None 14. Set print area option is allows us to…….. Set print area GFDGM lJS<5 VF56G[PPPPPPPP SZJF N[ K[P [A] Set print area [B] Modify print area [C] Cut Print area [D] Move print area 15. In MS – Excel a worksheet cell A2 and A3 contain 10,20 respectively than

Using auto fill handle the cell A5 will contain. MS – Excel GL JS"XL8DF\ A2 VG[ A3 DF\ !_ VG[ Z_ CMI TM VM8MOL, äFZF A5 DF\ PPPPPPPP CX[P [A] 40 [B] 50 [C] 30 [D] 60 16. A bar that displays the content and formula in the active cell in called as. SFIF"lgJT YI[, ;[, DF\GL OMdI]",F VG[ Sg8[g8G[ NXF"JTL Bar G[ PPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Formula [B] Status [C] Menu [D] Tool 17. The paste icon will not be active unless and until………. Or……… the

Selected cell from active cell. HM VG[ HIF\ ;]WL PPPPPPPP VYJFPPPPPPPPP V[S8LJ ;[,DF\YL l;,[S8 SZJFDF\ GlC VFJ[ TM VG[ tIF\ ;]WL 5[:8 VF.SMG V[S8LJ YX[ GlCP [A] Open, Save [B] Save, Close [C] Cut, Copy [D] None

18. ………. area is collection of different elements like cells, gridlines, row & Columns heading scroll bar & sheet tab.

PPPPPPPPP V[ZLIF V[ H]NFvH]NF 5|SFZGF 38SM H[JF S[ ;[,4 U|L0,F.g;4 ZM4 SM,D4 C[0L\U4 :S|M,AFZ VG[ ;L8 8[A K[[P [A] Workbook [B] Worksheet [C] Ms Excel [D] Sheet

19. Using mouse you move around a worksheet quickly using the? DFp;GF p5IMU äFZF JS"XL8GL VF;5F; TD[ PPPPPPP GF p5IMU äFZF h05YL D]J SZL XSM KMm [A] Status bar [B] Tab scrolling [C] Tab split [D] Scrolling 20. Which is correct formula for adding cells B4 and F7 ? B4 VG[ B7 ;[,GM ;ZJF/M SZJF DF8[GL S. ;FRL 5wWlT K[P [A] B4*F7 [B] =B4+F7 [C] B4+F7= [D] None 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. A 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. B

169/272

21. The alignment of cells in a excel workbook can be done by using the Menu. V[S;[,GF JS"A]SGF\ ;[<;G] V,F.D[g8PPPPPPPPP D[G]YL SZL XSFI K[P [A] Format [B] File [C] Tools [D] None

22. Which feature in MS Excel will you use to enter day in increasing order in Adjacent cell when one is typed on first cell?

V[S;[,DF\ HIFZ[ 5C[,F ;[,DF\ 8F.5 SZ[, CMI tIFZ[ SIF lJS<5 äFZF R0TF S|DDF\ lNJ; NFB, SZL XSFI K[P [A] Type by keyboard [B] Cut & Paste

[C] Copy [D] Auto fill 23. The function MAX (56,65,65,56) will show the output in Excel as. MAX (56,65,65,56) O\SXGG]\ VFp85]8 V[S;[,DF\PPPPPPPPP ATFJX[P [A] 56 [B] 65 [C] 65,56 [D] None 24. The address of last cell in worksheet is………… JS"XL8DF\ K[<,F ;[,G]\ V[0=[;PPPPPPPPP K[P [A] 65535IV [B] 65536IV [C] IV65536 [D] IV65535 25. To hide the particular column which menu can be used? SM. RMSS; SM,DG[ hide SZJF DF8[ SIF D[G]GM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] View [B] Format [C] Edit [D] Hide 26. Output of IF Condition is…….. IF XZTG]\ VFp85]8PPPPPPP K[P [A] True [B] False [C] True & False [D] True & Fast 27. What is the maximum width of a sheet name is MS-Excel? MS – Excel DF\ XL8G] GFD JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ S[8,F V1FZG]\ CMI K[ m [A] 8 [B] 256 [C] 20 [D] 31 28. To delete the row in worksheet you can use the…….. Key combination. JS"XL8DF\ ZM G[ N]Z s0L,L8f SZJF DF8[ TD[PPPPPPPPP A[ SLGM p5IMU SZL XSM KM m [A] Ctrl + - [B] Ctrl + Enter [C] Alt + - [D] None 29. Sorting facility in ascending and descending order will come under….Tool. R0TF VG[ pTZTF S|D 5|DF6[GL ;M8L\U ;UJ0TFPPPPPPPPPP 8], C[9/ D/[ K[P [A] Standard [B] Formatting [C] Control [D] None of the above 30. To add up the total values of cells……… Function is used. U'5 ;[<;GL S], lS\DT pD[ZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP O\SXG p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P [A] Total [B] Add [C] Sum [D] Avge 21. A 22. D 23. B 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. D 28. A 29. A 30. C

170/272

31. When you enter a text label excel justifies the entry automatically between the cell borderas.

HIFZ[ V[S;[,DF\ TD[ SM. 8[18 ,[A, VF5M KM tIFZ[ V[S;[, T[G[ 5MTFGL ZLT[ ;[, VG[ AM0"Z JrR[PPPPPPP TZLS[ :JLSFZL ,[ K[P

[A] Left align [B] center align [C] Right align [D] Justified 32. To save the current workbook with different names command is. RF,] JS"A]SG[ V,U GFDYL ;[J SZJFPPPPPPPPPPP SDFg0 J5ZFI K[P [A] Save [B] Save As [C] Copy [D] Rename 33. In Excel if we delete a row column or cell then all the data 1 contains. HM V[S;[,DF\ VF56[ ZM4 SM,D VG[ ;[, 0L,L8 SZLX] TM T[DF\ ZC[,F 0[8FPPPPPPPPPP YX[P [A] Will save in temporary row [B] Save in a life [C] Will be saved in a clipboard [D] Will also get deleted 34. In MS – Excel pie chart can be ploat on. MS – Excel DF\ 5F. RF8" X]\ NXF"J[ K[ m [A] Multiple data series [B] Single Data Series [C] Two data series [D] None of the above 35. The function is used to add the values in the range of cells…….. ;[, Z[gHDF\ lS\\DT pD[ZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPP O\SXGGM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Add [B] Plus [C] Total [D] None 36. In MS – Excel we can change header and footer by…….. MS – Excel DF\ VF56[ C[0Z VG[ O]8ZPPPPPPPPP YL AN,FJL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] File – Page setup – Print preview [B] File – Print preview [C] File – Page setup [D] None of the above 37. When we delete a worksheet it can be restored by………. HIFZ[ VF56[ JS"XL8 0L,L8 SZLV[ KLV[ tIFZ[ VF56[ T[ OZLPPPPPP äFZF :8MZ SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Undo [B] Ctrl + Z [C] Both A & B [D] We can’t undo 38. To view the different worksheet of same workbook simultaneously one can

Use which option. V[S H JS"A]SGL V,UvV,U JS"XL8G[ HMJF DF8[ SM.PPPPPPPPP VM%XGGM p5IMU SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Window split [B] View two screen [C] Window view two sheet [D] Window new window 39. In MS – Excel rows are labeled as. (MS – Excel DF\ ZMG[PPPPPPPPP YL NXF"JFI K[P) [A] 1,2,3,4……. [B] I,II,III,IV……. [C] A,B,C…… [D] a,b,c,d…… 40. To protect the formula in MS – Excel which option is used? MS – Excel DF\ OMdI]",FG[ Zl1FT SZJF DF8[ SIM lJS<5 J5ZFI K[ m [A] Locked [B] Hidden [C] Protect [D] None 41. Using format cell you can not set. Format cell GF p5IMUYLPPPPPPPPP ;[8 SZL XSTF GYLP [A] Alignment [B] Border [C] Margin [D] Number 31. A 32. B 33. D 34. C 35. D 36. C 37. D 38. D 39. A 40. A 41. C

171/272

42. In MS – Excel you click on the area associated with the graphical object the corresponding macro would run such area is called............ V[S;[,DF\ HM TD[ U|FlOS; VMSH[S8 ;FY[ ;\S/FI[,F V[ZLIF 5Z S,LS SZTF T[GL ;FY[ ZC[,]\ D[S|M ZG YIFGL lS|IFG[PPPPPPPPPPSC[ K[P [A] Hot spot [B] Macro [C] Text [D] Formula

43. The default row height in MS – Excel is.............. MS – Excel DF\ ZM GL 0LOM<8 sGSSLf CF.8PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] 2.5 [B] 10 [C] 10.75 [D] 12.75 44. To select all the sheets in workbook go to any sheet tab............. JS"A]SDF\ AWL XL8G[ l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ SM. 56 XL8 8[A p5Z H.PPPPPPPPPPP SZMP [A] Press right click select all [B] Press Ctrl + A [C] Format select all [D] None of the above 45. The page header/Footer added from page setup option will be displayed in 5[H ;[8V5DF\YL pD[ZFI[, 5[H C[0Z/O]8ZPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ HMJF D/X[P [A] Page back preview [B] Print preview only [C] Normal view only [D] None of the above 46. Which keyboard shortcut let you modify the cell content? SI]\ XM8" S8 SLvAM0" äFZF TDG[ ;[,GL V\NZ ZC[,L DFlCTL VF5[ K[ m [A] Ctrl [B] Shift [C] F2 [D] F7 47. To reverse an undo command......... Undo command G[ OZL VF5JFPPPPPPPPPPPP SZFI K[P [A] New button [B] File undo [C] Reverse [D] Redo 48. The following data type we can not be used as a cell of a spreadsheet file GLR[GFDF\YLPPPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGF\ 0[8FGM VF56[ :5|[0XL8DF\ 0[8F TZLS[ p5IMU SZL XSTF GYL\P [A] Number [B] Tree [C] Text [D] Formula 49. The function TODAY () of MS – Excel enters the.................. MS – Excel G]\ Today () O\SXGPPPPPPPPPP V[g8Z SZ[ K[P [A] System time in cell [B] System date [C] Two data series [D] None of the3 above 50. In which Address method the address use in formula is not change when

we copy or move formula. S. V[0=[; 5wWlTDF\ OMdI"],F J5ZFI[, V[0=[;G[ HIFZ[ VF56[ SM5L S[ D]J OMdI]",F VF5LV[ tIFZ[ AN,FJL XSFT]\

GYL m [A] Absolute [B] Relative [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above 51. To have the different formatting according to requirement for different

Range of number in cell one can use. ;[,DF\ ZC[,F H]NFvH]NF G\AZGL Z[gHGF VFWFZ[ H]NF 5|SFZGM OMD"[8L\\U H~Z D]HA D[/JJF DF8[ VF56[ PPPPPP

GM p5IMU SZLV[ KLV[P [A] Format conditional formatting [B] Format cell number [C] Format cell change format [D] None of the above

42. B 43. D 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. D 48. B 49. B 50. A 51. A

172/272

52. Maximum zoom size is MS – Excel............... V[S;[,DF\ h]D VF5JF DF8[GL JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ ;F.hPPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] 100% [B] 200% [C] 400% [D] 500%

53. You can identify the selected cell in the.............. Box. l;,[S8 ;[,G[ TD[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP AM1FDF\YL HF6L XSM KMP [A] Name [B] Status [C] Menu [D] Tool 54. You can change the default location of file from.............. OF.,G]\ l0OM<8 ,MS[XG TD[PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF AN,L XSM KMP [A] Tools-option view [B] Tools option general [C] view option gen [D] None of the above 55. Which pointer shape is used to select cell in worksheet. JS"XL8DF\ ;[,G[ l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[ SIM 5M.g8Z X[5 p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[ m [A] Arrow [B] Cross [C] Hand [D] Hourglass 56. Excel worksheet can be stored in word document by............ V[S;[,DF\ JS"XL8G[PPPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF N:TFJ[HDF\ :8MZ SZL XSFI K[P [A] Inserting excel file in word [B] Copy & paste excel file in

word [C] Link excel file into word [D] All the above 57. Which of the following is valid range in Excel? V[S;[,DF\ GLR[GFDFYL S. R[gH IMuI U6FX[m [A] B2..........BI0 [B] B2:G2 [C] B2-G2-B5 [D] B4+C4 58. In MS – Excel total no of Row are......... MS – Excel DF\ ZMGL S], ;\bIFPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] 65533 [B] 256 [C] 255 [D] 65536 59. You can hold down this key to perform the random selection.......... TD[PPPPPPPPPPPPP SL 5|[; SZLG[ VF8F VJ/]\ ;L,[SXG SZL XSMP [A] Alt [B] Ctrl [C] Shift [D] Spacebar 60. ............ Wizard use to guide you through the steps for creating new chart on a

worksheet of modifying existing graph. PPPPPPPPPPP lJhF0" SMd%I]8ZDF\ AG[,F U|FOG[ O[ZOFZ SZJFDF\ DNN SZ[ K[P [A] Graph [B] Map [C] Chart [D] None

52. C 53. A 54. B 55. B 56. D 57. B 58. D 59. B 60. C

173/272

61. To modify the reduced display of the worksheet..........Used by. JS"XL8DF\ 38F0[,F 0L:%,[G[ ;]WFZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] View zoom [B] Format page [C] View normal [D] None

62. In MS-Excel you can zoom up to........... MS-Excel DF\ TD[ h]DPPPPPPPPPPPPPP YL JWFZ[ SZL XSM KMP [A] 400% [B] 500% [C] Page width [D] 100% 63. Identify incorrect statement................. BM8]\ lJWFG VM/BMP [A] Worksheet data and chart can be integrated with Word document [B] Embedded worksheet object can be created in a Word [C] Multiple worksheet can be created and used at a time [D] None of the above 64. A worksheet can be opened by clicking on the............. JS"XL8 p5Z S,LS SZLG[PPPPPPPPPPPPP VM5G SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Start Button [B] Open Button [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above 65. The short-cut key to move to the cell A1 is. A1 ;[,DF\ D]J YIF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SLPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Ctrl + A [B] Ctrl + F [C] Ctrl + Pg Up [D] Ctrl + Home 66. Chart option is available in..............Menu. RF8" VM%XGPPPPPPPPPPPPPP D[G]DF\ CMI K[P [A] Data [B] Tools [C] Insert [D] Format 67. In excel each sheet in a workbook is displayed as. Excel DF\ JS"A]SGL NZ[S XL8PPPPPPPPP TZLS[ NXF"J[, CMI K[P [A] Floating point arrow [B] Down Pointing [C] Marker [D] Tab 68. To display Format cells dialog box you have to press........... OMD"[8 ;[,G]\ 0FI,MU AMS; NXF"JJF DF8[ TDFZ[PPPPPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZJ]\ [A] Ctrl + 1 [B] Ctrl + 2 [C] Ctrl + K [D] Ctrl + D 69. One of the following statements about Excel ranges is incorrect? Excel ranges lJX[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ V[S lJWFG BM8]\ K[m [A] A range can be defined as a group of contiguous cells [B] Ranges can be very small or very large [C] The shape of the range can rectangular, square, sound, triangular or odd

shape [D] One important condition for a range is that is should have parallel facing sides.

61. A 62. D 63. C 64. D 65. D 66. C 67. D 68. A 69. C

174/272

70. Mark the most appropriate statement. ;M{YL RMSS; lJS<5G[ DFS" SZMP0 [A] = NOW () can be used display the current time [B] = NOWQ can be used display the current date [C] = NOW() can be used display the current date as well as time in same cell [D] None of the above

71. In the event of a change in underlying data............. Vg0Z,[.U 0[8FDF YI[,F O[ZOFZGF 5|;\UDF\PPPPPPPPPP [A] Excel automatically redraws the chart to reflect the changes [B] Excel will require you to click the Redraw button to reflect the changes [C] Both A and B option are available. However in simple chart the

change is reflected automatically where as in complex charts, Redraw button needs to be checked [D] None of the above is true

72. Excel worksheet data can be shared with word Document by........... Excel JS"XL8GL DFlCTL Word Document ;FY[ PPPPPPPPP äFZF X[Z SZL XSFI K[P [A] Inserting an Excel worksheet in to word [B] Copy and Paste Excel Worksheet into word document [C] Link Excel data in a word document [D] All of the above 73. Which of the following is the latest version of Excel? GLR[GFDFYL V[S;[,G]\ ,[8[:8 Jh"G SI]\ K[P [A] Excel 2000 [B] Excel 2002 [C] Excel ME [D] Excel XP 74. Which of the following is not a valid data type in Excel. V[S;[,DF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SIM DFgI 0[8F 8F.5 GYLm [A] Number [B] Character [C] Label [D] Date/Time 75. .............. Function allows you to view the sum of the values without

entering a formula into worksheet cell JS"XL8DF\ OMdI]",F VF%IF JUZPPPPPPPPP O\SXG TDG[ VF5[, lS\DTGM ;ZJF/M SZJF N[X[P [A] Auto calculate [B] Auto Complete [C] Auto sum [D] Auto Add 76. To select the entire column............. 5]Z[5]ZL SM,DG[ l;,[S8 SZJFPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Click on column label [B] Alt + Enter [C] Double click on cell [D] All the above 77. On sheet 1 type value in cell A11 and than you type formula

If(A1>100,”CIC”,”400”) at cell A according to formula the entered content of A5 will be in........... Format. XL8 ! 5Z ;[, A11 DF\ TD[ lS\DT 8F.5 SZM VG[ 5KL TD[ If(A11>100,”CIC”,”400”) OMdI]",F 5|DF6[ A5 DF\PPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZG]\ VF5JFDF\ VFJX[P [A] Memo [B] Text [C] Numeric [D] None

70. C 71. C 72. D 73. D 74. D 75. C 76. A 77. B

175/272

78. If you delete the content of the cell using delete key on keyboard........... HM ;[,DF\ ZC[, 0[8FG[ SLvAM0" äFZF 0L,L8 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[PPPPPPPPPPP [A] The format gets deleted [B] The content get deleted [C] Content and format delete [D] None of the above

79. All these are excels features except............ V[S;[,DF\ VF AWF ,1F6M VG];Z[ K[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP

[A] The index tab [B] Office assistant [C] Content and format delete [D] None of the above

80. In MS Excel when a cell is deleted the other cell move........... MS Excel DF\ ZC[, ;[, HIFZ[ 0L,L8 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ T[ ;[,PPPPPPPPPPP AFH] D]J YFI K[P [A] Left [B] Right [C] Top [D] Up or left 81. In MS Excel the default date format is............ MS Excel DF\ TFZLBG]\ A\WFZ6 default PPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] DD/MM/YY [B] YY/MM/DD [C] MM/DD/YY [D] None 82. Louts 123 is the example of............ ,M8; !Z# V[PPPPPPPPPP G]\ pNFCZ6 K[P [A] Spread sheet [B] Presentation [C] Database [D] None 83. The easiest way to do addition of the column and row............ SM,D VG[ ZM GM ;ZJF/M SZJF DF8[ ;M[{YL ;Z/ Z:TMPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Use + operator [B] Type SUM () [C] Auto sum [D] None 84. The minimum zoom is........... ;M{YL VMKFDF\ VMK] h]DPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] 1% [B] 10% [C] 100% [D] None 85. To hide unwanted data from worksheet we can use. lAG H~ZL 0[8FG[ CF.0 SZJF DF8[ JS"XL8DF\ VF56[ p5IMU SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Sort [B] Filter [C] Cut paste [D] None 86. Individual element in Excel is................ V[S;[,G]\ :JT\+ 38S K[PPPPPPPPPPP [A] Sheet [B] Document [C] Presentation [D] None 87. In Excel, addressing mode (s) that can be used in a formula is/are.......... Excel DF\ OMdI]",FDF\ addressing mode (s) GM p5IMUPPPPPPPPP DF8[ SZL XSFI K[P [A] Only absolute [B] Only absolute relative [C] Absolute, relative [D] Not application 88. A Horizontal block of cell that runs through the width of worksheet is

called. ;[,GM VF0M a,MS S[ H[ JS"XL8GL 5CM/F. äFZF ZG YFI K[ T[G[PPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Column [B] Row [C] Record [D] None of the above 78. B 79. A 80. D 81. C 82. A 83. C 84. B 85. B 86. A 87. C 88. B

176/272

89. The Edit menu of Excel has an option clear in it its sub menu has the following option.

V[S;[,DF\ V[0L8D[G]\ DF\ S,LIZ VM5XG CMI K[ VG[ T[GF ;A D[G]DF\ GLR[GF VM%XG CMI K[P [A] All, Format, Content and Comment [B] All, Format and Content [C] Only all and format [D] It is without a sub menu 90. Which of the following can be prepared in MS – Excel? GLR[GFDF\YL MS – Excel DF\PPPPPPPPPPPP AGFJL XSFI K[P [A] Annual Report [B] Bio – Data [C] Letter [D] Presentation 91. The intersection of a row and column is called. ZM VG[ SM,DGF\ K[NGG[PPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Square [B] Cell [C] Cubicle [D] Worksheet 92. .......... is the first file name that gets displayed when EXCEL is loaded. V[S;[,DF\ HIFZ[ ,M0 YFI K[ tIFZ[ T[GL 5C[,L OF.,G]\ GFDPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] Book1 [B] Sheet1 [C] Worksheet1 [D] None of the these 93. You can add as many as............. Sheets in a workbook. TD[ V[S JS"A]SDF\PPPPPPPPPP JW]DF\ JW] XL8 pD[ZL XSFI K[P [A] 3 [B] 128 [C] 16 [D] 256 94. Paste Special option contain........... Option for characteristics. Paste Special VM%XGPPPPPPPPPPP ,1F6M WZFJ[ K[P [A] Formats [B] Values [C] Formulas [D] All of the above 95. All the formulas must begin with............ Character. AWFH OMdI]",FGL X~VFTPPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF YFI K[P [A] + [B] = [C] * [D] - 96. It the tab sheet 1(2), it means that you are on the. HM 8[A sheet 1(2), DF\ CMI TM T[GM VY" YFI K[ TD[PPPPPPPPPPPP 5Z KMP [A] First sheet carrying the worksheet on the second sheet [B] Second sheet carrying the worksheet on the sheet two [C] Second sheet carrying the worksheet on the sheet one [D] None of the above 97. In Excel worksheet, on making a cell active.............. V[S;[,DF\ JS"XL8DF\ ;[,G[ V[S8LJ AGFJTFPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] You can type new data in to it or edit the data it contains [B] the active cell has a dark border around it [C] You can always determine the reference for the active cell by looking

in the Name Box on the formula bar [D] All of the above

89. A 90. A 91. B 92. A 93. D 94. D 95. B 96. A 97. D

177/272

98. A range of book sheet is referred by............ JS"XL8GL Z[gH PPPPPPPPP G[ VG];Z[ K[P [A] Listing the first cell reference in the range, followed by a colon and than the last cell reference in a range as in B3:E11. [B] Listing the first cell reference in the range, followed by a colon and than first cell reference in a range as in B3:E11. [C] Only the starting cell number such as B3 [D] All of the above

99. In Excel, the simplest way to moving data from one location to another is... V[S;[,DF\ V[S HuIFV[YL ALÒ HuIFV[ 0[8F D]J SZJFGM ;Z/ Z:TM K[PPPPPPP [A] by menu commands [B] by the drag and drop method [C] by mouse [D] by shortcut menu 100. Which of the following is incorrect on copying data in a cell? ;[,DF\ ZC[,F 0[8FG[ SM5L SZJF GLR[GFDF\YL SI]P lJWFG BM8]\ K[m [A] You can copy an entry anywhere in the same worksheet or to a

different worksheet. [B] To copy operation involves use of two commands. Copy and Paste

[C] Copy and Paste operation can be done either by using the edit menu or by using the button on the standard Toolbar.

[D] Data can not be Copied from one worksheet to another. 101. To adust the column width automatically, which out of the following option

you want to use. SM,DGL 5CM/F. VM8MD[8LS UM9JJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF VM%XGGM TD[ p5IMU SZL XSXMP

[A] Width [B] Auto fit selection [C] Standard width [D] None of the above 102. Formulas are made up of.............. OMdI]",F AG[,L CMI K[PPPPPPPPPP [A] Arithmetic operator such as =+- and other function [B] Only arithmetic operators [C] Only function [D] None of the above 103. Formulas with absolute references are references that always................ RMSS; Z[OZg; ;FY[ VF5[,L OMdI]",F NXF"J[ K[PPPPPPPPPP [A] Refer to the different cells, regardless of the location of the formula [B] Produce O as the default [C] Refer to the same cells, regardless of the location of the formula [D] None of the above 104. To change the cell reference B2:B9 to an absolute row and column

reference, you would enter it as........... B2:B9 ;[, Z[OZg;G[ RMSS; ZM VG[ SM,DDF\ AN,JF DF8[ V[g8Z PPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSM KM m [A] B2:B9 [B] B$2:B$9 [C] $B$2:$B$9 [D] None of he above 98. A 99. B 100. D 101. B 102. A 103. C 104. C

178/272

105. If PROFIT and SAMPLE are name of the ranges in a worksheet which one of the following is invalid?

HM 5|MlO8 VG[ ;[d5, JS"XL8DF\ Z[gHGF GFD CMI TM GLR[GFDF\YL SIM V[S lJS<5 BM8M K[ m [A] = SUM(A1:G3,25,27) [B] = SUM(PROFIT,12,15) [C] =SUM(PROFIT,$SAMPLE,24) [D] = SUM(PROFIT,SAMPLE) 106. In the function =ROUND(G5/30,0)............ =ROUND(G5/30,0) O\SXGDF\PPPPPPPPPP [A] ROUND in the function

[B] The value to be rounded is G5/30 [C] O implies rounding to the zero decimal place

[D] All of the above 107. Which of the following is not the financial function? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ OF.GFg;LI, O\SXG GYL m [A] = FV() [B] = SUM() [C] = NPV() [D] = PMT() 108. Which of the following is not a text function? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 8[18 O\SXG GYL m [A] CHAR() [B] LEN() [C] LEFT() [D] ABS() 109. ABS(PRODUCT(-5,-5,-5))=............. ABS(PRODUCT(-5,-5,-5))=.............YFIP [A] -125 [B] 125 [C] -15 [D] 18 110. To display the chart option dialog box, choose............ RF8" VM%XG 0FI,MU AMS; NXF"JJF DF8[ 5;\N SZMPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Chart menu [B] File menu [C] Insert menu [D] View menu 111. The default page orientation in Excel is. V[S;[,DF\ 0LOM<8GM 5[H N[BFJPPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] Landscape [B] Portrait [C] Horizontal [D] None of the above 112. If you print the active worksheet from print button on the standard toolbar,

than ........ Dialog box does not appear.......... :8Fg00" 8],AFZ 5Z ZC[,F 5|Lg8 A8G äFZF TD[ JS"XL8 5|Lg8 SZM TMPPPPPPPPP 0FI,MU AMS; B],X[ GCLP [A] Print option [B] Page setup [C] Print [D] Print Preview 113. We can link one file to another file by. VF56[ V[S OF.,G[ ALÒ OF., ;FY[PPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF HM0F6 SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] File [B] Web page [C] Formula [D] All of the above 114. After a table has been created. which of the following operations can not

be performed ? 8[A, AGL UIF AFN4 GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5|lS|IF VF5L XSFTL GYL m [A] Insert rows in a table [B] Delete and insert column [C] Split the tables into two tables [D] None of the above

105. 106.D 107.B 108.D 109.B 110.C 111.B 112.A 113.D 114.D

179/272

115. To add the first 10 rows after the first 5 column are........... is used. 5C[,L 5 SM,D 5KL !_ ZM pD[ZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] SUM(E1:E10) [B] =SUM(E1:E10) [C] SUM(E1 TO E10) [D] None of the above

116. Excel files have a default extension of............. V[S;[, OF.,G]\ 0LOM<8 V[S;8[gXG PPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] .XLS [B] .XLW [C] .WK1 [D] .123 117. Files created with Lotus 1-2-3 have an extension........... ,M8; ! v Z v # äFZF AG[,L OF.,G]\ V[S;8[gXG PPPPPPPPPPCMI K[P [A] DOS [B] XLS [C] 123 [D] WK1 118. A typical worksheet has.......... Number of columns. ;FDFgI JS"XL8DF\PPPPPPPPPPP SM,D CMI K[P [A] 128 [B] 256 [C] 512 [D] 1024 119. Witch elements of a worksheet can be protected from accidental

modification ? V[S;L0[xI, DM0LOLS[XG sVFS:DLS ;]WFZF v JWFZFf YL JS"XLGF\ SIF TtJM 5|M8[S8 SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Content [B] Object [C] Scenarios [D] All f the above 120. Data can be arrange in a worksheet in an easy to understand manner

using........ PPPPPPPPPP GF\ SFI" p5IMUG[ ;DÒ JS"XL8DF\ 0[8FG[ ;Z/TFYL UM9JL XSFI K[P [A] Auto Formatting [B] Applying Styles [C] Changing fonts [D] All of the above 121. Select cell are called in excel......... V[S;[,DF\ l;,[S8 SZ[,F ;[,G[ PPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Cell [B] Worksheet [C] Cell Range [D] None 122. The auto sum function will insert............ Function VM8M;D O\SXGPPPPPPPPPPPP O\SXGG[ .g;8" SZ[ K[P [A] Add [B] Sum [C] Average [D] Count 123. The height of the row is typically measured using unit. ZM GL CF.8GF 8L5LS, DF5N\0 DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP I]lG8 J5ZFI K[P [A] Character [B] Font [C] Pleces [D] Point 124. ................... option is used to arrange the information in selected rows of

lists alphabetically numerically or by date. PPPPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU DFlCTLG[ l;,[S8 SZ[, ZM DF\ V[4 AL4 ;L4 0L4 VF\S0FSLI S[ TFZLB 5|DF6[ UM9JJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Graph [B] Auto format [C] Sort [D] Condition

115.B 116.A 117.D 118.B 119.A 120.D 121.C 122.B 123.D 124.C

180/272

125. You are working in A10 cell which key combination is use to move to tenth row and last column be IV10 of Excel. TD[ HIFZ[ V[ !_ DF\ SFD SZTF CMI tIFZ[ !_ DL ZM VG[ K[<,L SM,D V[8,[ S[ IV10 p5Z ,. HJFDF\

DNN SZ[ K[P [A] Ctrl + � [B] Ctrl + C [C] Ctrl + A [D] Ctrl + V 126. A Workbook contain......... Worksheets. V[S JS"A]SDF\PPPPPPPPPPPP JS"XL8 CMI K[P [A] 16 [B] 255 [C] 3 [D] 65536 127. The result of cell Address is Display in. ;[, V[0=[;G]\ 5lZ6FDPPPPPPPPPPPPP 5Z HM. XSFI K[P [A] Formula bar [B] Name box [C] Status bar [D] Both A and B 128. In MS Excel pressing Tab key moves the cell towards. MS Excel DF\ 8[A SLPPPPPPPPPPP TZO D]J YFI K[P [A] Up [B] Down [C] Right [D] Left 129. We can insert the header and footer to worksheet by. JS"XL8DF\ C[0Z VG[ O]8Z .g;8"PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF YFI K[P [A] File-page setup [B] View- header & footer [C] Edit – headers [D] Both A & B 130. By default worksheet have border. default JS"XL8DF\ AM0"Z CMI K[P [A] True [B] False [C] Partially true [D] None 131. We can not arrange window in format............ VF56[ lJg0MG[PPPPPPPP OMD"[8DF\ UM9JL XSTF GYLP [A] Vertical [B] Cross [C] Cascade [D] Tile 132. To select the entire row in Excel, Click mouse............. V[S;[,DF\ 5]Z[5]ZL ZM l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[4 DFp;YL PPPPPPPPPPP 5Z S,LS SZMP [A] Any where in the worksheet [B] At row heading [C] Both A & B above [D] None of the above 133. Excel office assistant can be made to appear by using. PPPPPPPPPPPP GF p5IMU äFZF V[S;[,DF\ VMOL; VF;L:8g8G[ NXF"JL XSFI K[P [A] F1 key [B] Help menu [C] Both A and B [D] None of the above 134. In an Excel chart, text and values displayed at data points to indicate the

specific value or category is called ............. . ExcelDF\ chart, text VG[ RMSS; lS\DT S[ S[8[UZLGF\ 0[8F 5M.g8G[ NXF"J[ K[P [A] Data Labels [B] Data Point [C] Data Series [D] None of above 125.A 126.C 127.B 128.C 129.D 130.B 131.B 132.B 133.C 134.A

181/272

135. The combination of the column letter and row number for a cell in an Excel worksheet is called a................ SM,D ,[8Z VG[ ZM G\AZG]\ lD`F|6 V[S;[,GL JS"XL8DF\PPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P [A] cell cross [B] cell identification number [C] cell reference [D] cell identify 136. .................. displays the address of the active cell. PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP V[S8LJ ;[,G]\ V[0=[; NXF"J[ K[P [A] Address Box [B] Address bar [C] Name Box [D] None of the above 137. In Excel, a............ is a file in which you work and store data. V[S;[,DF\PPPPPPPPPPPP V[ OF., K[ S[ HIF TDFZ]\ SFI" VG[ 0[8F :8MZ YFI K[P [A] Workbook [B] Worksheet [C] Workspace [D] None of the above 138. To select an entire row press............ 5]Z[5]ZL ZM l;,[S8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZM. [A] Shift + End [B] Shift + Space Bar [C] Ctrl + Space Bar [D] Ctrl + right Arrow Key 139. ..............Feature displays total of selected cell values on status bar. :8[8; AFZ 5Z NXF"J[,PPPPPPPPPPPPP ,1F6 AWL H ;[,GL lS\DT NXF"J[ K[P [A] Auto fill [B] Sum function [C] Auto cal [D] Auto Sum 140. To display format cells dialog box you have to press.......... format cells 0FI,MU AMS; NXF"JJF DF8[ TD[ 5|[; SZM KMPPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Ctrl + D [B] Ctrl + F [C] Ctrl + 2 [D] Ctrl + 1 141. =Round(3,1465,2) entered in a cell display............... =Round(3,1465,2) NFB, SZ[, ;[, NXF"J[ K[PPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] 3 [B] 3.1 [C] 3.14 [D] 3.15 142. The entire worksheet in Excel can selected by............... V[S;[,DF\ ZC[,L 5]Z[5]ZL JS"XL8PPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF l;,[S8 SZL XSFI K[P [A] Ctrl + Space Bar [B] Ctrl + Shift + Space Bar [C] Shift + Space Bar [D] All of the above 143. Once a range has been named, you can go to a range...... V[S JBT Z[gHG[ GFD V5FI UIF AFN VF Z[gH 5Z TD[PPPPPPPPP äFZF H. XSM KMP [A] By selecting ranges using the name box [B] By selecting ranges using the F5 key [C] Both A & B [D] None of the above 135. C 136. C 137. A 138. B 139. C 140. D 141. D 142. B 143. C

182/272

144. The purpose of the Auto Sum is to.............. Auto Sum GM C[T] K[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Locate and total the rows or a column in a range nearest to the current cell [B] Total any range that you select [C] Ad grade totals to a range containing other totals [D] All of the above

145. To fill multiple row or columns at one time press. V[S H ;DI[ V[SYL JWFZ[ ZM VG[ SM,D sOL,f EZJF DF8[ 5|[; SZMP [A] Ctrl Key [B] Ctrl + Shift Key [C] Shift Key [D] Alt Key 146. Text control group of Alignment property sheet contains which of the

following function. Alignment property G]\ Text control group GLR[GFDF\YL SIF O\SXGG[ VG];Z[ K[m [A] Wrap text [B] Merge Cells [C] Shrink to fit [D] All of the above

147. The chart legend can be placed in the chart at .............. . RF8"DF\ ZC[, ,LHg0 PPPPPPPPPP DF\ ZFBL XSFI K[P [A] Top, Bottom [B] Corner [C] Left, Right [D] All of above 148. One of the statements on naming ranges is incorrect. Z[gHG[ GFD VF5JF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL V[S lJWFG BM8]\ K[P [A] Naming a range implies that you provide the range some logical name

beginning and ending cell [B] Naming range can save you time and effort, since a name is easer to

remember than reference for a range. [C] Names also make formula much easier to read and understand [D] The only way to name a range is to define it in the name box on the formula bar

149. Cell Address A$4 in a formula means it is a............ OMdI]",FDF\ VF5[, ;[, V[0=[; A$4 GM VY" K[PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Relative cell reference [B] Absolute cell reference [C] Mixed cell reference [D] All of the above

150. =round(2.15.1)entered in a cell displays ? =round(2.15.1) ;[,DF\ NXF"J[ K[P [A] -1 [B] 2.1] [C] 2.2 [D] None of the above 151. Using chart wizard, you can quickly and easily turn your. RF8" lJhF0"GM p5IMU SZLG[ TD[ h05YL VG[ ;Z/TFYLPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ H. XSM KMP [A] Data into chart [B] Chart into data [C] Both A and B above [D] None of the above 144. B 145. A 146. D 147. D 148. D 149. C 150. C 151. A

183/272

152. If you click on the Gridlines and draft quality check box on the sheet tab property sheet of page setup dialog box then.

HM XL8 8[A 5M58L" 5Z ZC[,L U|L0,F.G VG[ 0=FO8 SJM,L8L AMS; p5Z TD[ S,LS SZM TM 5[H ;[8V5 0FI,MU AMS; 5KLPPPPPPPPPPP YX[P [A] Gridlines will be print [B] Gridline will not be print [C] Sometimes print [D] None of the above

153. To save file as a Web page, you have to click. J[A5[H TZLS[ OF.,G[ ;[J SZJF DF8[ TD[ S,LS SZMPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Save as option in file menu [B] Save option in file menu [C] Save as web page option in [D] None of the above 154. To calculate the sum of the first 10 column and 5th row............ is used. 5C[,L !_ SM,D VG[ 5DL ZM GM ;ZJF/M SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] @sum(A5 to J5) [B] @sum(A5:J5) [C] @A5 + J5 [D] None of the above 155. To find the average the................ Command is used. V[JZ[H XMWJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP SDFG0GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] = Average () [B] = Avg () [C] = Sum () [D] = Product () 156. Which of the following is a popular DOS based spreadsheet package? GLR[GFDFYL SI] 5|bIFT 0MhGF VFWFZG]\ :5|[0XL8 5[S[H K[m [A] Word [B] Smart cell [C] Excel [D] Lotus 1-2-3 157. How many characters can be typed in a single cell In Excel? V[S;[,GF\ V[S ;[,DF\ S[8,F V1FZ 8F.5 SZL XSFI K[P [A] 255 [B] 1024 [C] 32000 [D] 65535 158. Comments put in cells are called. ;[,DF\ ZFB[,L SDFg0 SD[g8G[PPPPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P [A] Smart Tip [B] Cell Tip [C] Web Tip [D] Sort Tip 159. A numeric value can be created as a label value if it precedes with........... gI]D[ZLS lS\DTG[ ,[A, J[<I]G[PPPPPPPPPP GL DNNYL VFU/ JWFZL XSFI K[P [A] Apostrophe (‘) [B] Exclamation (!) [C] Hash (#) [D] Tilde (~) 160. Which area in an Excel window allows entering values and formulas?

V[S;[,DF\ SIF V[lZIFDF\ lS\DT VG[ OMdI]",F NFB, SZL XSFI K[ m [A] Title Bar [B] Menu Bar [C] Formula Bar [D] Standard Tool Bar

161. Which of the following is not a way to complete entry in one cell? V[S ;[,DF\ V[g8=LG[ 5]ZL SZJF GLR[GFDF\YL SIM Z:TM GYL m [A] Enter [B] Spacebar [C] Arrow Key [D] Tab 152.A 153.C 154.D 155.A 156.D 157.A 158.B 159.D 160.C 161.B

184/272

162. if you want to delete cell form the worksheet you select desired range and than choose the following command...........

HM TD[ JS"XL8DF\YL ;[,G[ 0L,L8 SZJF DF\UTF CM TM TDFZ[ GSSL SZ[,F ;[,G[ l;,[S8 SZJF VG[ 5KL GLR[GFDF\YLPPPPPPPPPPPP SDFg0 5;\N SZJMP [A] Edit clear all [B] Edit clear cell [C] Edit cell delete [D] Edit delete

163. ............. Option is used to select the data in worksheet so that the rows that meet the condition you specify by using criteria range are display. PPPPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5 0[8F l;,[S8 SZJF J5ZFI K[4 H[YL SZLG[ ZM G[ TD[ OF/J[, RMSS; XZT GSSL SZFI[,

lJ:TFZ Z[gH äFZF ATFJX[P [A] Filters [B] Auto Filters [C] Auto correct [D] Advance 164. When you enter a text label to excel justifies the entry automatically

between the cells border as? SMd%I]8ZDF\ NFB, SZJFDF\ VFJ[, 8[18 VM8MD[8LS,L S[JL ZLT[ H:8LOF.0 YFI K[P [A] Left aligned [B] Right aligned [C] Centered [D] Justified 165. An animated border indicate be cell contents. V[GLD[8[0 SZ[,L AM0"ZDF\ ZC[,L DFlCTL NXF"J[ K[P [A] Will be deleted [B] Are the result of function [C] Have been sent to clipboard [D] None of the above 166. In MS Excel which bring back the previous entry? V[S;[,DF\ S. lS|IF äFZF 5C[,FGL V[g8=L 5FKL D[/JL XSFI K[m [A] Undo [B] Redo [C] Cut [D] Copy 167. In MS Excel goal seek tool allows you to adjust fine a specific result by

changing the value in.............. cell. MS Excel DF ZC[,M UM, ;LS 8], äFZF RMSS; ZLh<8 D[/JJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPPP ;[,DF\ lS\DT AN,L XSFI

K[P [A] One [B] Two [C] Selected [D] All 168. In MS Excel to enter the day name in increasing order. MS Excel DF\ lNJ;GF\ GFD JWTF VM0"ZDF\PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF YFI K[P [A] Use auto fill [B] Cut [C] Copy [D] Paste 169. $ sign on the formatting tool bar will indicate. OMD"[8L\U 8],AFZ 5Z VF5[,L $ ;F.G NXF"J[ K[P [A] Apply currency format [B] Apply $ Format [C] Both A and B [D] None 170. The default label given the facility of spell check................. RF8" XL5DF\ 0LOM<8 ,[A, CMI K[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Chart 1 [B] Sheet 1 [C] Column 1 [D] None

162. D 163. A 164. A 165. C 166. A 167. A 168. A 169.A 170. A

185/272

171. If result of the formula can not be displayed completely in a cell,it displays. HM V[S;[,DF\ OMdI]",F ZLh<8 5]Z[ 5]Z] G NXF"JL XSFI TM T [PPPPPPPPPPPP NXF"J[ K[P [A] ###### [B] @@@@@@ [C] ++++++ [D] None 172. Which type of chart is used to show a co-relation between data series? 0[8F ;LZLhGL JrR[GM ;\AW NXF"JJF DF8[ S[JF 5|SFZGF\ RF8"GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Radar [B] Combination [C] Pie [D] Line 173. An Excel workbook is a collection of ................. V[S;[,GL JS"A]S V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPP G]\ S,[SX K[P [A] Workbook [B] Worksheets [C] Charts [D] Worksheets and charts 174. In Excel, formula begins with ............. MS Excel DF\ OMdI"],FGL X~VFT PPPPPPPPPPPPP YL YFI K[P [A] A+ [B] B+ [C] = [D] – 175. ......Displays the constant value or formula used in the active cell. ......V[S8LJ ;[,GL OMdI]",F S[ T[GL SMg:8g8 J[<I] NXF"J[ K[P [A] Status Bar [B] Formula Bar [C] Task bar [D] None of the above 176. To insert a new worksheet , Press...... GJL JS"XL8 pD[ZJF DF8[ PPPPP5|[; SZMP [A] Shift +f10 [B] Shift+f11 [C] Shift +f12 [D] Shift +f5 177. To select an entire column press........... 5]Z[5]ZL SM,D ;L,[S8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPP5|[; SZMP [A] Shift +end [B] Shift +Space Bar [C] Ctrl +Space Bar [D] Ctrl + Up Arrow key 178. Which menu option can be used to split windows into two? GLR[GFDFYL SIF D[G]GF lJS<5 äFZF lJg0MG[ A[ EFUDF\ JC[\RL XSFI K[m [A] Format >> Window [B] View >> Window >> Split [C] Window >> Split [D] View >> Split 179. Excel provides us with facility of ........to perform calculations on specific

values. visual presentation GL DFlCTL NXF"JJF DF8[ V[S;[, VF56FG[ PPPPPPPGL O[;[,L8L VF5[ K[P [A] Word art [B] Auto Shape [C] Chart [D] Diagram 180. Which of the following is not a way to complete entry in one cell.

V[S;[,DF\ V[g8=LG[ 5]ZL SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIM Z:TM GYL m [A]Enter [B] Spacebar [C] Arrow key [D] TAB

181. Function shown by the auto calculate area of the status bar . Auto calculate :8[8;AFZ GF V[ZLIFGF O\SXG PPPPPNXF"J[ K[P [A] Minimum [B] Maximum [C] Count [D] All of the above

171.A 172.D 173.D 174.C 175.B 176.B 177.C 178.C 179.C 180.B 181.D

186/272

182. Which one of the following can be entered as a number in a cell ? GLR[GFDF\YL S\. lS\DT G\AZ TZLS[ NFB, SZL XS[ K[m\ [A] 1300,00 [B] 5000,00 [C] 1.1e+2 [D] All of the above 183. To format characters in a sheet, use.... XL8DF\ ZC[,F V1FZG[ OMZD[8 SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPGM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Shortcut keys [B] Menu commands [C] Tool bar [D] All of the above 184. The Buit-in default copying in Excel is programmed to............. Excel DF\ T{IFZ default copying PPPPPPPPP DF8[ 5|MU|FD SZ[, CMI K[P [A] Use relative position when copying formulas [B] Use absolute position when copying formulas [C] Use mixed position when copying formulas [D] None of the above 185. Which of the rule mentioned below for name range is incorrect? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lGID GFD Z[gH VF5JF DF8[ BM8M K[m [A] The length of the range can be as long as you desire [B] In a name range you are allowed to use spaces or commas [C] Range name can be directly [D] The only separators allowed use in formula are underscore characters

and/or periods between words. 186. The Today () function enters the current.............

Today () O\SXG CF,G]\PPPPPPPPPPPP V[g8Z SZ[ K[P [A] System File in a cell [B] System date and time in a cell [C] System date only [D] None of the above

187. =MOD(-3,2)entered in a cell displays? =MOD(-3,2) ;[,DF\ NXF"J[ K[m [A] -1 [B] -1.5 [C] 1 [D] 0 188. When you create a chart on the same sheet as your data, you can view

both the data and the chart at the same time. This type of the chart is called a............. TDFZL DFlCTL 5|DF6[GM RF8" HIFZ[ TD[ T{IFZ SZM KM tIFZ[ TD[ TDFZL DFlCTL VG[ RF8" V[S H ;DI[ NXF"JL XSM KMP TM VF 5|SFZGF RF8"G[ PPPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Chart sheet [B] Embedded chart [C] View Sheet [D] View chart

189. To see the sample of the worksheet click on the............ JS"XL8G]\ ;[d%, HMJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP 5Z S,LS SZMP [A] Print button [B] Print preview button [C] Sample button [D] None of the above 190. Decimal Tab................ 0[;LD, 8[APPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Center align the number [B] Left align the element numbers [C] Align the number of the right [D] None

182. D 183. D 184. A 185. B 186. C 187. C 188.B 189. B 190. C

187/272

191. Collection of worksheet is known as................... JS"XL8GM ;\U|CPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P [A] Document [B] Book [C] Work book [D] None of the above

192. Which of the following is the oldest spread sheet package? GLR[GFDF\YL H]G]\ :5|[0XL8 5[S[H SI]\ K[m [A] Visicalc [B] Lotus 1-2-3 [C] Excel [D] Star Calc 193. A Worksheet can have a maximum of...............Number of rows. V[S JS"XL8DF\ ZM GL ;\bIF PPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] 256 [B] 1024 [C] 32000 [D] 65536 194. Comments can be added to cells using.............. ;[,DF\ SMD[g8PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF pD[ZL XSFI K[P [A] Edit -> Comments [B] Insert -> Comments [C] File -> Comments [D] View -> Comments 195. Concatenation of text can be done using. 8[18G]\ SG[SXG sHM0F6fPPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSFI K[P [A] Apostrophe (‘) [B] Exclamation (!) [C] Hash (#) [D] Ampersand (&) 196. Multiple calculation can be made in a single formula using........... V[S OMdI]",FGM p5IMU SZLPPPPPPPPPPPPP äFZF JWFZ[ U6TZL SZL XSFI K[P [A] Standards Formulas [B] Array Formula [C] Complex Formulas [D] Smart Formula 197. What menu command allows you to copy formula on the active cell to a

range of adjacent cell in a row? SIM D[G]\ SDFg0 TDG[ ZM DF\ V[S8LJ ;[, 5ZYL V[0H[:g8 ;[, 5ZGM OMdI]",F SM5L SZJF DF8[GL 5ZJFGUL VF5X[m [A] Edit fill down [B] Edit fill right [C] Edit Copy [D] Edit delete 198. Pressing Ctrl + Home will be............ Ctrl + Home 5|[; SZTFPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Move your view up to screen [B] Move screen down [C] Move to cell A1 [D] Move to column A 199. In MS Excel pressing enter key cell moves to........... MS Excel DF\ HIFZ[ V[g8Z SL 5|[; SZJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ ;[,PPPPPPPPPPPP AFH] D]J YFI K[P [A] Left [B] Right [C] Next row [D] Up 200. Which is used to fill the series in the cell range? ;[, Z[gHDF\ l;ZLh VF5JF DF8[ XFGM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] Fill Handle [B] Cut paste [C] Copy paste [D] None 201 In which type of entry the cell will allows you to type? S[JF 5|SFZGL 8F.5GL V[g8=L ;[, TDG[ 8F.5 SZJF VF5X[m [A] Text [B] Numeric [C] Character [D] above all

191.C 192.B 193.D 194.B 195.D 196.B 197.C 198.C 199.C 200.A 201.D

188/272

202. In MS Excel given the facility of spell check. MS Excel:5[,L\U R[S SZJF DF8[GL ;UJ0TF VF5[ K[P [A] True [B] False [C] Doubtful [D] None

203. Anything that is typed in a worksheet appears............... JS"XL8DF\ S\.56 8F.5 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ T[ NXF"J[ K[PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] In both the active cell and the formula bar [B] In the active cell only [C] In the formula bar first and when you press Enter key into the active

cell [D] None of the above

204. To activate a next sheet a Press............ 5KLGL XL8G[ V[S8LJ SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP 5|[; SZMP [A] Ctrl + Pg Up [B] Ctrl + Pg Dn [C] Shift + Pg Up [D] Shift + Pg Dn 205. By default, there are ............... worksheet in a workbook. JS"A]SDF\PPPPPPPPPPPPPP0LOM<8 JS"XL8 CMI K[P [A] 1 [B] 3 [C] 16 [D] 256 206. ............. is a pre-define formula to perform calculations on specific values. RMSS; lS\DTGL U6TZL DF8[ 5C[,[YL GSSL SZ[,L OMdI]",FPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Function [B] Expression [C] Phrase [D] None of the above 207. In its default setting, a workbook is made up of three sheets and the

number can be extended to.............. V[S;[,GF 0LOM<8 ;[8L\UDF\ JS"A]S # XL8GL AG[,L CMI VG[ T[G[PPPPPPPPPPPPP ;]WL JWFZL XSFI K[P [A] 3255 [B] 19255 [C] 3256 [D] 16255 208. By default, Excel sheet displays the following font style............ V[S;[,DF\ GLR[GFDFYL l0OM<8 :8F.,PPPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] Strike through [B] Bold [C] Italic [D] None of the above 209. A function in Excel........... V[S;[,DF\ O\SXG V[PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Is a ready made formula [B] Is a short cut formula [C] Both A and B [D] None of the above 210. In a new Worksheet, cell A1 contains, 5 cell A2 contain 7 and A4 contains

9 If cell B1 contains =COUNT(A1:A4), the following result will be displayed in cell B1. V[S GJL JS"XL8DF\ A1 5, A2 7VG[ A4 9 WZFJ[ K[P HM B1 ;[, =COUNT(A1:A4) WZFJ[ TM GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5lZ6FD B1 ;[,DF\ HMJF D/X[m [A] 9 [B] 3 [C] 4 [D] 5

202. A 203. A 204. B 205. B 206. A 207. A 208. D 209. C 210. B

189/272

211. Pie chart can be plotted on.......... 5F. RF8"PPPPPPPPPPPPäFZF AGL XS[ K[P [A] Multiple data series [B] Only two data series [C] Only one data series [D] None of the above

212. To print a specific area............ RMSS; V[ZLIF 5|Lg8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPPP [A] Set print area from file menu [B] Set print area from page setup dialog box [C] Both A and B [D] None of the above 213. Cell address of the 26th column and 26th row is............ Z& DL SM,D VG[ Z&DL ZM G]\ ;[, V[0=[;PPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] 26,27 [B] Z26 [C] Y26 [D] X26 211. D 212. C 213. B

190/272

MICROSOFT POWERPOINT

1. What you can do with Ms power point? 5FJZ 5M.g8YL X]\ SZL XSFI K[P [A] Presentation [B] Slides [C] Handout [D] All

2. The file extension in Ms power point is……… Ms Power Point DF\ OF.,G]\ V[S;8[gXG PPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] .PPT [B] .PPS [C] .DOC [D] .XLS 3. The default file name to Ms Power Point is………. Ms Power Point G]\ l0OM<8 OF., GFD PPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Document [B] Book 1 [C] Presentation 1 [D] Untitled 4. To create CCC.PPT which of the package under ms office is used? CCC.PPT AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDFYL SIF 5[S[HGM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Ms Power point [B] Ms Word [C] Ms excel [D] None 5. Which is the default view in Ms Power Point? GLR[GFDF\YL 5FJZ 5M.g8 l0OM<8 jI] SIM K[P [A] Slide sorter [B] Outline [C] Normal [D] Not page 6. Slide show is the facility provided in………. :,F.0 ATFJJFGL ;UJ0TF PPPPPPPPPP DF\ D/[ K[P [A] Word [B] Power point [C] Page marker [D] None 7. In which view user can see the notes regarding to slide? :,F.0 5|DF6[GL GMW p5IMUSTF" SIF jI] äFZF\ HM. XS[ K[P [A] Slide sorter [B] Note page [C] Notification [D] Short notes 8. Notes page view used for…….. GM85[H jiF]GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPP DF8[ YFI K[P [A] Type additional information [B] Editing text [C] Insert picure [D] Setting background 9. ………. Is the key to use to add a new slide. PPPPPPPPPPP SL GM p5IMU GJL :,F.0 pD[ZJF DF8[ YFI K[P [A] Ctrl+ A [B] Ctrl+ S [C] Ctrl+ M [D] Ctrl+ N 10. How many pre designed slide layouts ms power point provide? 5FJZ 5M.g8 5C[,[YLH 0LhF.G SZ[,F :,F.0 ,[VFp8 S[8,F VF5[ K[P [A] 27 [B] 25 [C] 23 [D] 26 1. A 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. A

191/272

11. To get clipart gallery………. S,L5VF8" U[,[ZL ,FJJF DF8[PPPPPPPPP [A] Space [B] Alt+I+P+C [C] Tab [D] None 12. To insert slide number in slide which option is used? :,F.0DF\ :,F.0 G\AZ pD[ZJF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Insert slide number [B] Format slide number [C] Both a and b [D] None of the above 13. Word document template are like………. J0" 0MSI]D[g8 8[d%,[8 PPPPPPPPPPP H[J]\ CMI K[P [A] Books [B] papers [C] Stationery [D] notes 14. To start your slide show, press………. TDFZM :,F.0 XM X~ SZJF DF8[ 5|[; SZMP [A] F3 [B] F5 [C] F6 [D] F10 15. Which of the following option takes you step by step through the process of

Creating a presentation? :8[5 AFI :8[5 5|[hg8[XGGL 5|S|LIF AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5GM p5IMUDF\ ,. XSFI K[P [A] New presentation wizard [B] Auto presentation wizard [C] Blank presentation [D] Auto content wizard

16. A new slide can be inserted by. PPPPPPPP äFZF GJL :,F.0 pD[ZL XSFI K[P [A] Using new slide command on insert menu [B] Using a new slide command of common task option of formatting toolbar. [C] pressing key combination ctrl+m [D] All of the above 17. Which option will you select so that design,colors and formatting part of

the slide is created automatically? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5G[ 5;\N SZTF VM8MD[8LS,L :,F.0DF\ l0hF.G S,Z OMD["8LU ,. XSFI K[P [A] Auto content wizard [B] Template [C] Outline [D] Blank presentation 18. ……….. option is used to view prepared power point presentation. PPPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU 5FJZ 5M.g8 5|[h[g8[XG AGFJJF DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,. XSFI K[P [A] Print [B] Draw [C] View [D] Window 19. The arrangememt of elements such as title and subtitle text,picure,tables

etc.is called. 8F.8, VG[ ;A8F.8, 8[184 5LSR;" JU[Z[ HMJF TtJGL UM9J6LG[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Layout [B] presentation [C] Design [D] scheme 20. Which option in power point allows to carry slide from one computer to

Another? V[S SMd%I]8ZDF\YL ALHF SMd%I]8ZDF\ :,F.0 ,. HJF DF8[ 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ SIM lJS<5 K[Pm [A] Save as [B] Save and go [C] Pack and go [D] Web and go

11 B 12 A 13 D 14 B 15 A 16 D 17 B 18 C 19 D 20 C

192/272

21. Information in slide master will display. :,F.0 DF:8ZDF\ DFlCTL NXF"JFX[P [A] In all slide [B] In all slide except title master [C] In odd slide [D] In even slide

22. The custom animation option is present under which menu? S:8D V[GLD[XG SIF D[G]DF\ ZC[, K[P m [A] Format [B] Tools [C] Slide show [D] Insert 23. To see the immediate presentation slide which is on the screen the window used is…….

:SLG 5Z ZC[, :,F.0G]\ TtJlZT 5|[h[G8[XG HMJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP lJg0M J5ZFI K[P [A] Slide show window [B] Animation preview [C] presentation preview [D] presentation page

24. The option slide transition is present in……… :,F.0 8=FghLXG VM5XG PPPPPPPPP DF\ VFJ[, K[P [A] File menu [B] View menu [C] Slide show menu [D] Tools menu 25. Two statements are given choose the correct altemative statement 1. In power point animation effect can be applied statement 2. In power point action buttons can be used. GLR[ VF5[,F A[ lJWFG DF\YL ;FR]\ lJWFG 5;\N SZMP !P 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ V[GLD[XG V;Z VF5L XSFI K[P ZP 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ V[SXG A8GGM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] 1 True 2 false [B] 1 false 2 true [C] Both are true [D] Both false 26. Which option is helps to create as per suggested presentation starting

from title to last slide according to selected subject? 5C[,F 8F.8,YL X~ SZL K[<,[ VF5[,F lJQFI ;]WL ;]RJ[,F 5|[hg8[XGG[ NXF"JJF SIM lJS<5 DNN SZ[ K[P [A] Blank presentation [B] Auto content wizard [C] Presentation [D] None of the above

27. Preset animation is present under which menu? 5|L;[8 V[GLD[XG SIF D[G]\ GLR[ VFJ[, K[P [A] Format [B] Slide show [C] Tools [D] File 28. In ………. Your presentations display with transition and special effect. PPPPPPPPP DF\ TDFZ] 5|[hg8[XG 8=FghLXG VG[ :5[XLI, .O[S8 D]HAG]\ HM. XSFI K[P [A] Slide Sorter [B] Outline view [C] Normal view [D] Slide show 29. Form the formatting toolbar S button is used for……… OMD["8LU 8],AFZ 5ZGF S GM p5IMU PPPPPPPP DF8[ YFI K[P [A] save presentation [B] Slove problem [C] Shading [D] Both A& B 30. You can record slide in…………. TD[ PPPPPPPPP :,F.0 Z[SM"0 SZL XSM KMP [A] Slide view [B] Outline view [C] Slide show [D] Both A & B 21 A 22 C 23 B 24 C 25 C 26 B 27 A 28 D 29 C 30 D

193/272

31. You can change background and text color for all slide at a time through. V[S ;FY[ AWL H :,F.0GF A[SU|Fpg0 VG[ 8[18S,ZG[ AN,JF DF8[ TD[ PPPPPPPPP SZL XSM KMP [A] Auto layout [B] Place holder [C] Design template [D] All the above 32. In ms power point how many views are there that allow you to have look at

your presentation? 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ S[8,F jI] VFJ[,F CMI K[ S[ H[ TDG[ TDFZL 5|[hg8[XGG[ V[S ;FY[ NXF"JL XS[ K[m [A] 5 [B] 6 [C] 4 [D] 7

33. A set of design format of color scheme is called………… 8[18GF 0LhF.G OMZD[8GF\ ;[8GL S,Z :SLDG[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Slide [B] Scheme [C] Presentation [D] Temple 34. A ….. is the on screen display of your slide. (PPPPPP V[ :,F.0G[ :SLG 5Z HMJF D/[ K[P) [A] Slide [B] Document [C] Slide show [D] Animation 35. The first slide in presentation is ………slide 5[hg8[XGGL 5C[,L :,F.0 PPPPPPPPP :,F.0 K[P [A] Summary [B] Title [C] Support [D] Intro 36. The shortcut key for justified alignment is………. V,F.GD[g8 H:8LOF.0 SZJF DF8[GL XM8" SL PPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Ctrl+ J [B] Ctrl+ E [C] Ctrl + R [D] Not assign 37. In ms power point to change the line spacing which command is used. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ ,F.G :5[;LU AN,JF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Format line spacing [B] Tools line spacing [C] Data line spacing [D] None of the above 38. To insert data and time to presentation which command is used? 5|[hg8[XGDF\ TFZLB VG[ ;DI pD[ZJF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Insert time date [B] Insert date & time [C] Insert time [D] Tools date 39. Which of the following views can you use to show just the slide and its

contents? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF jI] äFZF TD[ OST :,F.0 VG[ T[GL lJUT HM. XSM KMP [A] Normal [B] Notes page [C] Slide [D] Slide show

40. When you use a wizard……….. HIFZ[ TD[ lJhF0"GM p5IMU SZM KM tIFZ[PPPPPPPPPPP [A] There will be series of questions that will be put to you by the wizard [B] Each question in a wizard will offer you several choices as you create your

document. [C] The user in provided supplied macros [D] All of the above

41. Which of the following can be prepared in power point software? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5FJZ 5M.g8 ;MO8J[ZDF\ T{IFZ SZL XSFI K[P [A] Database [B] Financial Account [C] Slide show [D] Document

31 C 32 A 33 B 34 C 35 B 36 D 37 A 38 B 39 A 40 D 41 C

194/272

42. Note page view is used to see……… GM85[.H jI] GM p5IMU PPPPPPPPP HMJF DF8[ YFI K[P [A] The content of your presentation [B] work on a single slide at a time [C] prepare speaker’s note for the audience [D] all the slides as a small version on a single windows 43. Which of the following is not and option in power point software? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 5FJZ 5M.g8GM ;MO8J[Z GYLP [A] Custom animation [B] Slide transition [C] Pack & go [D] Border and shading 44. Which of the sentence is true regarding handout master? C[g0VFp8 DF:8ZGF ;\NE"DF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ JFSI ;FR] K[P [A] It controls the way elements on a slide are displayed [B] It’s used to add speaker’s notes in our slide [C] It is used to change the way how many slides would be printed on a single

page. [D] All of the above

45. Pressing which key moves you to the next slide in the slide show? :,F.0XM NZdIFG S. SL 5|[; SZJFYL T[ TDG[ 5KLGL :,F.0 5Z ,. HFI K[P [A] Page down [B] Space bar [C] Down Arrow [D] All of the above 46. Which of following statement is not true? (GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ lJWFG ;FR]\ GYLP) [A] Text can be inserted anywhere in the slide [B] A text box can be placed anywhere in slide [C] Superscript text appears above the line [D] Ctrl+ b selected the bold style for the selected text. 47. Which following view is not one of the power point views? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM jI] 5FJZ 5M.g8GM EFU GYLm [A] Slide sorter view [B] Slide view [C] Slide show view [D] sorter view 48. In Power Point, slide sorter command is found under which menu? TDG[ 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\4 :,F.0 ;M8"Z SDFg0 SIF\ D[G] GLR[ D/X[P [A] File [B] Tools [C] View [D] Edit 49. Which extension is given to power point document by default? 5FJZ 5M.g8 0MSI]D[g8G[ SI] 0LOM<8 V[S8[XG VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] .EXT [B] .COM [C] .PPT [D] None of the above 50. Which of the following menu has the background? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF D[G]G[ A[SU|Fpg0 lJS<5 CMI K[P [A] Format [B] View [C] Insert [D] Slide show 51. In handout master footer area appears at……… C[g0VFp8 DF:8ZDF\ O]8Z V[ZLIF NXF"J[, CMI K[P [A] Top of the margin [B] Bottom of the page [C] Center of the page [D] None of the above 42. C 43. D 44. C 45. D 46. A 47. D 48. C 49. C 50. A 51. B

195/272

52. Using slider master, you can change which of the following? :,F.0 DF:8ZGM p5IMU SZLG[ GLR[GFDF\YL TD[ X]\ AN,FJL XSM KMP [A] The footer area text [B] Font size or style [C] The date area data [D] all of the above 53. To start a slide show................ (:,F.0 XM X~ SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP) [A] choose slide show menu from view menu [B] Choose Rehearse from slide show menu [C] Click the slide show view button [D] All of the above 54. The following is a slide transition effect......

GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPP V[ :,F.0 8=FghLXGGL V;Z K[P [A] Wipe right [B] Dissolve [C] Both a & b [D] None of the above 55. Power point presentation can be displayed on.......... 5FJZ 5M.g8 5|[hg8[XG PPPPPPPPP p5Z ZH} SZL XSFI K[P [A] Computer monitor [B] Overhead project [C] Multimedia project [D] All of the above 56. To stop the slide show abruptly ........ key is usede :,F.0 XM JrR[YL V8SFJJF DF8[ PPPPPPPP SL J5ZFI K[P [A] Space bar [B] Escape [C] Tab [D] Enter 57. Previously created presentation can be used by ......... option VUFpYL AGFJ[,] 5|[hg8[XGGM p5IMU PPPPPPPP lJS<5 äFZF SZL XSFI K[P [A] Template [B] Blank Presentation [C] Auto Content wizard [D] None 58. Option is useful to see slide show at some particular time interval PPPPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU SZLG[ :,F.0 XM G[ RF{SS; 8F.D VG];FZ HM. XSFI K[P [A] Time [B] Automatic [C] Rehearse timing [D] Watch 59. A file which contains ready made style that can be used for a presentation is

called .... H[ OF.,GL DFlCTL T{IFZ CMI T[ OF.,GF 5|[hg8[XG DF8[ p5IMU SZL XSFI T[G[ PPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Auto style [B] Template [C] Wizard [D] Pre Formatting

60. After choosing a predefine template,.......... option has to be chosen to change the background color. 5C[,[YL GSSL SZFI[, 8[d%,[8G[ 5;\N SIF" 5KL PPPPPPPPP lJS<5 A[SU|Fpg0 S,Z AN,JF DF8[ 5;\N SZFI K[P [A] Design Template [B] Color scheme [C] Animation Scheme [D] Color Effect

61. A chart can be put as a part of the presentation, we can choose......... 5|[hg8[XGGF V[S EFU TZLS[ VF56[ PPPPPPPP GL DNNYL VF56[ RF8" ZFBL XSLV[ KLV[P

[A] Insert -> chart [B] Insert ->pictures -> chart [C] Edit -> chart [D] View -> chart 62. Which view in power point can be used to enter speaker comments? 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ :5LSZ SD[g8 NFB, SZJF SIF lJS<5GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Normal [B] Slide show [C] Slide sorter [D] Notes page view 52. D 53. D 54. C 55. D 56. B 57. D 58. C 59. A 60. B 61. A 62. D

196/272

63. Which of the following is an example for automatic text formatting? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ VM8[D[8LS 8[18 OMD["8LUG]\ pNFCZ6 K[P [A] Underlining hyperlink [B] Adjusting extra space [C] Replacing two uses with an hyphen [D] All of the above

64. Power point can display data from which of the following add in software of ms office?

Ms office DF\ add- in software DF\ 5FJZ 5M.g8 SIF 0[8FG[ NXF"J[ K[P [A] Equation editor [B] Organization chart [C] Photo album [D] All of these 65. If all slide in power point are in unordered from & you can reorder these

slides. HM 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ AWL H :,F.0 H[DT[D UM9JFI[,L CMI TM4 TD[ PPPPPPPPPPlJS<5 äFZF ZLv VM0"Z

sjIJl:YTf UM9JFJL XSM KMP [A] View /slide finder [B] View /slide sorter [C] View /notes page [D] View /slide arrange

66. In power point which font size is an unimportant? 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ S. OMg8 ;F.h lAGp5IMUL K[P [A] 10pt [B] 20pt [C] 40pt [D] all 67. To qult from power point (5FJZ 5M.g8DF\YL ACFZ GLS/JFPPPPPPPPP) [A] Ctrl + Esc [B] Ctrl + A [C] Shift + F4 [D] None 68. The basic element of which object are fixed and to be applied animation of

presentation file is. 5|[hg8[XG OF.,GM SIM 5FIFGM W8S GSSL YI[, K[ VG[ V[GLD[XG DF8[ :JLSFI" K[P [A] Note page [B] Page [C] Slide [D] Presentation page

69. Slide transition option is present under which menu? :,F.0 8=FghLXG lJS<5 PPPPPPP D[G]DF\ VFJ[, K[P [A] Insert [B] Slide show [C] View show [D] Tools 70. In which field Ms power point is used? 5FJZ 5M.g8GM p5IMU SIF 1F[+DF\ SZL XSFI K[P [A] Marketing [B] Teaching [C] Creating home page [D] All of the above 71. In which view one can delete the slide and pressing the delete key? GLR[GFDF\YL S. :,F.0G[ 0L,L8 SL 5|[; SZLG[ 0L,L8 SZL XSFI K[m [A] Slide sorter [B] Slide show [C] Slide [D] Outline 72. Which of the following provide the best environment for creating

presentation? GLR[GFDF\YL ;F{YL ;FZ]\ 5|[hg8[XG SIF lJS<5 äFZF AGFJL XSFI K[m [A] Slide view [B] Slide sorter view [C] Slide show view [D] Outline view

73. To insert picture in your presentation. TDFZF 5|[hg8[XGDF\ lR+ pD[ZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP [A] Insert picture from file [B] Insert picture button [C] File insert [D] None of the above 63. A 64. D 65. B 66. A 67. D 68. C 69. B 70. D 71. A 72. A 73. B

197/272

74. ............ option is used to apply one of the ms power point design template to your presentation or uses one of your presentation as template.

PPPPPPPPPP VM%XGGM p5IMU 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ l0hF.G 8[d5,[8 NXF"JJF DF8[ YFI K[P [A] Apply design [B] Slide color scheme [C] Background [D] Slide layout 75. ............ is key combination to right align the text. ............... SL äFZF 8[18G[ HD6L AFH]G]\ V[,F.D[g8 VF5L XSFI K[P [A] Ctrl + R [B] Ctrl + [C] Shift + R [D] None 76. In ........... you presentation displays with transition and special effects. TDFZL 5|[hg8[XGG[ 8=FghLXG VG[ :5[XI, .O[S8 ;FY[ NXF"JJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] Slide show [B] Outline view [C] Normal view [D] None 77. What of the following tools should you use to map hierarchy of Relationship?

GLR[GFDF\YL SIF 8],GM p5IMU TD[ GSXFG[ ;\AWLT SZL XSM KMP [A] Picture toolbar [B] Microsoft organization chart

[C] Microsoft chart [D] All the above 78. ......... is the easiest an quickest way to prepare the presentation. PPPPPPPPPP V[ ;F{YL ;Z/ VG[ h05L 5|[hg8[XG AGFJJFGM Z:TM K[P [A] Template [B] Blank presentation [C] Auto content wizard [D] All of the above 79. When you want to make a change that will effect all slides in your

presentation then make the change once in the. HIFZ[ TD[ V[S;FY[ AWL H :,F.0G]\ 5|[hg8[XG V[S H ;DI[ V[S H JBT[ AN,J]\ CMI tIFZ[ p5IMUL AG[ K[P [A] Slide master [B] Slide sorter [C] Slide show [D] None 80. The Transition effect can be set througn.......... 8=FghLXGGL .O[S8 PPPPPPPPPPP äFZF ;[8 SZL XSFI K[P [A] Outline view [B] Slide sorter [C] Slide [D] All 81. To return to the previous slide in the presentation use..........

5|[hg8[XGDF\ VFU/GL :,F.0 HMJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Backspace [B] \ [C] P [D] Delete 82. Which of the following is used to remove quickly the extra bullet from a

slide while in panel? GLR[GFDF\YL X[GF p5IMU äFZF :,F.0 5[G,DF\ ZC[,F A],[8G[ B]A h05L N}Z SZ[ K[P [A] Backspace [B] Insert [C] Page up [D] Del

83. The alignment to the text box is given from........... GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPP äFZF 8[18AM1FG[ V,F.D[g8 VF5L XSFI K[P [A] Format alignment [B] File alignment [C] Both A & B [D] None

74. A 75. A 76. D 77. B 78. C 79. A 80. B 81. A 82. A 83. A

198/272

84. In Ms- power point which option is used to convert text from “The computer” to “tHE COMPUTER” which case is use. “The computer” DF\ “tHE COMPUTER” DF\ AN,JF DF8[ 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Title [B] Upper [C] Lower [D] Toggle

85. To insert the chart in presentation which command is used? 5|[hg8[XGDF\ RF8" pD[ZJF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFFI K[P [A] Insert picture chart [B] Insert chart [C] Format chart [D] None of the above 86. What is the maximum number of showing positioning of per page handouts?

NZ[S 5[.HGL C[g0 VFp8GL l:YTL ATFJJF JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ S[8,F G\AZGF 5[.H K[m [A] 3 per page [B] 4 per page [C] 9 per page [D] 12 per page

87. There are large number of templates that are provided by microsoft word. DF.S|M;MO8 J0" äFZF VF5JFDF\ VFJ[,F 36F 5|SFZGF\ 8[d%,[8 CMI K[P [A] These templates are for generating business documents [B] They have many built in formatting features [C] The user can add his own to the existing list [D] All of the above 88. Which of the following view displays all the slides at once as miniatures (small

form)? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF jI] äFZF AWL H :,F.0G[ V[S;FY[ GFGF OMD"DF\ HM. XSFI K[P [A] Slide sorter [B] Normal [C] Note page [D] Outline 89. which of the following is the shortcut key to insert a new slide? GJL :,F.0 pD[ZJF DF8[GL XM8"S8 SL GLR[GFDF\YL S. K[[P [A] Ctrl + D [B] Ctrl + N [C] Ctrl + O [D] Ctrl + M 90. Ctrl + D is shortcut key of.......... Ctrl + D V[ PPPPPPPPP GL XM8"S8 SL K[P [A] Creating a duplicate slide [B] Inserting a new slide [C] Deleting a slide from the presentation [D] Changing the layout of the

active slide 91. Which of the following is the slide animation?

GLR[GFDF\YL SI] :,F.0 V[GLD[XG K[m [A] Boomerang [B] Bounce [C] Zoom [D] All of the above

92. Which of the following is not the command in slide show menu? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM SDFg0 :,F.0 XM D[G] GM GYLm [A] Pack and Go [B] Setup show [C] Slide Transition [D] Action Buttons 84. D 85. B 86. C 87. D 88. A 89. D 90. A 91. D 92. A

199/272

93. There are ......... slide layouts available in the power point 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPP :,F.0 ,[ VFp8 CMI K[P [A] 22 [B] 23 [C] 27 [D] 26 94. What does the speaker prepares to check that he has not missed any

point while giving the speech? :5LR VF5TL NZdIFG SM. 5M.g8 E],F. UI[,M G CMI T[ :5LSZ äFZF PPPPPPPPGL DNNYL R[S SZL XSFI K[P

[A] Note page [B] Slide show [C] Slide view [D] Outline view 95. Which of the following view does power point provide? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM 5FJZ 5M.g8 5]~\ 5F0T]\ GYLm [A] Outline [B] Slide sorter [C] Notes page [D] All of the above 96. For what purpose can you use the shortkey ctrl + D in power point? 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ SIF C[T] DF8[ TD[ Ctrl + D XM8"S8 SL GM p5IMU SZL XSM KMm [A] Duplicating the selected slide [B] Cut the selected slide [C] Paste the selected text or graphics [D] None of the above 97. To delete the selected slide, in the slide sorter press the following key. :,F.0 XM8"ZDF\ ;L,[S8 SZ[,L :,F.0G[ 0L,L8 SZJF DF8[ GLR[GF SL 5|[; SZMPPP [A] Del [B] Backspace [C] Both a and b [D] None of the above 98. What is the maximum of showing positioning of page handouts? NZ[S 5[HGL C[g0VFp8;GL l:YTL ATFJJF JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[ S[8,F G\AZ K[m [A] 3 Per page [B] 4 Per page [C] 12 Per page [D] 9 Per page 99. Which of the following is true regarding the slide master? GLR[GFDF\YL :,F.0 DF:8ZGF\ VG];\WFGG[ SI]\ JFSI ;FR]\ K[m [A] It controls the way elements on a slide display [B] It is the sames as a title master [C] It can not be changed [D] None of the above 100. Following is a type power point slide show option? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM 5FJZ 5M.g8GF :,F.0 XM VM%XGGM 5|SFZ K[P [A] Presented by the speaker [B] Browsed by an individual [C] Browsed at a kiosk [D] All of the above 101. Pressing which key moves you to the next slide in the slide show? :,F.0XMDF S. SLG[ 5|[; SZJFYL 5KLGL :,F.0 5Z H. XSFI K[P [A] Spacebar [B] Left arrow [C] Both a and b [D] None of the above 102. Power point slide can contain...... type of information. 5FJZ 5M.g8 :,F.0 PPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGL DFlCTL NXF"J[ K[P [A] Text [B] Drawing [C] Animation and sound [D] All of the above

93. C 94. A 95. D 96. A 97. C 98. D 99. A 100. D 101. A 102.D

200/272

103. There are ........... different types of view in a power point. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGF H]NF H]NF jI] CMI K[P [A] 5 [B] 4 [C] 3 [D] 2

104. We can create our presentation by .......... option. VF56[ VF56L 5|[hG8[XG PPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5 äFZF AGFJL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Template [B] Choice [C] Blank presentation [D] All of the above 105. To maintain some specifications in all the slides of a presentation........

slide is selected. 5|[hg8[XGDF\ ZC[,L AWL H :,F.0DF\ RMSS;F. HF/JJF PPPPPPPPPP :,F.0 ;L,[S8 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Blank [B] Master [C] Title [D] All of the above 106. Power Point 2000 has ............ number of views. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ Z___ PPPPPPPP jI] K[P [A] 3 [B] 4 [C] 5 [D] 6 107. Ellipse motion is a predefined............ .,L%; DMXGV[ PPPPPPPPP 5|SFZG]\ 5C[,[YL GSSL SZ[,]\ DMXG K[P [A] Design Template B] Color scheme [C] Animation Scheme [D] None of these 108. We can replace a font on all slides with another font using the........ option. VF56[ PPPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU SZL AWL :,F.0GF OMg8 AN,L XSLV[ K[P [A] Edit -> fonts [B] Tools -> fonts [C] Tools -> replace fonts [D] Format -> replace fonts 109. Which option can be used to set custom timings for slides in a presentation?

5|[hg8[XGDF\ :,F.0 DF8[GM S:8D 8F.D ;[8 SZJF DF8[ SIF lJS<5GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Slider timings [B] Slider timer [C] Rehearsal [D] Slide show setup

110. Which type of fonts are best suite for titles and headlines. 8F.8, VG[ C[0,F.g; DF8[ SIF 5|SFZGF OMg8 ;FZF K[m [A] Serif fonts [B] Sans serif fonts [C] Text fonts [D] Picture fonts 103. A 104. D 105. B 106. A 107. C 108. D 109 C 110. B

201/272

111. Views fells the entire screen allows you to see the slide show just as your audlence view it…………… PPPPPPPPPPP jI]V[ 5]Z[5]ZM :,F.0 XM HMJF DF8[ 5ZJFGUL VF5[ K[P [A] Slide sorter [B] Slide show [C] Normal [D] Outline

112. If you want to change the complete look of presentations. HM TD[ 5[|hg8[XGGM 5]Z[ 5]ZM N[BFJ AN,JM CMI TM PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Color scheme [B] Design template [C] Slide layout [D] None 113. To show all the slides at a time which of the command is used? AWL H :,F.0GM V[S ;FY[ XM SZJF SIM SDFg0 p5IMUL K[P [A] View normal [B] View slide show [C] View slide sorter [D] None 114. Which is graphical representation of a number and text. G\AZ VG[ 8[18G]\ SI] U|FlOS; 5|lTlGlWtJ K[P [A] Picture [B] Word Art [C] Chart [D] None 115. The basic element on which objects, text box, picture can be inserted

in power point calles as……… Ms power point DF\ 5FIFGM W8S S[ H[G[ VMaH[S84 8[18 AMS; S[ l5SRZ 5Z .g;8" SZL XSFI K[4 T[G[ PPPPPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Pages [B] Sheets [C] Master plate [D] Slide

116. Which of the following enables you to exit slide show view. :,F.0 XM jI] DF\YL ACFZ GLS/JF DF8[ GLR[GF DF\YL SIM lJS<5GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] View exit [B] File quit [C] File exit [D] Esc key 117. To edisan organization chart on an auto layout slide ……the place holder. TDFZL ;\:YFGF RF8"DF VM8M ,[ VFp8 :,F.0 pD[ZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPP SZJFDF VFJ[ K[P [A] Click [B] Double click [C] Drag [D] All 118. ……… option use to add or change the text that appears at the top & bottom

of every page or slide. PPPPPPP lJS<5GM p5IMU NZ[S 5[.H p5Z VG[ GLR[ NXF"J[, 8[18DF\ pD[ZM SZJF S[ AN,JF DF8[ YFI K[P [A] Outline [B] Header and footer [C] Note page [D] Context 119. Which one of the following option is available in ms power point. GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ CMI K[P [A] Goal seek [B] Auto correct [C] Mail merge [D] Foot note 120. In note page view which of the following planes would you use to. GLR[GFDF\YL ZLDF.g0Z GM8 ,BJF DF8[ SIF 5|SFZGL GM85[H jI]GM p5IMU SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Slide plane [B] Outline plane [C] Note plane [D] All above 111. B 112 B 113. C 114.C 115.D 116.D 117.B 118.B 119.B 120.C

202/272

121. To change the overall look of a presentation you should apply the attempted

5]Z[ 5]ZL 5|[hg8[XGGM N[BFJ AN,JF DF8[ TD[ VF5L XSM KMPPPPPPPPP [A] Auto layout [B] Place holder [C] Design template [D] All th above

122. To check the spelling in current presentation …….. function key is used. RF,] 5[|hg8[XGDF\ :5[,LU R[S SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPPPPPP O\SXG SL p5IMUL K[P [A] F2 [B] F3 [C] F4 [D] F7 123. In power point how you add duplicate slide in presentation. 5FJZ 5M.g8GF 5|[hg8[XGDF\ TD[ 0]%,LS[8 :,F.0 S[JL ZLT[ pD[ZL XSM KMP [A] Insert-duplicate slide [B] Copy paste [C] Both A and B [D] None 124. To view the colored slide in the black & white format we use S,Z :,F.0G[ a,[S V[g0 jCF.8G[ OMZD[8DF\ HMJF DF8[ VF56[ p5IMUDF\ SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] View – Color/Grayscale - black & white [B] Format black & white [C] Tools black & white [D] None of the above 125. In selection include text in several different sizes the smallest size would

appear in the font size button followed by using. HM l;,[S8 SZ[, 8[18 VG[S H]NL H]NL ;F.h WZFJTL CMI TM ;F{YL GFGFDF\ GFGL ;F.h4 OMg8 ;F.h A8G äFZF

PPPPPPPPPPPP lRgC äFZF NXF"JJFDF\ VFJX[P [A] # [B] $ [C] + [D] * 126. Present animation is in ………. menu. 5|L;[8 V[GLD[XG PPPPPPPPPP D[G] CMI K[P [A] Format [B] Slide show [C] Tools [D] View 127. We can apply and change the bullet from the Ms power point by. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ VF56[ PPPPPPPP äFZF A],[8 VF5L VG[ AN,FJL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Insert bullet [B] Format bullet [C] Both A and B [D] None 128. To change the font of all slide from “times new roman” to “Arial black”

which command is used. AWL H :,F.0DF\ “Times new roman” DF\YL “Arial black” DF\ V1FZ AN,JF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM

p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Format change font [B] Format replace font [C] Format font [D] None of the above 129. Which tab is used from custom animation to animate the chart. S:8D V[GLD[XGDF\YL RF"8G[ V[GLD[8 SZJF DF8[ SIF 8[AGM p5IMU SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Effect [B] Chart effect [C] Slide effect [D] Graphic effect 121. C 122. D 123.C 124. A 125.C 126.A 127.B 128.B 129.B

203/272

130. To goto slide number press. :,F.0 G\AZ 5Z HJF DF8[ PPPPPPPP 5|[; SZMP [A] Slide number + enter [B] Pgup [C] Both a and b [D] None of the above 131. Which of the following way is used to prepare your slide show from scratch. :S[RDF\YL GJ]\ 5|[hg8[XG AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Auto content wizard [B] Blank presentation [C] Design template [D] None of the above 132. Which extension is given to power point presentation file by default. ` 5FJZ 5M.g8G]\ l0OM<8 V[S;8[gXG SI] K[P [A] .PPT [B] .PPR [C] .PPP [D] .PTP 133. Which of the following can be inserted into your slide. GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 TDFZL :,F.0DF\ pD[ZL XSM KMP [A] Table [B] Chart [C] Organization chart [D] All of the above 134. Which of the following is not the slide transition. GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ :,F.0 8F=ghLXG GYLP [A] Box out [B] Box in [C] Checkerboard across [D] Fly in 135. Under which menu ‘master’ option is available. SIF D[G]\ GL GLR[ DF:8Z lJS<5 VFJ[ K[P [A] View [B] Insert [C] Format [D] Slide show 136. Which of the following view does power point provides. 5FJZ 5M.g8 GLR[GFDF\YL SIM jI] VF5[ K[P [A] Notes page [B] Outline [C] Slide sorter [D] All of the above 137. Which one of the following views is useful to select and work on individual

slide. GLR[GFDF\YL SIF jI]GF\ p5IMU äFZF :JT\+ :,F.0 p5Z SFI" SZL XSFI K[P [A] Normal view [B] Slide sorter [C] Outline view [D] Note page view 138. Which of the following shortcut is used to insert a new slide. GLR[GFDF\YL S. XM8"S8 SL äFZF GJL :,F.0 pD[ZL XSFI K[P [A] Ctrl + M [B] Ctrl + N [C] Ctrl + O [D] None of the above 139. Actions button can be inserted in the slide, by action button command of…….. PPPPPPPPPP V[SXG A8G SDFg0 äFZF :,F.0DF\ V[SXG A8G pD[ZL XSFI K[P [A] View menu [B] Insert menu [C] Slide show menu [D] None of the above 130.B 131.B 132.A 133.D 134.D 135.A 136.D 137.A 138.A 139.C

204/272

140. Which of the following can be one of the comment of a slide. :,F.0GF 38S TZLS[ GLR[GFDF\YL SIF V[SGM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Titles [B] Graphs [C] Clip art [D] All of the above 141. In slide master header area appears at. :,F.0DF\ DF:8ZDF\ C[0Z V[ZLIF PPPPPPPPPPP DF\ NXF"JFI K[P [A] Left of the page [B] Center of the page [C] Top of the page [D] None of the above 142. Under which menu, to apply a slide design to the slide. SIF D[G] GLR[ :,F.0G[ :,F.0 0LhF.G VF5L XSFI K[P [A] View menu [B] Slide show [C] Edit [D] None of the above 143. Following is a type of slide animation. GLR[GFDF\YL S. :,F.0G[ V[GLG[XGGM 5|SFZ K[P [A] Flash once [B] Typewriter [C] Fly from top [D] All of the above 144. Action button can be inserted in the slide, through action buttons command

of………. PPPPPPPPPP V[SXG A8G SDFg0 äFZF :,F.0DF\ V[SXG A8G pD[ZL XSFI K[P [A] View button [B] Insert menu [C] Slide show button [D] None of the above 145. In power point,……… view contains title and text, but chart, art works and

drawings can not be viewed. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ PPPPPPPPP jI] 8F.8, VG[ 8[184 A8 RF8"4 VF8" JS" VG[ 0=M.U NXF"JL XSFT] GYLP [A] Outline [B] Note [C] Handouts [D] All above 146. To make your slide show go on forever ……… is selected from a slide

show/setup show :,F.0 XM ;TT RF,] ZFBJF PPPPPPP :,F.0 XM\q;[8V5 XM DF\YL 5;\N SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Browsed at a kiosk (Full screen) [B] Browsed by an

individual (window) [C] Show without narration [D] Show without animation 147. We can have the preview of already prepared slides by the help of

……. option. VF56L 5C[,[YL H AG[,L :,F.0G] 5|LjI] PPPPPP GL DNNYL HM. XSFI K[P [A] Note page view [B] Slide sorter view [C] Show [D] Slide show 148. Which of the following can you print on the paper. GLR[GFDF\YL 5[5Z p5Z 5|Lg8 SZJF PPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Handouts [B] Template [C] Notes [D] Outlines 140.D 141.C 142.D 143.A 144.C 145.A 146.A 147.D 148.A

205/272

149. The maximum zoom percentage in Microsoft power point is …. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ PPPPPPPPPPP JWFZ[ h]D YFI K[P [A] 100% [B] 200% [C] 400% [D] 500% 150. Animation schemes can be applied to ……… in the presentation. V[GLD[XG :SLD PPPPPPPPP DF\ 5|[hg8[XGG[ VF5L XSFI K[P [A] All slides [B] Select slides [C] Current slide [D] All of the above 151. Which key on the keyboard can be used to view slide show. SLAM0"DF\YL S. SL GM p5IMU äFZF :,F.0 XM HM. XSFI K[P [A] F3 [B] F5 [C] F7 [D] F1 152. Which option can be used to create a new slide show with the current

slides but presented in a different order. V,U ZLT[ NXF"J[,L RF,] :,F.0DF\ GJL :,F.0 XM AGFJJF GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 K[P [A] Reheasal [B] Custom slide show [C] Slide show setup [D] Slide show view 153. Which type of fonts are best suit to display large amount of text. DM8F V1FZM DF8[ SIF 5|SFZGF OMg8 ;FZF K[P [A] Serif fonts [B] Sans serif fonts [C] Text fonts [D] Picture fonts 154. How can you center the text in a box in a power point presentation. 5FJZ 5M.g8 5|[hg8[XGDF\ 8[18AMS;DF\ 8[18G[ S[JL ZLT[ ;[g8Z SZL XSFI K[P [A] File/center

[B] Format/center [C] Click and drag the box to the center [D] Click on the center alignment box 155. Collection of images that you can enter in your presentation by

using………. TDFZF 5|[hg8[XGDF\ .D[HGF\ S,[SXGG[ PPPPPPP GL DNNYL pD[ZL XSM KMP [A] Clip art [B] Picture [C] Video picture [D] All 156. Outline view displays the contents in. VFp8,F.G jI] PPPPPP DF\ ZC[,L DFlCTL NXF"J[ K[P [A] Special fonts [B] Different colors [C] Bulleted effects [D] None 157. A …….. is an electronic page in a presentation. 5|[hg8[XGDF\ PPPPPPPP V[ V[S electronic page K[P [A] Work sheet [B] Document [C] Slide [D] Table 149.C 150.D 151.B 152.B 153.A 154.D 155.A 156.C 157.C

206/272

158. Fly from left, bottom are……… Fly from left VG[ bottom PPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Background setting [B] Animation effect [C] Action setting [D] None 159. New presentation can be created by. GJ]\ 5|[hg8[XG PPPPPPPP äFZF lS|V[8 SZL XSFI K[P [A] Auto content wizard [B] Template [C] Blank presentation [D] All of the above 160. Once you have interest chart on a slide you can edit it in future day. V[S JBT TDFZL :,F.0DF\ RF8" NFB, SIF" AFN TD[ PPPPPPPP äFZF T[DF\ ;]WFZM SZL XSM KMP [A] Dragging [B] Clicking [C] Double click [D] None of the above 161. Which of the following should you use to crate a bar chart. GLR[GFDF\YL SIF lJS<5GF\ p5IMU äFZF AFZ RF8" AGFJL XSFI K[P [A] Microsoft organization [B] Microsoft graph [C] Microsoft clip gallery [D] None of the above 162. If you which to ………. view you can work with one slide at a time. PPPPPP jI] 5Z S,LS SZTF TD[ OST V[S ;DI[ V[[S H :,F.0 5Z SFI" SZL XSM KMP [A] Normal [B] Note page [C] Slide [D] Sorter 163. ………. option is used to hide the slide in presentation. lJS<5GM p5IMU 5|[hg8[XGDF\ :,F.0G[ K]5FJJF DF8[ YFI K[P [A] Slide show hide slide [B] View-hide slide [C] Format hade slide [D] None of the above 164. To Insert slide from another presentation we can use. ALHF 5|[hg8[XGDF\YL :,F.0 pD[ZJF DF8[ VF56[ p5IMU SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Slide finder [B] Slide sorter [C] Insert slides from file [D] None of the above 165. To delete the exiting clipart image.

V5FI[,L S,L5 VF8" .D[HG[ 0L,L8 SZJF DF8[ [A] Double click on image [B] Select image & press del key

[C] Drag image outside [D] All of the above 166. The maximum number of slide in ms power point will be. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ JW]DF\ JW] S[8,L :,F.0 CM. \XS[P [A] No limit [B] 25 [C] 256 [D] 255 158.D 159.C 160.C 161.B 162.C 163.A 164.C 165.B 166.A

207/272

167. The alignment to the text box is given from. GLR[GFFDF\YL PPPPPPPP äFZF 8[18AMS;G[ V,F.GD[g8 VF5L XS[ K[P [A] Left [B] Right [C] Justified [D] All above

168. Which of the following can be used to create presentation from scratch. :S[RDF\YL GJ]\ 5|[hg8[XG AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL PPPPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSFI K[P [A] Auto content wizard [B] Design template [C] Sample presentation [D] Blank presentation 169. In which view notes pane appears in power point. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ SIF jI]DF\ GM8 5[.G NXF"J[, CMI K[P [A] Normal view [B] Outline view [C] Both a and b [D] None of the above 170. Which of the following masters controls the appearance of all the slide. GLR[GFDF\YL SIM lJS<5 AWL H :,F.0GM DF:8Z S\8=M, ATFJ[ K[P [A] Handout master [B] Slide master [C] Notes master [D] None of the above 171. There are ……. text alignments available in power poit. 5FJZ 5M.g8 8[18 V,F.D[g8 DF8[ PPPPPPP lJS<5 CMI K[P [A] 5 [B] 4 [C] 3 [D] 2 172. When you are finished working with power point, you should do which

of the following. HIFZ[ TD[ 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ SFI" 5]Z] SZM KM tIFZ[ GLR[GFDF\YL TDFZ[ X]\ SZJ]\ HM.V[P [A] Simple turn off the computer [B] Choose file,exit from the menu [C] Click the application close button [D] Either b or c 173. In which view notes pane appears. SIF jI]DF\ GM8 5[.G CMI K[P [A] Normal view [B] Outline view [C] Both b and c [D] None of the above 174. In slide show menu which of the command is not available. :,F.0XM D[G]DF\YL GLR[GFDF\YL SIM SDFg0 5|F%T GYLP [A] Action buttons [B] Slide transition [C] Background [D] None of the above 175. ……….. is prepared by using power point. 5FJZ 5M.g8GM p5IMU SZL PPPPPPPPP AGFJL XSFI K[P [A] Table [B] Database [C] Worksheet [D] Presentation

167.D 168.D 169.A 170.B 171.B 172.D 173.A 174.C 175.D

208/272

176. To insert a new slide in the current presentation,we can choose. RF,] 5|[hg8[XGDF\ GJL :,F.0 pD[ZJF VF56[ PPPPPPPPP 5;\N SZL XSLV[ KLV[P [A] Ctrl + M [B] Ctrl + N [C] Ctrl + O [D] Ctrl + F 177. The boxes that are displayed to indicate that the text, pictures or

objects are placed in it is called…….. HIF\ 8[18 l5SRZ VYJF VMaH[S8 NXF"JJF DF8[G] AMS; K[ T[G[ PPPPPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Placeholder [B] Auto text [C] Text box [D] Word art 178. In power point hyperlink can identify by. 5FJZ 5M.g8DF\ CF.5Z,LS PPPPPPPP äFZF NXF"J[, CMI K[P [A] Underline [B] Bold [C] Italic [D] All 176. A 177. A 178. A

209/272

WINDOWS

1. To hide the clock from the taskbar which command is used? 8F:SAFZ 5ZYL S,MSG[ N]Z SZJF DF8[ SIF SDFg0GM p5IMU YFI K[m [A] Show clock [B] Hide clock [C] View clock [D] None

2. Which of the following command insert the information form clipboard? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM SDFg0 S,L5AM0" DF\YL DFlCTL .g;8" SZ[ K[P [A] Send to [B] Cut [C]Copy [D] Paste 3. Which is the shortcut key to close any application run under windows? lJg0MhDF\ ZC[,L SM. RF,] V[%,LS[XGG[ A\W SZJF S. XM8"S8 SL K[P [A] F4 [B] Alt +f4 [C] Alt +f + n [D] None 4. TO switch between different application in window the short used is ? V,U V,U RF,] V[%,LS[XGG[ AN,JF DF8[ lJg0Mh DF\ S. XM8"S8 SL J5ZFI K[P [A] Alt +tab [B] Alt +space [C] Alt +shift +enter [D] None of the above 5. To activate the start menu the shortcut key used is . :8F8" D[G] G[ SFIF"glJT SZJF DF8[ PPPPPPP XM8"S8 SL p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P [A] Ctrl + esc [B] Alt +esc [C] Shift + esc [D] Shift +tab 6. Operating system is acts as ........... between user and computer. p5IMUSTF" VG[ SMd%I]8Z JrR[ VM5Z[8L\U l;:8D PPPPPPPPP TZLS[ SFI" SZ[ K[P [A] Interchange [B] Interface [C] Inperaction [D] None 7. which of the following operating systems do you choose to implement a

client –server network ? GLR[GFDFYL S. VM5Z[8LU l;:8D S,F.g8 ;J"Z G[8JS" .d%,LD[g8 DF8[GL K[P [A] MS DOS [B] Windows 95 [C]windows 98 [D] Windows 2000 8. Page stealing.......... 5[.H :8L,LU V[PPPPPPPPPPPK[P [A] is a sing of an efficient system [B] Is talking page frames from other working sets [C] Should be the tuning goal [D] is talking larger disk spaces for pages paged out 9. The operating system manages ............. VM5Z[8LU l;:8DPPPPPPPP D[G[H SZ[ K[P [A] Memory [B] Processes [C] Disks and l\o devices [D] All of the above 10. Press any key to continue get with ............. 5|[; V[GL SL 8] Sg8LgI] PPPPPPPPPPPPPP ;FY[ D[/JFI K[P [A] Exit [B] Pause [C] Echo [D] None 1. A 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. B

210/272

11. Close file............... OF., A\W SZJL V[8,[PPPPPPPPPP [A] Automatic save a file [B] Delete from RAM [C] Delete from Windows [D] None

12. In GUI for working best device........... GUI DF\ SFI" SZT]\ DCtJG]\ ;FWG PPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Touch Screen [B] Command Line [C] Mouse pointing and click [D] None 13. Which of the following is not a function of windows operating system? GLR[GFDF\YL lJg0Mh VM5Z[8L\U l;:8D SI]\ SFI" SZT]\ GYL m [A] Manage I/O device

[B] Mange file system [C] Allows to send data from one computer to another [D] All of the above 14. Driver files are used to............ 0=F.JZ OF.,GM p5IMUPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ SZL XSFI K[P [A] Enable to all drives [B] Used to install program [C] A & B [D] None 15. A windows 2000 grouping of files known as............ lJg0Mh Z___ DF\ OF.,GM ;D]CPPPPPPPPPPP YL VM/BFI K[P [A] Folder [B] Subfolders [C] File [D] Dairy 16. If you will add any hardware, which of the following program you need. HM TD[ SM. GJ]\ CF0"J[Z pD[ZM4 TM GLR[GFDFYL SIF 5|MU|FDGL H~Z 50[ K[P [A] Device Driver [B] Application Software [C] Driver [D] Nothing 17. What is the process to put a picture as a desktop ? 0[:S8M5 TZLS[ lR+G[ D]SJF DF8[GL 5|lSIF S. K[ m [A] Start – Control Panel – Display [B] Start – Wallpaper – display [C] Start – Desktop – Display [D] None of the above 18. In windows file created are stored in which folder? lJg0MhDF\ AGFJ[,L OF.,G[ SIF OM<0ZDF\ :8MZ SZFI K[ m [A] My documents [B] My computer [C] Document [D] None 19. A selected folder contains several files and several subfolder. Which of the

following is removed if you press delete key ? SM. l;,[S8 SZFI[, OM<0ZDF\ VG[S OF., VG[ ;AOM<0Z;" CMI K[P HM TD[ delete key 5|[; SZXM TM GLR[GFDF\YL X]\ delete YX[ m [A] The files in folder only [B] The Sub folder only [C] Folder & its entire content [D] None of the above

20. Tile option is present in which option of display properties? l0:5,[ 5|M58L"hGF SIF lJS<5DF\ Tile VM%XG ZC[,]\ K[m [A] Desktop [B] Setting [C] Wallpaper [D] General 11. B 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. A 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. A

211/272

21. The following software if used under MS windows to browse web. GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;MO8J[Z Ms windows C[9/ Web browse DF8[ J5ZFI K[P [A] Windows explorer [B] Internet Explorer [C] Internet viewer [D] Front page 22. Which sub-menu CD-Player options is available? CD-Player GM lJS<5 SIF\ sub-menu DF\ 5|F%T K[ m [A] System tools [B] Paint [C] Entertainment [D] Notepad 23. Creating a new shortcut means............ GJ]\ XM8"S8 AGFJJ]\ V[GM VY"PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Copying original file with new name [B] Renaming original file with view name [C] Copying part of file with a new name [D] None of these 24. In Word Pad tab option is present in................... J0"5[0DF\ 8[A VM%XGPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ VFJ[ K[P [A] Insert [B] Find [C] Format [D] View 25. Most of menu items selected and deselected by using. PPPPPPPPPPPGF\ p5IMU äFZF DM8FEFUGL D[G]\ VF.8d; l;,[S8 VG[ l0l;,[S8 SZL XSFI K[P [A] Editor [B] Cursor [C] Mouse [D] Window 26. Using click and drag method............. Click VG[ drag 5wWlTGF p5IMU J0[PPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Copy & Move file & folder in windows explorer [B] Change the size of window [C] Move & Window [D] All of above 27. For three button mouse the middle button is used for................. DFp;GF\ +6 A8GDF\YL DwI A8G PPPPPPPp5IMU DF8[ K[P [A] Open the program [B] Select the text area [D] Mouse button is not in use [D] None of the above 28. In windows ‘’Refresh’’ option is used to ............... lJg0Mh ‘Refresh’ VM%XGGM p5IMU PPPPPPPP DF8[ YFI K[P [A] Refresh the content of file [B]Refresh the GUL [C] Restart windows [D] None of the above 29. To maximize the current window one can ............. RF,] lJg0MhG[ D[S;LDF.h SZJF PPPPPPPPPPP SZL XSFI K[P [A] Double click on title bar of window [B] Click on ‘maximize bottom ‘ of window [C] Press alt+ space bar and press X [D] All of the above 21. B 22. C 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. D 27. D 28. B 29. D

212/272

30. An application can be opened through shortcut on desktop by ........ SM. V[%,[XGG[ PPPPPPPP XM8S8" SL äFZF 0[:S8M5 5Z BM,L XSFI K[P [A] Double clicking on its shortcut [B] Right clicking and choosing ‘’open’’ option [C] Selecting the icon and pressing Enter key [D] All of the above 31. IF two applications are open in the screen you can switch on to specify app

by....... HM SM. A[ V[%,LS[Xg; :S|LG p5Z VM5G CMI TM TD[ RMSS; V[%,LS[XGG[ RF,] SZJF PPPPPPPP GM p5IMU SZL XSM KMP

[A] Click on appropriate application on taskbar [B] Start- program –specific program [C] Either A or B [D] You can not 32. Which of the following will display shortcut menu of the window ? GLR[GFDF\YL SI\] XM8S8" D[G]GF VFISMGG[ NX"FJ[ K[P [A] Click [B] Right click [C] Double click q [D] Middle click 33. Pressing the print screen keyboard places image of the window? 5|Lg8 :S|LG SL NAFJJFYL SL AM0" GLR[GFDFYL S. HuIFV[ .D[H D]SXMm [A] IN wordpad [B] IN clip board [C] on the desktop [D] on keyboard 34. TO activate the menu bar in windows application generally ...PPPPPPP key is

used . lJg0Mh V[%,LS[XGDF D[G]AFZG[ SFIF"glJT SZJF DF8[ ;FDFgI ZLT[ PPPPPP SL GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] Ctrl [B] Alt [C] Shift [D] Space 35. The shortcut key for copy and paste is......PPPPP Copy VG[ paste GL XM8"S8 SL PPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Ctrl +A & Ctrl +B [B] Ctrl +C & Ctrl +v [C] Ctrl +C & Ctrl +B [D] None of the above 36. currently we are working on paintbrush under win 98 operating system

the function key F1 depends upon ....... lJg0Mh 98 VM5Z[8LU ;L:8DDF VF56[ 5[.g8A|XDF\ SFI" SZTF CM.V[ tIFZ[ O\SXG SL F1PPPPPPPPPPPP 5Z VFWFlZT ZC[X[ [A] Paint brush [B] Windows [C] Both A&B [D] None

37. All the hardware setting can be done in............ AWF H 5|SFZGF\ CF0"J[Z ;[8L\UPPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\ YFI K[P [A] Control panel [B] Task bar [C] Window [D] None 38. In window explorer if want to select all the files from drive. lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ HM C] NZ[S OF.,G[ 0=F.JDF\YL l;,[S8 SZJF DF\U]\ TMPPPP [A] View select all [B] Press Ctrl + A [C] Click tool invert [D] All the above 30. D 31. A 32. B 33. B 34. B 35. B 36. A 37. A 38. B

213/272

39. Taskbar in windows explorer is used to view............. lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ 8F:SAFZPPPPPPPPPPP DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P [A] Minimize icon of currently running application [B] Free disk space in all physical a 7 logical drive [C] Total filess [D] All the above

40. If you want to work in windows environment .......... external device is require. HM TD[ lJg0MhDF\ SFD SZJF DF\UTF CMI TMPPPPPPPPPPP V[S;8G", l0JF.; s;FWGf GL H~Z 50[ K[P [A] CD – ROM [B] Mouse [C] Scanner [D] Printer

41. The title bar of any window application............ SM.56 lJg0M V[%,LS[XGDF\ 8F.8,AFZPPPPPPPPPPP CMI K[P [A] Is at the top of window [B] At the bottom of window [C] At center of window [D] None of the above 42. The symbols like W,E,0 etc are available in the application named............. W, E, 0 JU[Z[ H[JF lRgCM PPPPPPPPPP GFDYL V[%,LS[XGDF\ 5|F%I K[P [A] Character map [B] Calculator [C] Paint [D] None 43. In windows you can search file.......... lJg0MhDF\ TD[ OF.,G[PPPPPPPPPPPP ZLT[ XMWL XSM KMP [A] Type & containing text [B] By data of creation [C] By their name [D] All the above 44. You can not modify the content of........... TD[PPPPPPPPPPPPP GL DFlCTLG[ ;]WFZL XSTF GYLP [A] Read only file [B] Active file [C] System file [D] None 45. To active menu bar which function key is used.............. D[G]AFZG[ SFIF"lgJT SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPPP O\SXG SL GM p5IMU YFI K[P [A] F1 [B] F2 [C] F10 [D] F7 46. In windows explorer to create a new folder using........ lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ GJ]\ OM<0Z AGFJJF DF8[ D[G] AFZGF p5IMU äFZF PPPPPPPPP D[G]\ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[P [A] File [B] Edit [C] Help [D] Tools 47. In windows explorer the + sign indicate............ lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ ‘+’ G]\ lRgCŸ PPPPPPPPPP lGN"[X SZ[ K[P [A] Folder [B] File [C] Sub Folder [D] Sub file 48. In windows explorer which view is not available? lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZDF\ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ 5|F%T GYL m [A] Large icons [B] Details [C] Normal [D] List

39. A 40. B 41. A 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. C 48. C

214/272

49. Windows explorer is a file management program that you can use to.

lJg0Mh V[S;%,MZZ V[S OF., D[G[HD[g8 SZJF DF8[GM 5|MU|FD K[ T[GM p5IMUPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] View and change the file/folder structures of your disk [B] View and change the contents of your files [C] Move, Rename, Copy, Create and Delete folders and File [D] All of the above

50. To close the window operating system which option is used? lJg0Mh VM5Z[8L\U l;:8DG[ A\W SZJF DF8[ SIM lJS<5 J5ZFI K[ m [A] Shut down [B] Run [C] Find [D] Documents

51. To search the file/folder under windows which option is used? lJg0Mh C[9/ OF., / OM<0Z XMWJF SIM lJS<5 J5ZFI K[P [A] Shut down [B] Run [C] Find [D] Documents 52. The programs or applications are located in.............. option? 5|MU|Fd; VG[ V[%,LS[Xg; PPPPPPPPPPP lJS<5DF\ ZC[,F CMI K[P [A] Programs [B] Run [C] Find [D] Documents 53. Favorite web sites can b loaded by. 5;\NULGL J[A;F.8 PPPPPPPPPPPPP DF\YL ,M0 SZL XSFI K[P [A] Start Favorite [B] Start like [C] Start [D] All the above 54. Computer clock speed ............. SMd%I]8ZGL 30LIFZGL :5L0 PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] Is the speed of the inner clock of a computer

[B] Given the frequency at which pulses are generated and processed [C] Is speed of internal buses of Computer. [D] None of these 55. One of the statements is not true? GLR[GFDFYL SI] \ lJWFG ;FR] GYL m [A] In its default settings, a word processor dose not hyphenate the text [B] Hyphenating helps when you are dealing with thin column text [C] By hyphenating, the look of the justified thin column will looked greatly improved. [D] Microsoft word hyphenates text in its default setting 56. Word wraps means .......... word wraps GM VY"PPPPPPPPP [A] Inserting space between word [B] Aligning text with the right margin [C] Moving text automatically in the text line [D] None of these 49. D 50. A 51. C 52. A 53. A 54. B 55. D 56. C

215/272

57. Which one of the following statements is true? GLR[GFDFYL SI] lJWFG ;FR] K[P [A] Line spacing can be set to 1.5 [B] A specified spacing can be left before and after any paragraph [C] Both A&B

[D] None of the above 58. Replace command is available on ........... Replace SDFg0 PPPPPD[G]DF\ VFJ[,F[ K[P [A] File menu [B] Edit menu [C] view menu [D] Format menu 59. When you select replace the replace ..... option on the edit menu , the dialog box which appears is called . HIFZ[ TD[ Replace lJS<5 Edit menu DFYL 5;\N SZM KM tIFZ[ H[ AMS; HMJF D/[ K[ T[G[ PPPPPP SC[JFI K[P [A] Find dialog box [B] Find and replace dialog box [C] Replace dialog box [D] Edit dialog box 60. What is the term used for the word processing programs that show you

directly on the PC screen the appearance of your final documents you might expect when the document is printed on the paper ..................

J0" 5|M;[;LU 5|MU|FDDF\ TDFZF 5L;LGL :S|LG 5Z V[JL DFCLTL 5[5Z p5Z l5|g8 SZL XSFI S[ PPPPPPPPP [A] Search &replace [B] Pagination [C] Soft copy [D] WYSIWYG 61. A bar at the bottom of the screen that shows what word is prepared to do next is called ........ J0" CJ[ 5KLG] SI]\ SFI" SZJF T{IFZ K[ T[ NXF"JTL :S|LGGL ;F{YL GLR[ VFJ[,L AFZ G[ PPPPPPP SC[ K[ P [A] Status bar [B] Title bar [C] task bar [D ] None of the above 62. At the top of the document where the name of the document is displayed is

called....... N:TFJ[HGF ;{FYL p5ZGF EFUDF S[ HIF N:TFJ[HG] GFD ATFJJFDF VFJ[ T[G[ PPPPP SC[ K[P [A] Title bar [B] Status bar [C] Tool bar [D] Task 63 Status bar shows types of keys . status bar SIF 5|SFZGL SL ATFJ[ K[

[A] Num lock key [B] caps lock key [C] Scroll lock key [D] All of these 64. Palettes that can be tear – off are. GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5[,[8 A\W SZL XSFI K[m [A] Line color [B] Font color [C] Fill color [D] All of the above 65. Which of the following is the Graphic Package? GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ U|FlOS 5[S[H K[m [A] Adobe page maker [B] Acrobat Reader [C] Microsoft [D] Corel DRAW 57. C 58. B 59. B 60. D 61. A 62. A 63. D 64. D 65. D

216/272

66. When you move the mouse pointer towards the left side of the window, it changes to a right pointing arrow. This pointing area is referred to as. HIFZ[ TD[ DFp; 5M.g8ZG[ 0FAL TZO ,. HFVM KM tIFZ[ T[ HD6L TZOGF\ 5M.g8L\U V[ZMDF\ AN,FI K[P VF lJ:TFZ PPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VF/BFI VFJ[ K[P [A] Selection Bar [B] Selection Beam [C] Selection Pointer [D] None of the above

67. Which among the following is not a Programming Language? GLR[GFDF\YL S. 5|MU|FDL\U EFQFF GYL m [A] Java [B] COBOL [C] Unix [D] Pascal 68. An electronic page in a presentation is called............ JT"DFG ;DIDF\ .,[S8=MlGS 5[HG[ PPPPPPPPPPPPP SC[JFI K[P [A] Slide [B] e-slide [C] e-page [D] Page 69. Professional looking visual adds are prepared with the help of software

called ? GLR[GFDF\YL SIF ;MO8J[ZGL DNN J0[ 5|MO[XG, HFC[ZFTM AGFJL XSFI K[ m [A] Multimedia software [B] DBMS [C] Presentation Graphics Software [D] Graphics Software 70. Swapping .................... :J[5L\U V[ PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Work best with may many small partitions [B] Allows many programs to use memory simultaneously [C] Allows each program in turn to use the memory [D] Does not work with overlaying 71. FAT stands for............. FAT V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] File Accommodation Table [B] File Access Tape [C] File Allocation Table [D] File Activity Table 72. When a computer is first turned on restarted, a special type of absolute

loader called............. is executed. HIFZ[ SMd%I]8Z 5C[,LJFZ A\W VYJF OZL RF,]\ YFI tIFZ[ BF; 5|SFZG]\ V[S ,M0ZPPPPPPPPV[ShLSI]8 YFI K[P [A] Compile and Go loader [B] Boot loader [C] Bootstrap loader [D] Relating loader 73. Poor response times are usually caused by. VMKM ;DI ;FDFgI ZLT[PPPPPPPPPP SFZ6[ YFI K[P [A] Process busy [B] High I/O rates [C] High paging rates [D] Any of the above 74. Which of the following program is not a utility? GLR[GFDF\YL SIM 5|MU|FD I]8L,L8L GYL m [A] Debugger [B] Editor [C] Spooler [D] All of the above 66. A 67. C 68. A 69. C 70. C 71. C 72. C 73. D 74. C

217/272

75. A co – processor.......... SM 5|M;[;Z V[PPPPPPPPPPP [A] Is relatively easy to support in software [B] Causes all processors to function equally [C] Works with any application [D] Is quite common in modem computers 76. Which among the following are the best tools for fixing errors on disks ? 0L:S 5Z ZC[,L V[ZZ sE},f G[ GSSL SZJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ ;FZ]\ 8], K[ m [A] FDISK [B] SCANDISK [C] CHKDSK [D] FIXDSK 77. VIRUS stands for............. JFIZ; V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPP [A] Very Important Resource Under Search [B] Virtual Information Resource Under Size [C] Verify Interchange Result Until Source [D] Very Important Record User Searched 78. .............. runs on computer hardware and serve as platform for other

software to run on. PPPPPPPPPPP V[ SMd%I]8Z CF0"J[ZG[ ZG SZ[ K[ VG[ ALHF ;MO8J[ZG[ ZG SZJF DF8[ %,[8OMD" 5]~ 5F0[ K[P [A] Operating system [B] Application Software [C] System Software [D] All

79. ............... is the layer of a computer system between the hardware and the user program.

CF0"J[Z VG[ I]hZ 5|MU|FD JrR[PPPPPPPPPP V[ SMd%I]8Z ;L:8DG]\ ,[IZ K[P [A] Operating environment [B] Operating system [C] System environment [D] None 80. The primary purpose of an operating system is.............. VM5Z[8L\U ;L:8DGM D]bI C[T]PPPPPPPPPPPPP K[P [A] To make the most efficient use of the computer hardware [B] To Allow people to use the computer [C] To keep system programmers employed [D] To make computers easier to use 81. ................. system is built directly on the hardware. PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP l;:8D ;L0L CF0"J[Z 5Z AG[,L K[P [A] Environment [B] System [C] Operating [D] None 82. Multiprogramming systems.......... D<8L 5|MU|FDL\U l;:8D V[8,[PPPPPPPPPPPP [A] Are easier to develop than single programming systems [B] Execute each job faster [C] Execute more jobs in the same time period [D] Are used only one large mainframe computers 75. A 76. B 77. B 78. A 79. B 80. A 81. C 82. C

218/272

83. ............ is the first program run on a computer when the computer boots up. SMd%I]8Z HIFZ[ A]8Ÿ; V5 YFI K[ tIFZ[PPPPPPPPPPPP V[ 5C[,M 5|MU|FD K[P [A] System software [B] Operating system [C] System operations [D] None 84. ............ shares characteristics with both hardware and software. PPPPPPPPPPPP ,1F6 CF0"J[Z VG[ ;MO8J[ZG[ JC[R[ K[P [A] Operating system [B] Software [C] Data [D] None 85. ............. is used in operating system to separate Mechanism from. policy. PPPPPPPPPPP VM5Z[8L\U DLS[GLhD 5M,L;LG[ H]NL SZ[ K[P [A] Single level implementation [B] Two level implementation [C] Multi level implementation [D] None 86. Interface consists of things like program counter, registers, interrupts and

terminals. PPPPPPPPPP .g8ZO[; V[ 5|FU|FD SFpg84 ZÒ:8Z VG[ .g8ZZ]%; VG[ 8DL"G, ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, K[P [A] Hardware [B] Software [C] Data [D] None 87. The operating system creates............ from the physical computer. VM5Z[8L\U l;:8DPPPPPPPPPP 5|SFZGL OLhLS; SMd%I]8Z AGFJ[ K[P [A] Virtual space [B] Virtual computers [C] Virtual device [D] None 88. Where are the start button appears is know as............... :8F8" A8GPPPPPPPPPPPP TZLS[ VM/BFI K[P [A] Taskbar [B] Icon [C] Shortcut [D] Standard Toolbar 89. Which option is used in window to apply the program ? 5|MU|FDGM VD, SZJF DF8[ lJg0MhDF\ SIF lJS<5GM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] Search [B] Control Panel [C] My computer [D] Run 90. Which button is used to close the computer ? SMd%I]8ZG[ A\W SZL N[JF SIF A8G 5Z S,LS SZJFDF VFJ[ K[P [A] Switch User [B] Turn Off [C] Log Off [D] Restart 91. What is the process to create a new folder. GJ]\ OM<0Z AGFJJF DF8[ GLR[GFDF\YL SI]\ Process VFJ[,]\ K[m [A] New-File-Folder [B] Folder-New-File [C] File-New-Folder [D] All 92. By which process we can change the name of a folder ? OM<0ZG]\ GFD AN,JFGL 5|lS|IF S. K[ m [A] File-Rename [B] File-Change Rename [C] File-New Name [D] None of above 83. B 84. A 85. B 86. A 87. A 88. A 89. D 90. B 91. C 92. D

219/272

93. Which option of control panels is used to remove installed program in windows?

lJg0MhDF\ .g:8M, SZ[, 5|MU|FDG[ N]Z SZJF DF8[ Control Panel GM SIM lJS<5 p5IMUDF\ ,[JFI K[m [A] Add Hardware [B] Add of Remove Programs [C] Remove Programs [D] None 94. In which sub menu Disk cleanup option is available? Disk cleanup GM lJS<5 SIFDF\ 5|F%T K[ m [A] Entertainment [B] Communications [C] Accessibility [D] System tools 95. Which sub menu Network setup wizard option is available? Network setup wizard GM lJS<5 SIF sub menu DF\ 5|F%T K[m [A] Entertainment [B] Communications [C] Accessibility [D] System tools 96. Which of the following icon is used to recover the file which is deleted by

mistake? E],YL N]Z Y. UI[,L OF., 5]G:5|F%T SZJF GLR[GFDF\YL SIF VF.SMGGM p5IMU YFI K[ m [A] Restore [B] Undelete [C] Recycle Bin [D] Regain 97. The Maximum number of characters for extensions of file is. OF.,GF\ V[S;8[gXG DF8[ JWFZ[DF\ JWFZ[PPPPPPPP VF\S0F/V1FZ JF5ZL XSFI K[P [A] 08 [B] 11 [C] 05 [D] 03 98. While giving the file name one can use............. OF.,G]\ GFD VF5JFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[PPPPPPPPPPP p5IMUDF\ ,. XSFIP [A] Alphabets [B] Numbers [C] Underscore [D] All 99. To set the Screen sever select the......... Option. Screen sever G[ ;[8 SZJF DF8[PPPPPPPPP lJS<5 K[P [A] Start control panel display screen saver [B] From desktop properties screen saver [C] Start control panel taskbar [D] Both A & B 100. What is the full form of CLR ? CLR G]\ 5]~ GFD X]\ K[ m [A] Close Last Report [B] Close Life Report [C] Close Long Report [D] Command Line Interface

93. B 94. D 95. B 96. C 97. D 98. D 99. D 100. D

220/272

Internet

The word INTERNET is the

combination of two word.

Internet

Interconnection Network

What is Network ?

• When two or more computers are connected to each other by cable and they can exchange the data that is called a Network. These computers can be within a walking distance or in the same building of the office.

• Networking computers allows data to be transmitted from one machine to another in rapid and easily. By using Networking we can access printer, cd/dvd drive, Flopy Drive that are located on a single machine.

221/272

Terms of Networking

1. Node : - The PCs and the server are known as network devices or network nodes. In general, a device or node is connected directly to the network cable or data path.

2. Server : - The term server refers to any device that offers a service to network users. A server can be hardware, software or both. Serves can be PCs which provide the service to other computer.

3. Client : - The client computer refers to any device that sends the request for information to the server.

4. Media : - The media is refer to the data path. Media can be bounded such as a cable/wire through which computer are connected to each other.

Types of Networking

There are three basic types of networks.

• Local Area Network or LAN

• Metropolitan Area Network or MAN

• Wide Area Network or WAN

Local Area Network or LAN

A local area network is two or more computer linked directly within a small area such as a room, building, or group of closely placed buildings.

A LAN usually consists of the following ;

1. Two or more computers

2. Peripheral devices such as printer, hard disk drives.

3. Special cables to connect the computer

4. A plug in board to handle the data transmissions such as HUB, SWITCH.

222/272

Metropolitan Area Network or MAN

A Metropolitan Area Network is connectionof computer within a campus or city. MANnetwork is span up to 50 kms.

Wide Area Network or WAN

A Wide Area Network is two or more computers that are linked over world wide by communication facilities such as Telephone System or Microwave.

A Wide Area Network is also called Internet.

Topology

These are the ways in which you can connect the various computers for networking. This physical arrangement is called Topology. Different types of topologies are :

1. Bus Topology

2. Ring Topology

3. Star Topology

223/272

Bus Topology

A Bus Topology is also called Linear Topology.

In Bus Topology all nodes are connected with

central main cable.

If any one node gets effect then there is no

effect on the other nodes because they are

independently connected with central main

cable.

The main disadvantage of this topology is, if

central main cable get effect the network does

not work.

Ring Topology

Ring Topology is also called circular topology. A ring topology is a collection of individual point to point link that create circle.

A ring topology has all the nodes attached to a circle without a central or a host computer. If any node gets effect then network does not work.

In ring topology computers are arranged in circle. Data travel around the ring in one direction with each device on a ring acting as a repeater.

224/272

Star Topology

In the Star Topology a central computer is called a host computer which provides interface require for connecting number of computers.

If any one node gets effect then there is no effect on the other nodes because they are independently connected with server.

The main disadvantages of this topology is, if central node get effect the whole network does not work.

Server

225/272

Protocol

Networks provide computers the basic ability of transferring bits from one computer to another. In order to use networks We need a set of rules. This is called a protocol. A communication protocol is a standard that is designed to specify how computers interact and exchange messages.

Different types of Protocol

1. PPP (Point To Point Protocol)

2. FTP (File Transfer Protocol)

3. HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Proto

4. TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)

5. IP (Internet Protocol)

PPP (Point To Point Protocol)

It is communication protocol, used over serial lines to support Internet connectivity. Used to linked personal computes to the Internet through modems and telephone lines.

226/272

FTP (File Transfer Protocol)

It is used to transfer files from one computer to another. It is a very commonly used procedure to download and upload files over a internet.

HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol)

It is used as the communication protocol to the transport hypertext documents over the Internet. It tells the server what to send to the client, so that the client can view Web pages.

TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)

Transmission Control Protocol is a widely used protocol which established the connection between server and client.

227/272

IP (Internet Protocol)

IP allows data transmission by identifying each machine on the Internet by a unique IP address. In fact, each IP address is made up of a unique set of numbers.Ex. 192.22.1.115 156.255.36.28

128.174.5.6 255.255.255.256IP Address consist of 4 number separated by period. Each number is known as octet. Each octet must be between 0 to 255. Features of IP address1. IP addresses are Unique.2. No two machines can have the same IP number.3. IP addresses are also global and standardized.4. All machines connected to the Internet agree to use

the same scheme for establishing an address.

Introduction to Internet

The Internet is the collection of computer networks. Thus, the internet is the global network of networks which use the TCP/IP protocols to interact with other TCP/IP networks. Electronic mail messaging, remote login, file transfer and other related services provide by Internet.

Data Transmission Mode

There are three ways to transmitting data from one point to another.

There are

� Simplex

� Half Duplex

� Full Duplex

228/272

Sender ReceiverSimplex

Sender

( or Receiver ) Receiver

( or Sender )Or

Half - Duplex

Sender

( or Receiver ) Receiver

( or Sender )And

Full - Duplex

Simplex

• In simplex, communication can be take place in only one direction. The device connected to such a circuit are either send-only or receive only device.

• Ex. Printer, Satellite D isk

10001010

229/272

Half - Duplex

• A Half-Duplex system can transmit data in both the direction as a time. Thus, a half-duplex line can alternately send or receive data.

• Ex. walkie-talkie

Full-Duplex

• A Full-Duplex system is used that allows information to flow simultaneously in both the direction on the transmission path.

• Ex. Local Area Network

230/272

Data Transmission Speed

The communication data transfer rate is measured in a unit called baud. In general usage, baud is identical to bits per second. Depending on there transmission speed communication channels are group into three basic categories.

1.Narrowband

2.Voice band

3.Broadband

• Narrowband : - Narrowband channels rang in speed from 45 to 300 baud. They are mainly used for telegraph line and low speed terminals.

• Voice band : Voice band channels transmit data at speeds up to 9600 baud. They are used for data transmission from I/O devices to CPU or from CPU to slow I/O device.

• Broadband : Broadband channels transmit data at speed rate is 1 million baud or more. The use of broadband facility for high-speed computer-to computer communication.

Data Transm ission Media

231/272

Unsh ie lded Tw is ted P a ir W ire (U TP )

• The cable has four pairs of wires inside the jacket. Each pair is twisted to help higher transmission rate.

• The EIA / TIA (Electronic Industry Association / Telecommunication Industry Association) has established standards of UTP and rated five categories of wire. They are :

1. Category 1 Voice Only

2 Category 2 Data to 4 Mbps

3. Category 3 Data to 10 Mbps



Coaxial Cable

232/272

• Coaxial cable are group of specially wrapped wire lines that are able to transmit data at higher rates. They consist of central copper wire surrounded by a PVC insulation over which copper mesh is place. The metal sleeve is again shielded by an outer shield of thick PVC material. The signal transmitted by the inner copper mesh is placed.

• Coaxial cable offers much higher bandwidth than twisted pair cable and are capable of transmitting digital signal rate of 10 mega bits per second. They are generally used in long distance telephone lines and as TV cable.

O p tica l F ib e rs

• Fiber Optic Cable consists of a centre glass core surrounded by several layers of protective materials. It transmits light rather then electronic signals.

• Fiber optic cable has the ability to transmit signals over much longer distances then the coaxial and twisted pair. It also has the capability to carry information at vastly greater speeds.

233/272

M icrowave

• Another popular transmission media is microwave. Microwave signal use very high frequency signal to transmit through space. Microwave system permit data transmission rate about 16 giga bits per second.

History of Internet

• In 1969 the Department of Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) created a network is called ARPANET. ARPANET stands for Advanced Research Project Agency Network.

• After that this network is connected four host computer at four separate Universities throughout the United States.

• By 1972 there were 37 host computers connected to ARPANET.

• In 1972 telnet is developed by the National Center for Supercomputing Application (NCSA) for connect to a remote computer.

• In 1986 NSF (National Science Foundation) connected the nation’s six supercomputing centers together. This network is called NSFNET.

234/272

History of Internet• In 1990 ARPANET is dissolved.

• In 1991 Gopher is developed at the University of Minnesota. Gopher providing and locating information on the Internet.

• In 1993 the European Laboratory for Physics in Switzerland released the WWW developed by Tim Burners Lee. The WWW uses Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP).

• In 1993-1994 the graphical web browsers Mosaic and Netscape Navigator are introduced.

Types of Connectivity

There are several ways to connect to the Internet.

1. Dedicated Internet Access

2. PC dial-up access

Dedicated Internet Access

• It needs dedicated a line connecting your LAN or PC to the internet 24 Hours a day. A dedicated Internet access requires investment in equipment and a monthly fee for the use of the line. It varies with line capacity.

235/272

2. PC Dial-Up Connection

This is the simplest type of connection to internet. You need a computer modem and any of the popular telecommunications packages. The user dials to an Internet

236/272

ISP (Internet Service Provider)

An Internet service provider (ISP, also called Internet access provider or IAP) is a company that offers its customers access to the Internet. The ISP connects to its customers using a data transmission technology such as dedicated internet connection or dial-up connection.

WWW or W3, Web (World Wide Web)

The World-Wide-Web (often referred to simply as the Web) is a hypertext system. It displaying individual documents from anywhere on the Internet which provide links to other Internet documents. By using Web we can access wide variety of resources such as text, image, audio or video that are available via the Internet. The WWW is developed in 1993 by Tim Berners Lee.

237/272

Web Browser

A browser is a software program that acts as an interface between the user and the World Wide Web. The browser sends requests for information that is available on the Internet and displays the information for the user. There are two types of Web Browser text based & graphical web browser. A text based browser shows a user text only. A graphical browser allows the user to see more of what the WWW has to offer, such as graphics, photographs, and multimedia.

Lynx is the example of text based browser.

Internet Explorer, Netscape Navigator, Mozila Firefox are the graphical web browsers & they are very much popular now a day.

Web Page

A web page is a unit of Information, often called a document that is available over the World Wide Web. Web pages are created using HTML, which defines the contents of a web page such as images, text, hyperlinks, video and audio files etc.. Web pages are sent and received through HTTP.

Web Search EnginesA web search engine is an interactive tool to help people locate information available via the World Wide Web. Web search engines are actually database that contain references to thousands of resources. Users are able to interact with the database, submitting queries that “ask” the database.

There are many search engines available on the web. A web search engine provides an interface between the user and database.

Some of the most common search engines are

1. AltaVista

2. Excite3. Lycos4. Opentext5. Infoseek6. Yahoo!7. Khoj (India’s first search engine)8. Google

238/272

Domain Name

Domain Name is a way to identifying and locate computer connected to the Internet. A domain name must be unique. No two organizations on the Internet can have the same domain name. A domain name always contains two or more components separated by period, called “dots”. Some examples of domain names are : ibm.com, nasa.gov, tcs.co.in etc.

Electronic MailThe most common of the communication methods used by people to send and receive messages and data through the internet.

The following are the popular web sites which allow you to open an e-mail account.

www.yahoo.com, www.hotmail.com, www.rediff.com, www.gmail.cometc..

By using this web sites you can open an e-mail account.

The following folder is generally display in e-mail account.

Inbox For all incoming messages

Outbox For all messages queued for sending

Sent Items For all messages previously sent

Deleted Item For all messages marked for deletion

Drafts For all messages which are pending completion

Protocol used with E-Mail

POP3 Post Office Protocol is used for storing the Internet mail

SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is used for sending the simple text formats mail

MIME Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension is used for sending text as well as graphics through the mail.

239/272

URL

• URL stands for Uniform Resource Locator to locate resources on the Internet.

• Therefore URL is a way to locate computers and internet resources and is used to identify specific sites and files available on the World Wide Web.– The structure of URL is :

• Protocol://server.subdomain.top-level-domain/directory/filename

– Example

• http://www.healthyway.com/exercise/mtbike.html

Internet Glossary• CGI (Common Gateway Interface) : - A standard that allows Web servers to run External Applications such as search engines.

• Firewall :- Hardware or software the restricts traffic to a private network from an unsecured network.

• HTML (Hyper Text Markup Language) :- The language with which World Wide Web documents are formatted. It defines fonts, graphics, hypertext links and other details.

• JAVA :- An object-oriented language, developed by Sun Microsystems, for writing Web application.

• ODBC (Open Database Connectivity ) :- An interface developed by Microsoft to let clients access multiple database.

• URL (Uniform Resource Locator) :- A standardized character string that identifies the location of an internet document.

• Web Server :- A server that stores and retrieves HTML documents and other Internet resources using HTTP. Also called an HTTP server.

• Home Page : - The first page of a web site.

240/272

CCC

COURSE ON COMPUTER CONCEPT

Computer Basic

• What is a Computer?

�A computer is an electronic device, which receivesInput ( data) , then Process on it, & gives Output (Information) to us.

• The main functions of the Computer are as follows.

� Input

�Process

�Output

3

FUNDAMENTAL THEORY

241/272

4

Computer Basic• What is an Input?

� The data which we enters into the computer is called an Input.

• What is the Processing?

� After entering the data into the computer, Computer does process on it , & that is called the Processing.

• What is an output?

� Result of Processing is called an Output.

OR

� Processed data is called an Output.

Computer Basic

• What is an Input device?

�The device which is used for entering the data into the computer is called an Input devices . for e.g. Keyboard, Mouse, Scanner etc.

242/272

Computer Basic

• What is the Processing device?

�The device which does process is called a Processing device.for e.g. CPU- Central Processing Unit.

Computer Basic

• What is an Output device?

�The device which shows the output. for e.g. Monitor, Printer, Plotter ( Civil Engineers) etc.

Computer Memory measurement

• Commonly we enter the data into English Language, but Computer never understands the English or any other Regional languages. Computer always understands the Machine language. Machine language has only two digits Zeros & Ones ( 0s, 1s).

243/272

Computer Basic

0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

• When we type capital letter "A" from the keyboard it signals are transferred like

(0100 0001)

Bit -Binary Digit

0100101001101010

011011111000111110000000

Computer Basic

Bits & Bytes

8 Bits 1 Byte

210 1024 Bytes 1 KB( Kilo Byte- thousand of bytes)

220 1024 KB 1 MB( Mega Byte -1 Millions of bytes)

230 1024 MB 1 GB( Giga Byte -1 Billions of bytes)

240 1024 GB 1 TB ( Tera Byte) – Trillion of bytes

1000 000 000 000

KB MB GB TB

29= 512

210= 1024

211= 2048

12

244/272

Computer Basic

• Concept of Hardware/Software/Liveware

• What is Hardware?

� The parts of computer which we can see & touch

for eg. Keyboard, Mouse , Monitor, Printer, Speaker etc

• What is the Software?

� The programs which in computer are called Software.

Computer Basic

Hardware

Software

Liveware

1

2

3

Computer Basic

• What is a CPU?

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit, is

a chip located on Motherboard. It performs

mathematical calculations & logic

functions. The CPU is often referred to as

the brain of the computer because it

administers the functions of other

components. When user say their machine

has a Pentium III processor, they are

talking about the CPU chip. 15

245/272

This is a Cabinet not a CPU. It is a CPU box

246/272

19

20

247/272

Computer Basic

• Parts of CPU

INPUT OUTPUT MU

CU

ALU

MU:- Memory Unit

CU:- Control Unit

ALU:- Arithmetic & Logic Unit

Mass Storage Device.

WHEN YOU PURCHASE A COMPUTER

• THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF COMPUTERS ARE AVAILABLE NOW A DAYS

1. BRANDED COMPUTER

• A COMPUTER WHICH HAS ALL DEVICES HAS A ONE BRAND NAME.

2. ASSEMBLE COMPUTER

• A COMPUTER WHICH HAS ALL DEVICES HAS A DIFFERENT BRAND NAME.

Computer BasicList of CPU names• Pentium I• Pentium II• Pentium III• Pentium IV• Celeron• AMD Athalon ( Advance M icro Devices).• List of latest models of CPU

1) Pentium Dual Core 2) Intel Core 2 Solo,3) Intel Core 2 Duo, 4) Intel Core 2 Extreme5) Intel Core to Quad 6) Intel Centrino Pro

• A ll these CPUs are made by M icro-Chips, that’s why CPU is also called M icroprocessor.

• The Speed of CPU is measured in MegaHertz (mHz).

248/272

Classification of Computers

Micro Computers

Mini Computers

Mainframe Computer

Super Computer

Digital Computer Analog Computer Hybrid Computer

Digital ComputerDigital computers process information which is essentially in a binary or two –state form, such as zero & one . Digital Computers fall into ranges called Micro-computers, Mini-Computers, Mainframe-Computers, & Super-Computers classified in ascending order of size – Small, Medium, Large, & Very Large.


Micro Computers

Mini Computers

Mainframe Computer

Super Computer


Size

Storage Capacity

Speed

Prices

PARAM 10000 IS 1ST INDIAN SUPER COMPUTER DEVELPED BY DR. VIJAY BHATKAR AT C-DAC PUNE IN 1991. 26

249/272

PARAM 10000 FIRST INDIAN SUPER COMPUTER

The NASA Columbia Supercomputer.


Micro Computers

Mini Computers

Mainframe Computer

Super Computer


Multi-user Computers

Single User

Micro-Computers

• PC ( Personal Computer)

• Home Computer

• Laptop-Notebook

• Palmtop (PDA) Personal Digital Assistant

• Mobile Phone

• Pocket Calculator

• Tablet PC

250/272

Analog Computer

Analog Computers handle or process information which is of a physical nature , as for example ,temperature, pressure , electrical, mechanical etc.

Polish analog computer AKAT-1

32

251/272

OUTPUT DEVICES

LIST OF OUTPUT DEVICES

MonitorPrinters

LCD

Projection

Panels

Facsimile (FAX) Plotters Speakers

Computer

Output

Microfilm

Monitor

Monochrome Monitor

Color Monitor

LCD Monitor

( VDU)-Visual Display Unit.& VDT (Visual Display Terminal)

252/272

MONITOR• Monitor:-Monitor is an output device that displays input and the result of processing. A Monitor is

a piece of electrical equipment which displays viewable images generated by a computer without

producing a permanent record. Monitor is also called VDU (Visual Display Unit). Monitor is an

output device. Using the monitor you can see the output of the processed data. There are three types

of monitors

1) Monochrome monitor 2) Color monitor 3) LCD monitor

• Monochrome monitor displays the result in the Black & White. When Color monitor displays the

result in the color. Most monitors on PCs use the CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) technology similar use in

the television sets. Some computers can use TV sets as monitors. There are small dots on monitor

screen that is called a pixels. Laptop computers more often use LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) in

their monitors. A thin film transistor liquid crystal display (TFT-LCD) is a variant of liquid crystal

display (LCD) which uses (TFT) technology to improve image quality. It is often utilized in battery-

powered electronic devices because it uses very small amounts of electric power.

• Monitor is connected the CPU box with the help of cable. Monitor comes in the different sizes like

9”, 12”, 14”, 15”, 17”, 19” & even 21”.

MONITOR

• CRT MONITOR

• MORE POWER

SUPPLY

• MORE SPACE

• LESS PRICE

• LCD MONITOR

• LESS POWER

SUPPLY

• LESS SPACE

• MORE PRICE

Computer DevicesPrinter

• Any information generated by the computer is displayed by the

monitor. This information or output can be printed on paper with

the help of printer. A printer can print both text & picture. Printout

is called hard copy. Printers can be divided into two distinct

categories

Printer

Impact Printer Non Impact Printer

Dot Matrix printer

Daisy wheel printer

Line printer

Chain printer

Drum printer

Inkjet printer

LASER printer

Dot Matrix Printer

LASER Printer

Inkjet Printer

38

253/272

Characteristics of Printer

Dot Matrix Printer Inkjet Printer Laser Printer

Price Rs. 7000/- & more Rs.2500/- & more Rs. 10000/- & more

Speed Fast Faster Fastest

Print Quality Good Better Best

Print in B/W B/W & Color B/W & Color

Use in print Ribbon (Rs.20-30/-) Cartridge(Rs.1200/-) Toner ( Rs.3500/-)

Print Graphic No ( Yes, if 24 Pins) Yes Yes

Computer Output Microfilm

• Microforms are any form, either films or

paper, containing micro reproductions of

documents for transmission, storage,

reading, and printing. Microform images are

commonly reduced about 25 times from the

original document size. For special

purposes, greater optical reductions may be

used.

INPUT DEVICES

254/272

LIST OF INPUT DEVICES

KEYBOARD MOUSE TRACKBALL

JOYSTICK LIGHT PENTOUCH SCREEN

SCANNING DEVICES

HAND HELD SCANNER

FLAT-BED SCANNER

OMR MICR OBR

OCR ECR DIGITIZER

WEB CAMERA

DIGITAL CAMERA

MICRO-PHONE

42

INPUT DEVICES

• The computer will be of no use if it is not able to communicate with the external world. A computer must therefore, have a system to receive information from the outside world ( users & other computers) and must be able to communicate result to the external world. Computers have an input-output subsystem referred to as i/o sub system, which provides an efficient mode of communicate between the central system & outside world.

• “The device which is used for enter data into the computer is called an input devices.”

0100101001101010

011011111000111110000000

255/272

Most keyboards are rigid , but this foldable keyboard demonstrates one of many variations from the usual.

256/272

F1 For Help

F2 Rename any object

F3 Find Next in notepad/ For Find Files & Folders on

desktop

F4 Cell Absolute in Excel

F5 Refresh In Internet / Go to In Ms-Word & Excel /

Slide Show In PowerPoint

F6 Go to URL / Save File In Dos

F7 Spell Check in Ms-Word & Excel

F8 Extension Mode On In Ms-Word

F9 Extension Mode Off In Ms-Word

F10 Activate The Menu Bar

F11 Create Chart In Ms-Excel

F12 Save As Box48

• Keyboard is an input device. Keyboard is used to enter the text or numeric data in the

computer. The layout of the keyboard similar to the keyboard of a typewriter. It contains

alphabets, digits, special characters, functions keys and some control keys. When a key is

pressed, an electronic signal is produced which is detected by an electronic circuit called

keyboard encoder. A computer includes all the keys found on a typewriter plus some

additional keys. These keys are cursor control, insert, delete, and scroll lock key. There are

101 keys on the keyboard (some have more). At the right side of the keyboard is the numeric

keypad with numbers and basic mathematical symbols. At the top of the keyboard there are a

function keys labeled F1 to F12. When the Caps Lock key is ON at that time all the letters

will be typed in Capital or when the Caps Lock Key is OFF at that time all the letters will be

typed in the Small.

• Different type of keys are available on the they are as follows.

• Standard typewriter keys (numeric keys ( 0 to 9) , character keys ( A to Z), special characters

(!,@,#,$, etc).

• Function keys ( F1 TO F12)

• Arrow Keys ( also called a Cursor movement keys)

• Special purpose keys (Backspace Key , Enter Key , Esc Key, Shift Key, Caps Lock Key, Tab

Key, Ins Key, Delete Key, Print Screen Key, Multi Key Combination Key, Home Key, End

Key, Page Up Page Down Key, etc.

M o u s e ( P o in t in g D e v ic e )

• M o u s e i s a n in p u t d e v ic e th a t y o u m o v e

a r o u n d o n a s u r f a c e to c o n t r o l a p o in te r th a t

d i s p la y s o n th e m o n i to r

257/272

• ClickingPress the mouse left side button once & release it, that is called a Click

• Double-Clicking

• If you’re using Windows XP’s default operating mode, you’ll need to double-click an item to activate an operation. This involves pointing at something onscreen with the cursor and then clicking the left mouse button twice in rapid succession. For example, to open program groups or launch individual programs, simply double-click a specific icon.Right-Clicking

• When you select an item and then click the right mouse button, you’ll often see a pop-up menu. This menu, when available, contains commands that directly relate to the selected object. Refer to your individual programs to see whether and how they use the right mouse button.Dragging and Dropping

• Dragging is a variation of clicking. To drag an object, point at it with the cursor and then press and hold down the left mouse button. Move the mouse without releasing the mouse button, and drag the object to a new location. When you’re done moving the object, release the mouse button to drop it onto the new location.

Functions of Mouse

51

Mouse A mouse is a pointing device. It is the most common type of input device after the

keyboard. A mouse has a ball, which moves when the mouse moves.

Mouse is an input device. With the help of mouse you can select any object on

the screen very easily. That’s why mouse is also called a pointing device. Mouse

has three buttons ( some has two button). Some mouse has a one wheel

between the two buttons this type of mouse is called a scrolling mouse. By

rotating that wheel you can zoom in or zoom out you picture of document. When

you press the mouse left click one time that is called a click. & when you press

the left button twice rapidly that is called a double click. & when you press the

mouse right button once is called a right click. When you press the right button of

the mouse at that time shortcut menu is opened there. The mouse is also used to

sketches, diagram on the monitor screen. There are different types of Mouse (s)

are available in market like Mechanical Mouse, Optical Mouse, Cordless Mouse.

Cordless Mouse:- A cordless mouse runs on battery and reduces the clutter on your

desk by eliminating the mouse cord. When you move the mouse on your desk, the mouse

sends signals through the air to your computer, the same way a remote control sends

signals to a television.52

T ra c k b a l l a p o in t in g d e v ic e

258/272

Jo y s tic k

Touch Screen

56

259/272

Scanning Devices• Scanning devices are input devices used for direct data entry

from the source document into the computer system. In computing, a scanner is a device that optically scans images, printed text, handwriting, or an object, and converts it to a digital image. Common examples found in offices are variations of the desktop (or flatbed) scanner where the document is placedon a glass window for scanning. Hand-held scanners, where the device is moved by hand. Hand-held scanners are used where the information to be scanned or the volume of document to be scanned is very low. They are much cheaper as compared to the flat –bed scanners.

• Capturing information using scanners reduces the possibility of human error typically seen during large data entry. The reduction in human intervention improves the accuracy of data and provides for timeliness of the information processed.

Computer DevicesScanner

• Scanner is an input device used for direct data entry from the

source document into the computer system.

Scanner

OCR MICROMR

OCR:- Optical Character Reader/Recognition

OMR:- Optical Mark Reader/Recognition (Used for checking the objective type of paper)

MICR:- Magnetic Ink Character Reader/Recognition ( Used in Banking field)

Scanner

58

OM R O PT ICAL M ARK R EADER ( R ECOGN IT ION )

Answe r S hee t

1 . A B C D

2 . A B C D

3 . A B C D

An e xam p le o f P rep rin te d a n swe r shee t re ad by OMR 59

260/272

MICR MAGNETIC INK CHARACTER READER ( RECOGNITION)

OPTICAL BAR CODE READER

61

D IG IT IZ E R

6 2

261/272

Electronic Card Reader

63

W E B C A M E R A

VIDEO CAMERA

262/272

Computer Devices

Modem ( Modulator Demodulator)

• If you want to connect to the Internet, a modem is absolutely necessary for your PC.

Modem

Internal External

The Speed of Modem is measured in Baud rate

ISP ISP

India’s Computer America's Computer

Telephone Line

Satellite

Computer uses Digital Signal & Telephone line uses Analog Signals

D � A

A � D

67

COMPUTER MEMORY

Internal Memory External Memory

RAM ROM Floppy Disk Zip Disk Hard Disk CD/DVD Pen Drive

263/272

RAM

70

RAM• RAM special chip connected to the CPU , is area where

programs and data reside while in use. When you start an application ( Word for example) , the computer places the program in RAM. If you then open a document, it also loads the document into RAM.

• When you save a document , the CPU copies the document form RAM to permanent storage. When you close the a document , the CPU frees up the memory that was occupied by the document. When you close a program , memory is also freed up.

• RAM is hold data only so long as it has electricity. If machine is turn off or loses power , information in RAM is lost . That’s why any changes not saved before the machine is turned off can not be retrieved.

264/272

COMPUTER MEMORY

RAM ( Random Access Memory)

Different Names of RAM� Main Memory

� Primary Memory

� Temporary Memory

� Active Memory

� Volatile Memory

The Speed of Computer is depend on the Capacity of the RAM. In modern PCs, RAM capacity is measured in Megabytes even Gigabytes also

• THE SPEED OF COMPUTER DEPEND ON CAPACITRY OF RAM.

• WHY COMPUTER BECOME HANG UP?

• REASON OF HANG UP THE COMPUTER

– LESS RAM

– VIRUS.

• HOW TO RESTART A COMPUTER?

• HOW TO START A COMPUTER?

• NEED OF UPS ( UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY)

• UPS OF ONE TYPE OF POWER BACK UP BATTERY DEVICE.

• Why RAM called main memory?

�Without RAM computer does not start. If even dust is on RAM at that time also computer not started.

• Why RAM called Primary memory?

�The DATA which we enters into the computer first of all it goes into RAM (MU) .

• Why RAM called temporary memory?�Because it works until & until while power supply is ON.

• Why RAM called Active memory?�Because RAM is fastest memory than other memory.

• Why RAM is called Volatile memory?�Because it works on the Voltage.

• Why RAM is Read/Write memory?�Because it read data from disk & also write data in disk 89

265/272

COMPUTER MEMORYROM ( Read Only Memory)

Permanent Memory

Types of ROM

1. PROM

2. EPROM

3. E2PROM

Picture of ROM

PROM:- PROGRAMMABLE ROM

EPROM:- ERASABEL PROM

E2PROM:- ELECTRONICALLY EPROM

Why ROM is called Firmware?

�As its name suggests, firmware is somewhere between hardware and software. Like software, it is a computer program which is executed by a microprocessor or a microcontroller. But it is also tightly linked to a piece of hardware, and has little meaning outside of it. 90

W hy need ex te rna l m em o ry?

1 . Fo r trans fe r the da ta fo rm one p la ce to ano the r p la ce .

2 . T o s to re da ta pe rm anen tly

3 . B ack up P u rpose

COMPUTER MEMORY

Floppy Disk ( IBM)

A floppy disk is a data storage device. It is one of magnetic storagedevice. It is in square or rectangular shape. It is made by plasticshell. Floppy disks are read and written by a floppy disk drive or FDD, Drive letter A is reserved for the floppy disk in PCs.

Characteristics of Floppy disk

� Secondary Memory

� Permanent Storage Device

� Portable Device.

� Magnetic Memory

� Removable Storage Device

� I/O Devices

� Rewritable Device

� Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage device)

266/272

COMPUTER MEMORY

Picture of Floppy DiskTypes of Floppy Disk

5 ¼” 3 ½”

360 KB 1.2 MB 720 KB 1.44 MB

90 MM133 ½ MM

The basic internal components:

1111.... Write-protect tab

2. Hub

3333.... Shutter

4. Plastic housing

5555.... Paper ring

6. Magnetic disk

7777.... Disk sector. Actually Data is stored in concentric rings or tracks. & Tracks are commonly divided into sections called sectors. 94

COMPUTER MEMORY

Zip Disk ( Iomega ®)Zip disk is a data storage device. Zip disks are read and written by (Zip Disk Drive)Drive letter B is reserved for the zip disk in PC. Storage capacity of Zip disk is 100 MBCharacteristics of ZIP disk� Secondary memory� Permanent Storage Device� Portable Device.� Magnetic Memory� Removable Storage Device� I/O Devices� Rewritable Device� Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage device)

267/272

COMPUTER MEMORYHard Disk (IBM) September 13, 1956

Hard disk is also one type permanent storage device. It is also called Mass storage device. Hard stores tremendous data in it. It comes in different

sizes like 40 GB, 80 GB, 120 GB, even 160 GB. Hard is permanently fitted inside the CPU box.

Characteristics of HARD disk•Secondary memory•Permanent Storage Device•Mass Storage Device.•Magnetic Memory•I/O Devices•Rewritable Device•Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage device)

96

COMPUTER MEMORY

Hard D isk

Suppose one 40 GB hard disk is their, Its

partitions are like that.

40 GB

C

20 GB C

20 GB D

C D

E

C D

E F

D E F G

Drives for CD 97

COMPUTER MEMORYCD ( Compact Disc)-Sony-Philips

Compact disc is an optical disc used to store digital data, originally forstoring digital audio.Without special equipment, you can not save data in CD. But you can retrieve information from one if you have a CD-ROM on your computer. The storage capacity of CD is 650/700 MB.

Characteristics of CD.� Secondary Memory� Permanent Storage Device� Portable Device.� Optical Memory� Removable Storage Device� I/O Devices� Back storage Device

( OFF-line storage device)

268/272

COMPUTER MEMORY

Types of CD

CD/R CD/RW

CD/R : Compact disc Recordable

CD/RW : Compact disc Rewritable

One can need CD-W riter for writing data into the CD.

COMPUTER MEMORY

DVD (Digital Video Disc/ Digital Versatile Disk) -Sony-Philips

DVD disc is an optical disc used to store digital data, originally forstoring digital audio. Without special equipment, you can not save data in DVD. But you can retrieve information from one if you have a DVD-ROM on your computer. The storage capacity of DVD is 4700 MB.equals to 4.7 GB.

Characteristics of DVD.� Secondary Memory� Permanent Storage Device� Portable Device.� Optical Memory� Removable Storage Device� I/O Devices� Back storage Device

( OFF-line storage device)

COMPUTER MEMORY

• PEN DRIVE

Pen Drive USB flash drives is a flash memory data storage device integrated with USB ( Universal Serial Bus) connector. It typically small, lightweight, removable & rewritable. The storage capacity of Pen Drive is 1GB or even 2 GB also.

Characteristics of PEN drive•Secondary memory•Permanent Storage Device•Portable Device.• Removable Storage Device•I/O Devices•Rewritable Device

•Back storage Device ( OFF-line storage device)

269/272

Computer Software

• Computer software is a general term used to describe a collection of computer programs.

• Computer software can be classified into two broad categories; System software & Application software.

Software

System S/w Application S/w

Operating System Translator

CUI GUI

Single User Multi-User Single User Multi-User

DOS UNIX WINDOWS 95,98,00,

MILLENNIUM,XP,FD,VISTA (LATEST ONE)

Readymade S/w User Written S/w

WINDOWS NT,

WINDOWS SERVER 2003, LINUX

MS-Office Package (Word-Excel-PowerPoint), Tally

Medical System

Banking System

Inventory System

Users

Application S/w

System S/w

Hardware

Relationship between hardware, software and end users

270/272

� System softwareThe software which are directly communicate with computer hardware is known as System software.

� Application Software

The software which are designed for solve the specific problem.

� Operating system

The operating system is an interface between user & computer.

� There are two types of Operating system

1) CUI:- Character User Interface

2) GUI:- Graphical User Interface

CUI:- The Operating System in which we can see only the text not a graphics this type of operating system is called a CUI OperatingSystem.

GUI:- The Operating System in which we can both text as well as graphics this type of operating system is called a GUI Operating System

Booting• Process of starting up the computer is called a booting.

Type of booting

Cold booting Warm booting

When start a computer first time that is computer is starting & it called a Cold booting.

&

When we restart a computer at that time that booting is called Warm booting.

Server:- Server is a computer or program which gives service to the other computer.

Client:- Client is a computer or program which takes services from the other computer.

Single User Operating System

The Operating system which comes only one computer whenever we install it in Server. That type of operating system is called a Single user Operating system

Multi-user Operating System

The Operating system which comes in all the clients ( Nodes) when we install it in the Server.

271/272

Translators

Compiler Interpreter Assembler

Computer Programming Languages

Low Level languages High Level languages

Machine & Assembly Languages

C,C++,FOXPRO , VB, BASIC, COBOL, FORTRAN, LOGO, PASCAL , HTML, DHTML, JAVA, JAVASCRIPT, VB.NET,

Complier translate high-level languages program into machine language

The Work of Interpreter is also same as Compiler but Complier is faster than Interpreter.

Assembler translate Assembly Language program into the machine language program.

VB:- Visual Basic

BASIC:- Beginners All Purpose Symbolic Instruction Code

FORTRAN:- Formula Translation

COBOL:- Common Business Oriented Language

LOGO:- Logic Oriented Graphic Oriented.

HTML:- Hypertext Markup Language

Generation of Computers

Year Generation Processor1945-1955 First Generation Vacuum Tube

1955-1965 Second Generation Transistors

1965-1975 Third Generation IC ( Integrated Circuit)

1975-1984 Fourth Generation VLSI ( Very Large Scale Integrated Circuit)-Microprocessor

Fifth Generation is in progress AI- Artificial Intelligence it is also called Knowledge Information Processing System

272/272

What is a VIRUS?• Vital Information Resource Under Siege

�Computer VIRUS is nothing but computer program written for destructive purpose. It is written such a way that it can be enter in computer without the knowledge of machine or user to infect files or certain areas of a disk or even both of them

• Anti-VIRUS

�Anti-VIRUS is a computer program which is used for removing VIRUS form the computer. It is also called a DOCTOR of computer.

ALL THE BEST

113